Our Life with Words: Philosophies of Language

Curious about our curriculum? Start exploring

Filter Courses

Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology

Climate Change and Energy

Educational Studies

Environmental Law & Politics

Farming & Food Systems

Field Ecology & Natural History

Gender & Identity Studies

International Studies

Colorful autumn landscape with buildings

Languages

Literature & Writing

Marine Science

Mathematics and Physical Sciences

PC

Performance & Music

Philosophy and Critical Theory

Sustainable Business

Visual Arts & Design

Additional Courses

Animals and Ethics

What are our moral obligations to other animals? Should non-human animals have legal rights and moral standing? If so, on what basis? How does the moral treatment of animals change across the contexts of food, research, captivity, and the home? Historically, western philosophers construct the animal in opposition to the human. Why? What is an “animal” and why is the “human” contrasted with it? How does language shape and produce our relationships with animals? How is the animal represented and characterized, and how does this representation impact our thinking about animal ethics?

This discussion-based course explores the relationships between humans and non-human animals. Drawing on fiction, philosophy, and ethology, we will examine our beliefs and assumptions regarding animals, human-animal relations, and the ethical implications of the human-animal binary. This course will focus on a wide range of theoretical approaches, including the traditions of animal liberation and animal rights as articulated by thinkers such as Tom Regan and Peter Singer, the growing field of animal studies as represented by thinkers like Jacques Derrida, and current debates in practical ethics, such as animal experimentation, hunting, and invasive species.

Upon completion of the course, students will have refined their understanding of the concept of the animal and they will be familiar with the key legal and ethical debates regarding human-animal relationships. Course requirements include class discussions, weekly writing exercises, a midterm exam, and a final paper or project. Students should come to this class prepared to read challenging philosophical essays and to share their ideas with others.

Course Number
HS1075
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, Field Ecology & Natural History, PC
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Heather Lakey ’00, M.Phil ’05, Heather Lakey

Biology: Cellular Processes of Life

This course introduces students to the molecular and cellular processes that are essential for life. We will initially cover some basic chemistry to develop a common language for discussing the complex molecular events that are the basis of the structure and function of cells. This class will explore cellular processes involved in metabolism, communication, growth, and reproduction. There is a strong emphasis on the understanding the genetic basis of these processes as well as how these processes are controlled, and we will delve into the structure and function of the DNA molecule in some detail. We will examine how our understanding of genetic processes and genome sequencing has led to applications in research, medicine, agriculture, and industry, with time also devoted to discussion of the social and ethical consequences attached to these technological innovations. Students will be evaluated on participation, performance on problem sets and quizzes throughout the term, and a final oral presentation.

Course Number
ES1052
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Susan G. Letcher, Kara Gadeken, Various Instructors

Biology: Form and Function

This is one half of a 20-week, two-term introductory course in biology, providing an overview of the discipline and prerequisite for many intermediate and advanced biology courses. The course will emphasize biological structures at the level of whole organisms and organs and their role in the survival and reproduction of individuals and the evolution of populations . We will explore principles of evolution, classification, anatomy and physiology, epidemiology, behavior, and basic ecology. The primary focus of the course is on vertebrate animals and vascular plants, but we will make forays into other phylogenetic lineages at intervals. Weekly field and laboratory studies introduce students to the local range of habitats and a broad array of protists, plants, and animals. Attendance at two lectures and one lab each week is required; course evaluation is based on class participation, exams, preparation of a lab/field notebook, and a presentation. It should be stressed that this course emphasizes the unity of the organism within its environment. Ideally students will subsequently enroll in Biology:Cells and Molecules in order to further their exploration of issues in a more reductionist form, but neither course is a pre-requisite for the other.

Course Number
ES1054
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Suzanne R. Morse, Sean K. Todd, Various Instructors

Biostatistics

This course will provide students with a toolbox of techniques in statistical analysis, with a focus on the biological sciences. Students will learn how to choose and apply a variety of widely used statistical tests, how to design experiments and studies with statistical analysis in mind, and how to use a range of specialized statistical approaches for data types frequently encountered in the biological sciences. The methods we will cover include parametric and nonparametric tests; approaches designed for categorical, ordinal, and continuous data; biodiversity statistics and ordination methods; Bayesian vs. frequentist inference; and robust experimental design. The class will highlight the assumptions involved in statistical inference and the conditions that must be met in order to use statistical tests appropriately. In the lab, students will use the statistical programming language R to explore, display, and analyze data using the methods covered in class. By the end of the term, students should be able to choose appropriate analytical methods for a wide range of data types, design statistically valid experiments, and write code for basic statistical tests in R. Students will be evaluated based on daily homework assignments, weekly lab work, several take-home exams, and a final group presentation based on an original analysis of an archived data set chosen by the students. Note: each student should have a laptop for lab (PC preferred; limited support will be provided for Mac users). Contact the instructor if you do not have your own laptop.

Course Number
ES4048
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Susan G. Letcher

Chemistry I

This is the first half of a two-term sequence designed to help students describe and understand properties of materials. The course first explores how atomic and molecular structure relates to the physical properties of materials and their reactivity. The course explores the reasons, rates, and outcomes of chemical reactions. Course material is applied to better understand living systems, the natural environment, and industrial products. The course meets for three hours of lecture/discussion and for three hours of lab each week. Students are strongly urged to take both terms of this course. Evaluations are based on class participation, lab reports, and quizzes.

Course Number
ES1066
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Vitalii Polubinskyi

Genetics

This course will explore the many roles that genes play in the biology of organisms, the molecular basis of gene function, and the methodologies used in genetic research and application. Students in this course should already have a basic understanding from an introductory biology course of the structure and function of genes and chromosomes, the processes involved in gene expression, and patterns of inheritance. This course will explore these phenomena more deeply as well as delve into a range of other topics, including population genetics, quantitative genetics, genes in development, genomics, and using genetic data to understand human evolution. We will also discuss the use of genetic engineering in industry, agriculture, medicine, and research. We will meet twice weekly for lectures and once per week for discussion of readings and problem sets. Evaluation is based on short problem sets, take-home exams, an oral presentation, and a final paper.

Course Number
ES3032
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Helen Hess

Introduction to Statistics and Research Design

This course introduces the basics of statistical analysis that can be used in either a scientific or a social science frame of reference. While this course teaches you to perform both nonparametric and simple parametric analysis both by hand and computer, an emphasis will be placed on understanding the principles and assumptions of each test, rather than mathematical ability per se. We will also learn how to report statistical results in journal format, and there will be plenty of lab time to sharpen skills. Evaluation is based on lab participation, three quizzes, and a team project.

Course Number
ES2012
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, Field Ecology & Natural History, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Sean K. Todd

Neurobiology of Sensation and Perception

This will be a course that uses Psychology, Neuroscience, and Biochemistry to explain perception, movement, and the mechanisms of the senses: sight, sound, smell, taste, and touch. The material will first explain the development and cellular structure of the central and peripheral systems that control the senses. We will then broadly cover each sense and the biochemical and molecular reactions that occur in cells; allowing for the sensation of, and response to, external stimuli. A theme in this course will be the ways biological processes relate to our perception of the world, and how this perception relates to color theory, gastronomy, marketing, and our understanding of diseases. For example: the visual system will be introduced via cellular development and will describe basic structure of the eye before explaining how light is sensed by those structures. To tie visual systems with perception, the material will then describe the neural systems that contribute to visual perception and optical illusions. This can also be considered a course on the neural basis of cognition and perception.

The course is based in cellular mechanisms but can be broadly applied to a variety of studies including arts, marketing, and communication. The lasting impact of this course would be a foundation in the molecular biology that produces sensation, and a clear understanding of how sensation and perception influence the ways in which we interact with the world around us.

Assessment will be based on active participation in class discussions, the completion of multiple small problem sets, and a long-term final project with a written and oral component. The lab for this course will consist of workshops and discussions that utilize light, sound, and texture to convey principles learned in lecture.

This course will make use of some basic knowledge and concepts from the field of cellular biology. Students taking this class should have previously taken ES 1052: Cellular Processes of Life or have an equivalent background in cellular biology from a previous AP or IB class, or some other related coursework.

Course Number
ES2056
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Tionna Brothers

Organic Chemistry I

This course explores the physical, chemical, and environmental properties of carbon-containing materials such as plastics, solvents, dyes, as well as all living things, and once-living materials. The emphasis is on learning fundamental principles that allow one to understand and to predict the behavior of various types of organic substances. Evaluations are based on problem sets, lab reports, and quizzes. The equivalent of this course is a perquisite for biochemistry.

Course Number
ES3109
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Tionna Brothers

Organic Chemistry II

This course explores the physical, chemical, and environmental properties of carbon-containing materials such as plastics, solvents, dyes, and living things. The emphasis of this course is to apply foundational principles of Chemistry and Organic Chemistry I to gain perspective on how these processes fit into everyday life: materials and processing, research and medicine, connection to biochemistry, and food production. Evaluation will be based on: problem sets, quizzes, labs, a mid-term exam, and a final exam.

Course Number
ES3112
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Tionna Brothers

Origins: History, Genetics, and Memory

Families are a touchstone of many people’s identity, and stories about where we come from and who came before us are often key ways of orienting ourselves and understanding who we are. Storytelling, documentary and photographic collections, and other methods of preserving memories serve as the very concrete ways that many of us come to learn about our immediate family and our ancestors. New techniques of genetic testing provide a method that can contribute to that understanding and in some cases fill in blanks left about ancestors and provide a new source of stories in addition to those passed along from generation to generation. Recreational DNA testing can also provoke discussion about how to make sense of the genetic stories revealed and how they mesh with or challenge people’s sense of themselves. This class will explore the traditional methods of collecting family histories (oral history, genealogical research) and recreational genetic testing as a point of entry into complex issues around history, memory, ethics, race and the role of new technologies. Students will learn the basic skills of doing genealogical research as well as develop an understanding of the strengths and limitations of human genetic testing, which can reveal our shared history as well as our differences. Evaluation will be based on class participation, short assignments, and a final project. The expectations surrounding the final project explain why this course is designated as intermediate even though there are no specific pre-requisites. Students will be expected to conceptualize, plan and carry out their own projects, and they will be evaluated on their ability to self-direct, seek feedback and complete those projects. This class is appropriate for a wide range of students with diverse interests concerning identity and history.

Course Number
MD3016
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Philosophies of Death and Dying

What is the meaning of death? What is the nature of the soul or self? What happens after death? Is death bad? Would it be good to live forever? How does thinking about death change our thinking about life? The purpose of this course is to compel students to think philosophically about the many profound questions that arise in the face of death. We will read theoretical essays, short stories, memoirs, and a novella to explore topics such as the following: evolving definitions of life and death, immortality, nothingness, the afterlife, physician-assisted suicide, the ethics of killing, the death Peñalty, biotechnologies, cryonics, grief, corpses, and artistic depictions of death. Although we will engage with religious, legal, and medical perspectives, philosophy is the primary disciplinary framework for this class. There are no prerequisites for this course, but students should be prepared to engage and discuss challenging philosophical literature that requires careful and critical reading. Students will be evaluated on the basis of weekly writing assignments, midterm essays, a final paper, and class participation.

Course Number
HS2130
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Heather Lakey ’00, M.Phil ’05, Heather Lakey

Problems and Dilemmas in Bioethics

Bioethics studies ethical problems that occur in medical practice and the life sciences. Contemporary bioethics is an expansive and fundamentally interdisciplinary field, but this course will consider key dilemmas in bioethics from a philosophical perspective. More specifically, we will explore how bioethical issues complicate our concepts of right and wrong, good and bad, life and death, and the human and the natural.

We will begin with a quick overview of prominent ethical theories and we will consider the possibility of transcultural bioethics. Secondly, we will address the ethical and philosophical questions raised by the following topics: abortion, birth, population, reproduction, cloning, euthanasia and physician-assisted suicide, resource allocation and organ donation, human research ethics, genetic engineering, the doctor-patient relationship, and medical decision making. Throughout the duration of the term, we will consider how different ethical frameworks shape our assessment of contemporary moral dilemmas.

This course will introduce students to the principles of ethical thinking, familiarize students with pressing debates in bioethics, and compel students to discuss issues that are politically and socially contentious. Course requirements include engaged class participation, three short papers, a presentation, contributions to online discussion documents, and a final paper. There are no prerequisites for this course, but students should be prepared to engage complex, theoretical essays that require careful and critical reading.

Course Number
HS1062
Area of Study
Biomedical Studies and Molecular Biology, PC
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Heather Lakey ’00, M.Phil ’05, Heather Lakey

Building Science and Energy Auditing

Buildings account for nearly 40% of global carbon emissions. Sixty percent of Maine homes are heated with heating oil, the highest percentage of any state, and Mainers spend more than a billion dollars on heating oil each year. Improving the efficiency of our homes and buildings is essential for transitioning away from fossil fuels and reducing carbon emissions.

In this course, students will learn how to safely transition buildings away from fossil fuels. This includes understanding the science of energy and moisture movement through a building, how to monitor carbon monoxide and other harmful combustion gases, and methods to reduce energy loss, while maintaining comfortable levels of humidity and fresh air. Students will gain proficiency measuring air leakage with a blower door, using an infrared camera to assess insulation levels, calculating heat loss, and identifying solutions and best practices to develop a plan of action for homeowners.

They will also learn about high efficiency mechanical systems like air source heat pumps, heat pump water heaters, and how to assess lighting and appliance electrical usage. Students will learn how to carry out cost calculations for energy savings and research and share information on rebates and incentives available for homeowners. This will be a very hands-on course, with weekly labs to teach energy auditing field skills. This course will include presentations from local energy contractors, and students will participate in energy audits of residential buildings on or off campus. Through these experiences, students will meet and interact with home performance businesses and non-profit organizations in the local community. As time and weather conditions permit, students will gain experience implementing efficiency solutions such as insulation and air sealing.

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to conduct energy audits for homes, identify cost-effective improvements, and prioritize energy improvements to maximize energy savings. This course will provide students with the tools and experience to reduce building energy use and greenhouse gas emissions in a holistic, whole-building approach.

Evaluation will be based on completion of assignments, participation in class discussions, and mastery of field skills.

Course Number
MD4014
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
David Gibson

Climate and Weather

This class will explore general weather and climate patterns on global, regional, and local scales. We will discuss the major forcings driving global climate fluctuations – on both long (millions of years) and short (days) timescales, including natural and anthropogenic processes. We will also learn about basic meteorology and the processes producing some common spectacular optical weather phenomena (rainbows, coronas, cloud-types, etc). Students will complete a term project comprising a photo-documentary journal of the different weather phenomena they observe during the 10-week term. The field component of this course will be self-guided through the observation and documentation of weather phenomena. Who should take this course: No prior geology/science experience is needed – but expect to do a bit of basic math in this course! The course level is intermediate because it will not cover foundational principles of geology (or other sciences) but instead the course will be integrative and require students to practice both their quantitative and qualitative skills. Take this course if you are passionate or curious about climate change, but do not know much about the science of climate and weather!

Course Number
ES3044
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Marine Science, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Sarah R. Hall

Climate Justice

Climate change is one of the biggest and most difficult challenges faced by contemporary societies. The challenge has multiple facets: environmental, social, political, economic – each with its own complexities. This course focuses primarily on the social, political and economic components of the climate problem, framed by the concept of climate justice. In the course students are introduced to basic conceptions of justice, the latest findings of climate science and possible impacts on regional scales, and the global politics of climate change, principally in the context of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change. Climate justice and its operationalization is the principal organizing theme for work over the term, addressing questions such as: how the costs of climate change impacts and efforts to address climate change could or should be distributed between rich and poor, global north and global south; and what are the possible means whereby those costs might be addressed through collective action at various levels: local, national, and global. Students will be evaluated based on regular quizzes, several short papers, class participation, and a final synthetic paper or project.

Course Number
HS1054
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Comparative Global Politics of Biodiversity & Climate Change

Climate change and biological diversity are prominent issues on the global political and environmental governance agendas and in public environmental consciousness. Each issue will be the focus of a major United Nations summit in 2026. At these meetings, Parties to the UN Convention on Biological Diversity (UN CBD) and to the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) will carry on with implementation of these major international environmental treaties. Meanwhile, public narratives of the escalating and intersecting dual “crises” of climate change and biodiversity loss provide a broader context for questioning the role and effectiveness of intergovernmental treaty regimes in addressing these crises.

This course will take a comparative and critical look at these two multilateral treaty regimes on biological diversity and climate change. Students will study legal characteristics of each of the treaties, how problems are defined and addressed within each, mechanisms used for implementation, and the governmental and non-governmental actors involved in the work of treaty implementation. We will also look at how these two treaty bodies work together to address issues at the intersection of climate change and biological diversity. Finally, we will spend some time in the course reading a range of theoretical perspectives and pondering larger political and philosophical questions: Are our current intergovernmental institutions up to the challenge of addressing these immense planetary challenges? What are the potentials of and limits to intergovernmental spaces and collective action that might we discern? What role might there be for non-governmental actors and social movements to contest and construct more effective regimes? How does a study of these regimes help us imagine what a global politics of the terrestrial might look like?

Students will be evaluated based on their participation in class discussions, dedication to preparation for and participation at one of the meetings, and a final project related to one of the treaty regimes.

Course Number
HS4120
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Design Research Studio: Campus Paths

Participants in this studio course will examine the CoA campus path system from the standpoint of mobility, access, and landscape narrative. We will examine the path system as it exists as a physical artifact and the access and safety challenges associated with it (abrupt grade changes, inadequate lighting, etc.). We will also conduct research to uncover stories about the landscape history and landscape spaces on campus that might be curated to tell a rich story about this unique place, how it transformed over time, the ecology and biotic communities that are present, and some of the forces that might affect its future (climate change for example). Student teams will be led through a process to develop visions for the future of the campus path system, building on what already exists, and that synthesize technical parameters (associated with improved access through regrading for example) and qualitative and experiential dimensions of the path network experience. The goal will be to utilize these design visions to inform a campus-wide conversation as to what a better functioning, more equitable and more indelibly memorable campus path system could look like and be achieved. Given the focus on design and emphasis on an iterative process that will entail making drawings of paths and landscape features, the class is best suited for students with artistic/graphic backgrounds including drawing experience. Evaluations will be based on participation and sustained engagement with course content, responses to this material in the form of short, illustrated essays that combines notes and simple diagrams, photographs, and sketches, and commitment to an iterative process centering on use of drawings to convey information about existing spatial conditions and to project what these path spaces might look like in the future.

Course Number
AD4047
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Brook Muller

Design Research Studio: Water Reuse as Community Development

This topical studio explores the application of ecological design principles in urban settings to counteract ongoing environmental injustices. Participants will investigate low cost, high impact approaches to water reuse for a neighborhood in medieval Islamic Cairo (Egypt) suffering from poverty, food insecurity, and increasingly severe climate change impacts. As with many other neighborhoods in Cairo and cities throughout Egypt, the residents of al-Khalifa confront the irony of abundance amidst scarcity: living in a hot, arid desert environment where rainfall is virtually nonexistent at the same time dealing with a failing water supply infrastructure (leaky pipes) raising the groundwater table, saturating and undermining building foundations, and exacerbating respiratory illnesses. This studio will investigate possibilities for intercepting and treating this water to help drive community-scale rooftop gardening (in a city where food prices have risen dramatically in recent years), introducing street level evaporative (passive) cooling features to improve comfort by ameliorating the urban heat island effect, and in other ways enlisting recycled water to beneficial ends and premised on the notion that “there is no such thing as waste.”

A “research” studio is a highly collaborative one. Studio participants will have opportunities throughout the term to interact with a Cairo-based team of urban designers, digital animators, storytellers, engineers, heritage conservationists, ethnographers, and others. Students with experience and/or interest in design, food systems, chemistry, the arts, environmental sciences, environmental economics, women’s and gender studies, heritage and cultural history, and anthropology are encouraged to enroll (previous coursework in these areas is not required but will be helpful). This research studio resists “solutionist,” “techno-optimist” approaches (“we have the solution to all your problems”), operating instead from the standpoint of humility in the search for path-of-least-resistance correspondences between available resources and culturally appropriate end uses. To that end, reflection on and articulation of one’s positionality in our global world provides a subtext for all that we do.

Evaluations will be based on participation and sustained engagement with the core studio themes, honing of collaborative capabilities, and commitment to an iterative process involving succinct compositions of written narratives and diagrams and other visual representations of the systems we will be examining. Above all, the studio requires initiative and engagement as we transition from a highly facilitated framework at the beginning of the term (topics, resources and methods that the instructor choreographs) to more independent and applied research given the “life” that project-based work acquires as the term progresses.

Course Number
AD4045
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Brook Muller

Ecologies of Cities

We typically think of cities as centers of political and economic power, social vibrancy (and tension), and cultural richness, diversity and production. This course explores ecological “readings” of cities, landscapes transformed irrevocably due to human activities and the introduction of unprecedented concentrations of “unnatural” substances and significant loss of biological and hydrological integrity. The course also examines processes by which cities have transformed surrounding regional landscapes as both “wells” of resources and “sinks” for waste and the planetary scale environmental impacts of urban growth in the contemporary global economy. Following a succinct historical survey in the first part of the class (with focus on the interrelated forces of industrialization, colonization and explosive urban growth in the nineteenth century), we will look to recent efforts to reimagine cities such that they are more “ecological.” These efforts come in a variety of forms from “city as refugia” (establishing habitat for nonhumans) to “novel ecosystems” (working with new concentrations of contaminants and colonization of non-native biological communities) to cities as settings in which closed-loop, ecologically inspired systems drive processes of development. Of concern related to all of these ecological urbanisms is that conversion of city landscapes from grey to green and blue can lead to ever greater levels of inequality. In the final section of the course, we will speculate as to ways to intervene in cities-as-ecosystems that build on commitments to both social justice and ecological replenishment, bringing into relation the flourishing of humans and nonhumans in urbanized environments. Evaluations will be based on class participation and sustained engagement with the core themes: attendance, demonstration of close readings of texts, contributions to group discussions (including listening), honing of collaborative capabilities, and commitment to an iterative process with the three course projects (the last of which will be worked on in teams) that involve succinct compositions of written narratives and diagrams and other visual representations (multiple graphics workshops will be structured into the class).

Course Number
AD2042
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Brook Muller

Environmental History

How has human history shaped and been shaped by “the environment”? Environmental history is one of the most exciting new fields in history. In this course we examine world history from Mesopotamia to the present to see the role such things as resource scarcity, mythology, philosophy, imperialism, land policy, theology, plagues, scientific revolutions, the discovery of the new world, the industrial revolution, etc. on the natural, social, and built environments.

Course Number
HS1011
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Field Ecology & Natural History, International Studies, Marine Science
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Environmental Justice

Environmental harms and benefits fall in predictable patterns across our bodies and landscapes, tracing lines of inequality that are embedded deep within our colonial history and modern societal structures. Environmental justice as a field of study represents an attempt to uncover and understand those patterns by drawing connections between harm and broader practices, laws, and procedures by state and private actors. It is also a study of resistance to harm, often led by those in marginalized communities, but increasingly led by more reluctant activists who find themselves on the losing side of capitalism’s growing list of externalities, from pollution, pipelines, and extraction to land degradation and climate collapse.

In this foundational course, we will navigate frustration and accomplishment, despair and hope, and the boundaries around what’s broken, and what may still be fixed, in our movement toward a more desirable future for life on earth. The course will draw on philosophy (e.g., John Rawl’s Theory of Justice), history and contemporary politics (e.g., Nina Lakahni’s Who Killed Berta Cáceres), and sociological theory (e.g., Naomi Klien’s Shock Doctrine) to ground specific case studies and bring context to their development so that students may begin to see what drives environmental injustice and response.

This course will be of value to students at all levels interested in bridging social theory with contemporary problems so that they may develop deeper analysis of and more sustainable solutions to ongoing environmental and social problems. Over the course of the term, we will pair readings and in-class discussion with the development of a “braided narrative” that brings together lived experiences and deep research. Students will be evaluated through a combination of self-assessment, written assignments, and in-person engagement.

Course Number
HS2129
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Leeann Sullivan

Glaciers and the Landscape

Glaciers are rapidly retreating around the planet and predicted to continue this trend in the coming centuries. The decline of the world’s ice sheets and mountain glaciers will impact sea level, infrastructure, and fresh-water resources for communities around the world. To put current changes into a long-term geologic context, students will learn the processes, landforms, and impact of glaciers on the Earth’s surface as the planet has cycled through ice ages. This course is designed to provide students with a solid understanding of the dynamic interactions between ice, climate, landscapes, and humans over varying spatial and temporal scales. In addition, we will cover the basics of glaciology and the physics that influence the structure, size, and movement of ice. Through class discussions and assigned problem sets, students will reinforce the content covered in lectures. In addition, this course will give students hands-on experience with tools and methods commonly used to study glaciers and ice sheets (such as: ground-penetrating radar, LiDAR, rock sampling for cosmogenic analysis). This course will have various field trips during class time on Mount Desert Island to explore how an ice sheet shaped the region’s landscape during the Last Glacial Maximum. Students will be evaluated on weekly problem sets and readings and a final project and presentation related to this history of glaciation in Maine.

Level: Introductory. Prerequisites: None. Class limit: 14. Lab fee: $50. Meets the following degree requirements: ES.

Course Number
1088
Prerequisites
None
Class Size Limit
14
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy

Global Politics of Climate Change

Two international treaties, the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and the Paris Agreement, are the legal architecture for global cooperation to address climate change. The national governments that are signatories to the treaties gather yearly at the Conference of the Parties (COP) to negotiate the implementation of the agreements. A large number of non-governmental actors also attend the meetings, including many from civil society and social movements who are there to pressure governments to act with the speed and scale necessary to address the growing climate crisis. This course is an introduction to both these treaties and the global politics surrounding their implementation. In the course, students will gain strong foundational historical, legal, and political knowledge of both of the treaties and the intergovernmental processes of treaty implementation. Through a focus on politically contested issues within the negotiations, students will be introduced to a range of the civil society organizations and social movements that engage in the global politics of climate change, and their politics, strategies, and tactics. Course material will include primary documents from negotiations, civil society documents, and conversations with key actors. Evaluation in the class will be based on class participation, several problem sets, and a final individual or group project.

Course Number
HS2119
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Hydro Politics in a Thirsty World

This course will look at the complex issues surrounding the development, distribution, use and control of fresh water around the world. Focusing primarily on developing countries, we will examine three aspects of water use and control. First we will look at the scope and impact of water development projects; second we will examine the conflicts and solutions related to transboundary river basins; and third we will consider the implication of privatization of water resources. By way of background, we will review the variety of demands placed on fresh water and the political institutions related to water development. Students will gain a solid background in international environmental law as it relates to multilateral and bilateral treaties, customary law, multilateral institutions, and the guidance of international “soft law”. They will also understand the allocation and equity issues surrounding the privatization of water and the political dimensions of this shift. Ultimately, these issues will give a concrete understanding of some aspects of the concept of sustainable development. Evaluation will be based on class participation, short analytical papers, and a substantial term-long assignment.

Course Number
HS5015
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Ken Cline

Oceans & Fishes: Readings in Environmental History

This course will explore the rapidly expanding field of marine environmental history and historical studies that focus on fish and fisheries. Recent methodological and conceptual work as well as growing interest in the history of these topics driven by conservation and policy issues has made this an important and innovative field. Using the work of a variety of scholars from different fields the class will explore how historical accounts can be constructed with an emphasis on the types of available sources, the use of evidence, and how each author builds their argument. We will explicitly compare the methods, use of evidence and other aspects of different disciplinary approaches to the topic to highlight the strengths and limitations of each approach. This dimension of the class is particularly interesting because of the dynamic and interdisciplinary nature of scholarship right now that brings a wide range of research into dialogue. Students will learn about the history of oceans and fishes by looking at how historians and other scholars frame their works and make their arguments. Students will be evaluated on their preparation for discussion, mastery of the material, short written assignments, and a final project made up of a presentation and essay. This course is appropriate for students with interest in history, community-based research, marine studies, and environmental policy. Students who are just curious and interested in lots of things are also most welcome.

Course Number
HS3036
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Physics and Mathematics of Sustainable Energy

In this course students will learn content and skills so that they can participate effectively in sustainable energy projects, make personal and community decisions that reduce carbon emissions, and work in ventures in sustainable energy. Additionally, this course will be useful for those interested in energy and climate policy, either internationally or domestically. We will begin with a quick overview of current CO2 emissions levels and look at how this is related to energy use. We will then turn our attention to basic ideas from physics, including the definition of energy and the difference between energy and power. The bulk of the course will consist of a survey of different forms of energy consumption and generation. Throughout, we will quantitatively analyze technology from both a local and global point of view. For example, we will calculate how much electricity one can generate on a rooftop, and we will also examine the role that solar PV could play toward the goal of eliminating fossil fuel use worldwide. In a unit on financial mathematics, students will learn about the time value of money and several ways of quantifying investments, including ROI (return on investment) and IRR (internal rate of return). Students will apply these financial tools in several short case studies. If time permits, we may also cover negative emissions technologies and the electrical grid, including grid stability issues and the potential of smart-grid technology. This will be a demanding, introductory, class. Evaluation will be based on weekly problem sets.

Course Number
ES1056
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Farming & Food Systems, Mathematics and Physical Sciences, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
David Feldman

Plants and People: Economic Botany

This class offers an introduction to plant biology centered around plants that are useful to human societies. We will explore plant anatomy, physiology, evolution, and ecology through case studies involving plants that are useful to humans. Through lectures, readings, and discussions, students will gain a rich understanding of how plants function and how human societies depend on them in myriad ways. We will cover universal and familiar uses of plants such as food, building materials, and textiles, as well as less widely practiced uses including arrow poisons, lacquers, and living fences. We will discuss the origins of agriculture and methods of plant breeding, as well as the biogeographical history of important cultivated plant lineages. The focus will be on plants and our uses for them, but we will also discuss ethical concerns surrounding practices like bioprospecting and ex situ conservation. Students will be evaluated on participation and the successful completion of two presentations and a research paper.

Course Number
ES1081
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Field Ecology & Natural History, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Susan G. Letcher

Political Economies of Carbon

Carbon is the building block of life. It is also central to one of the most critical challenges of this century: climate change. Combustion of fossilized carbon leads to the increase in atmospheric concentrations of carbon dioxide that threaten life across the planet. Trees and other living organisms that store carbon are celebrated as solutions to the growing crisis, yet rampant destruction of these carbon stores continues unabated. The global management of carbon and its impacts includes projects to decarbonize economies and recarbonize ecologies, as well as fantastical technofixes for carbon removal and blocking the sun. Who will decide how much fossil carbon ultimately gets burned? How much land will be claimed by global elites to soak up their continued fossil emissions, and where will it be located? What role do carbon markets and geoengineering play in addressing or perpetuating fossil economies? These are some of the questions we will explore. In the course we use several different theoretical lenses that look at intersections of institutions, nature, economy, and power (critical geography, political ecology, political economy) to understand more deeply the political, economic, and ecological relationships that emerge around forms of carbon (fossil fuels, trees and landscapes, monoculture plantations) in the context of global efforts to address climate change. Topics to be covered include the carbon cycle; carbon markets; climate models; geoengineering and carbon dioxide removal; international climate treaties and global politics of governing carbon; and carbon democracy and fossil capital. The aim of the inquiry, and what students should expect to take away from the course, is a broader and deeper understanding of global political economies and local political ecologies of climate change and carbon.

Readings will come from academic as well as non-academic literature from think tanks, non-governmental organizations, and social movements. Core course texts will include Carbon Democracy by Timothy Mitchell and Overshoot by Andreas Malm and Wim Carton. The course will be conducted in a lecture-seminar format, with emphasis on class discussion of readings and lecture material. Students will be evaluated based on engagement in class discussions, regular writing assignments and problem sets, and a final project or synthetic essay.

Students will participate virtually and/or in-person in the Conference of the Parties to the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change. In-person attendance is optional.

Course Number
HS4116
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Environmental Law & Politics, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Practicum in Sustainable Energy

This is a hands-on, project-based class in which students will collaboratively plan for and participate in all aspects of renewable energy projects on College of the Atlantic’s campus. Examples of projects include installation of a solar photovoltaic array, airsealing and insulating one of the college’s buildings, or planning and installing a greenhouse heating system. Students will learn how to take a project from design through fruition while navigating the various phases of the project lifecycle including operation and maintenance. The course will begin with an overview of existing technology and an analysis of the current energy generation and consumption data for the project site(s). The class will then plan the project and present this plan to the community. As part of this planning process, students will learn about the economics of renewable energy systems, including return on investment (ROI), internal rate of return (IRR), and related quantities. Students who successfully complete this class will gain the skills necessary to conceptualize, plan for, finance, and implement renewable energy projects. Evaluation will be based on several short presentations, problem sets, and active and effective participation in all aspects of the project. Default grade is Credit/No Credit.

Course Number
ES3090
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
David Gibson

Readings in Political Ecologies

This is an intermediate/advanced reading seminar focused on contemporary, experimental, and speculative political ecologies. Readings will include books, dissertation manuscripts, and scholarly articles. The course is designed to allow students to explore intersections between their own individual and collective intellectual interests and endeavors and political ecologies. The course will be a collective intellectual endeavor conducted through conversation and written reflections, including through regular interaction on an online blog. Evaluation will be based on participation in real-time and blog conversations, including twice-weekly reflective blog postings; leading several class discussions; and a final synthetic essay on a topic of their choosing.

Course Number
HS4105
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Rights of Nature

Does nature have rights? There is a growing global movement answering that question in the affirmative. But what does that mean and how does it function in legal and political systems? The Rights of Nature (RoN) movement(s) has the potential to revolutionize environmental law and our relationship to the planet. Many believe that existing environmental law is inadequate to solve the critical problems of climate change, habitat loss, and mass extinction. The RoN movement proposes strategies that include granting rights to nature through legal personhood and assigning property rights to rivers, culturally important plants, specific animals, and wildlife. The course explores both the promise and perils of this approach while also exploring the field’s multifarious origins, including Indigenous Law. By examining the concepts of rights, constitutionalism, standing, human rights law, and eco-centric law, students will gain an understanding of the context of the RoN movement. Although a powerful rhetorical concept, implementation of RoN as a legal strategy has been challenging and has met with mixed success. Fundamental questions of “who speaks for the trees” and what obligations are conferred when rights are granted are slowly being worked out in courts and national legislatures. These questions are particularly challenging where Western and Indigenous worldviews come together. Fundamentally, this seminar will explore what it takes to recognize the inherent rights of the natural world to “exist, thrive, and evolve.” Students will be evaluated through several written assignments, class presentations, and active and meaningful participation in seminar discussions. Students will be asked to engage in a term-long research project that examines a specific RoN case study.

Course Number
HS4114
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Ken Cline

Seeds

Over 90% of today’s terrestrial flora are seed plants and provide the majority of the ecological energy across the world. Today the majority of the human population is dependent on the energy and nutrients stored in the seed of a remarkably few crops that arose through the breeding and saving of seeds. Today this critical interdependence is rich with questions and at are at the center of the food security and food sovereignty debates. Some questions of this human-plant co-evolutionary story to be addressed in this course are: How is crop breeding done in different parts of the world? What are the techniques for breeding, seed saving, and storage? What traits are selected for in traditional and modern breeding? What role do seed banks and libraries play in our common future? What are the current laws governing seed quality and ownership? How do these laws and treaties structure corporate consolidation, community initiatives, and possible mechanisms for developing crops in the face of global climate change? What is the “free the seed movement” and why might it be important? The second major debate to be explored will be the ethical and ecological implications of the “assisted migration” of wild plants as a means of conservation and adaptation to global climate change and the replacement of horticultural materials with wild plants as means for expanding native habitat corridors. We will contextualize these two major themes with an in-depth look into the biology of seeds as well as the ecological and evolutionary significance of seeds. In preparation for required attendance at the Organic Seed Alliance conference, laboratory exercises will cover seed dormancy and germination, and build skills in hand pollination and trait selection. Evaluation will be based on class participation, leadership in seminar discussions, quizzes, a group report on the Organic Seed Alliance Conference, and the development of a final project based on one or both of themes in the course.

Course Number
ES4041
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Suzanne R. Morse

Solutions

We live in a world of problems . . . global warming, inequality, discrimination, child labor, slavery, waste, species extinction, domestic violence and a myriad of other issues occupy the headlines, courses and can feel overwhelming at times. Unfortunately, we rarely here about solutions, let alone have the opportunity to create our own solutions for the issues that concern us and inspire us to action.

Changing the world takes more than a critical eye for what is wrong, proselytizing a good idea and hope. There are many factors which contribute to creating social change and in this course we explore what it takes to be a successful change maker in our communities, and thus in the world. Reversing the lens we use to approach the problems of the world is part of what a Human Ecologist needs to do to understand our challenges:

“…social entrepreneurs are uniquely suited to make headway on problems that have resisted considerable money and intelligence. Where governments and traditional organizations look at problems from the outside, social entrepreneurs come to understand them intimately, from within.” — David Bornstein, How To Change The World

In this experiential, project-based course students will select a specific problem they would like to solve. Students will perform thorough research into a problem of their choosing, understanding it from within by identifying root causes and other exacerbating factors as well as investigating positive deviance and what people around the world are doing to solve this issue. Through these projects and other readings, students will examine a myriad of problems around the world and look at different strategies people are using to tackle them and create positive social change. The final project for the course will be a concrete proposal for solving the problem they selected. Students will be evaluated based on their performance, participation and the quality of the projects they produce over the course of the term.

Course Number
HS3062
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jay Friedlander

Sustainable Architechture

This seminar serves as a design primer for human and environmentally friendly approaches to the design of the built environment captured by the term “sustainable architecture.” We will consider the different and sometimes competing understandings of what sustainable architecture means (for it is not one homogenous thing), discussing and evaluating these various “logics” from the standpoint of performance (energy efficiency and reduction in global greenhouse gas emissions for example) as well as from the perspective of aesthetics and architectural meaning. We will deconstruct and investigate building systems in the first half of the class: landscape and site systems; water; heating, cooling and ventilating (with a strong focus on passive or natural systems); and building materials, envelope, and construction. We will then discuss integrated building systems, that is to say, design strategies for achieving synergies between systems so the sum is greater than the parts (arguably the overarching goal of sustainable design). Exposure to and analysis of case study projects and guest talks by cutting edge contemporary practitioners will enrich our understanding of the current state of sustainable architecture and promising directions now under research and development.

This course does not require previous coursework in architecture and design, only interest in design and sustainability, curiosity as to their intersections, and overall commitment to the acquisition of basic architectural literacy skills that will be of value in multiple arenas and capacities (as future designer, client, advocate, critic, concerned citizen, other). Evaluations will be based on participation and sustained engagement with course material and content, maintenance of a sketchbook that combines notes and simple illustrations (diagrams), short quizzes to assess understanding of core sustainable design principles and strategies, and analysis of case study projects through a framework we will introduce in the first part of the class.

Course Number
AD1073
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Sustainable Business, Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Brook Muller

Sustainable Architechture

This seminar serves as a design primer for human and environmentally friendly approaches to the design of the built environment captured by the term “sustainable architecture.” We will consider the different and sometimes competing understandings of what sustainable architecture means (for it is not one homogenous thing), discussing and evaluating these various “logics” from the standpoint of performance (energy efficiency and reduction in global greenhouse gas emissions for example) as well as from the perspective of aesthetics and architectural meaning. We will deconstruct and investigate building systems in the first half of the class: landscape and site systems; water; heating, cooling and ventilating (with a strong focus on passive or natural systems); and building materials, envelope, and construction. We will then discuss integrated building systems, that is to say, design strategies for achieving synergies between systems so the sum is greater than the parts (arguably the overarching goal of sustainable design). Exposure to and analysis of case study projects and guest talks by cutting edge contemporary practitioners will enrich our understanding of the current state of sustainable architecture and promising directions now under research and development.

This course does not require previous coursework in architecture and design, only interest in design and sustainability, curiosity as to their intersections, and overall commitment to the acquisition of basic architectural literacy skills that will be of value in multiple arenas and capacities (as future designer, client, advocate, critic, concerned citizen, other). Evaluations will be based on participation and sustained engagement with course material and content, maintenance of a sketchbook that combines notes and simple illustrations (diagrams), short quizzes to assess understanding of core sustainable design principles and strategies, and analysis of case study projects through a framework we will introduce in the first part of the class.

Course Number
AD1073
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Sustainable Business, Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Brook Muller

Sustainable Architecture: Ecological Artifact

As a species, buildings are our single greatest ecological artifact. This seminar introduces sustainable architecture through the lens of ecological design, asking: what does it mean to design and build ecologically? Drawing on a broad design framework, we will explore architecture as an interconnected practice that shapes not only our shared spaces but also the systems of energy, water, materials, ecology, and community in which they are embedded. Central to this exploration is the idea of the building as an art product, an artifact, a work that must perform within resource limits, satisfy material need, and express and hold cultural and aesthetic significance and represent and endure as part of a larger ecological and social fabric. Rather than treating sustainability as a checklist or single definition, the course will consider multiple, sometimes conflicting, logics and definitions of ecology.

The first half of the course (five weeks) will introduce the five lenses through which the designer can contextualize building design and analysis: Habitable Planet; Circular Resources; Resilient Ecosystems; Protected Water Cycle; and Healthy Communities. Each student will select one common building material or component and assess its ecological impact and analyze an existing building which highlights this material. The second half will emphasize integration and synthesis, exploring how design decisions ripple across multiple dimensions and how resource efficiency can deepen rather than diminish architectural meaning. Students will design a building (new, existing, or renovation) to be proposed on a site on the College of the Atlantic campus.

Students will keep a design sketchbook, contribute to discussions, and complete two major assignments that synthesize course themes. No prior coursework in architecture or design is required—only curiosity, engagement, and a willingness to explore drawing and diagramming as tools of thought. Evaluations will be based on participation, sketchbook development, short assessments of core ecological design principles, and assessment of the two primary course projects.

Course Number
AD1082
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Timothy Lock

Terrestrial Politics

This course explores politics of the terrestrial, of the earth and its defenders, through lenses of both theory and practice. Through their writings and, where possible, in direct conversation, we interact with activists and movements involved in struggles to protect earth, land, livelihoods, and community, and those actively working to build alternatives to ways of being in the world that they are struggling against. We also read theoretical reflections on these struggles, drawing from scholars in the fields of political ecology, political ontology, and political economy, among others. Locally rooted activities take place within global economic and political contexts – markets, international treaties, and other spaces and places where local and global come into contact, where ontologies collide, and where different forms of power are produced and interact across distances. Course materials and discussion will explore these global contexts, concrete ways and means by which economic and political power is contested in these spaces, and ongoing experiments with and strivings toward a different world, one where many worlds may fit. Topics explored include resistance against mining and other extractive industries, pipeline fights, land grabbing for agro-industrial expansion, carbon and biodiversity offset markets, and geoengineering. Evaluation in the class will be based on preparation for and participation in class discussions, regular reflective essays on readings, and a final extended essay, presentation, or podcast on some aspect of terrestrial politics.

Course Number
HS3103
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Thermodynamics

Thermodynamics is the area of physics concerned with the behavior of very large collections of particles. Examples include the water molecules in glass of water, the electrons in a wire, or the photons given off by a light bulb. Thermodynamics studies properties of collections of particles that are largely independent of the particles’ detail, for example, the tendency for heat to flow from a hot object to a cold one.

This course will begin with a treatment of the first law of thermodynamics and basic thermal physics. Topics to be covered include the conservation of energy, heat and work, the ideal gas, the equipartition of energy, heat capacities, and latent heat. We will then move to the second law of thermodynamics, beginning with a statistical definition of entropy. This will require learning some combinatorics (a mathematical technique for counting) and approximation methods for working with very large numbers. This statistical approach will enable us to understand the origin of the second law of thermodynamics, and will lead naturally to statistical definitions of temperature, pressure, and chemical potential. We will then turn our attention to two broad areas of application. The first of these is heat engines and refrigerators, including heat pumps. The second set of applications involve free energy and chemical equilibrium. Depending on student interest, we will cover batteries and fuel cells, phase transitions, adiabatic lapse rates in meteorology, and nitrogen fixation. Thermodynamics is a broadly applicable field of physics, and so this course should be of relevance to students whose interests are in almost any area of science or engineering, as well as those who wish to gain a general introduction to a field that is one of the pillars of modern physical science. Evaluation will be based on weekly problem sets and a final research paper, presentation, or lab project.

Course Number
ES3052
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
David Feldman

Tutorial: The Long Heat: Climate Politics When It’s Too Late

In this advanced tutorial, students will deeply engage with the book The Long Heat (2025), by Wim Carton and Andreas Malm. The book is an in-depth, scholarly political-economic examination of technologies of climate change adaptation, carbon dioxide removal, and geoengineering. Students will also undertake a term-long research or communications project, likely in conjunction with non-governmental organizations that are engaged in advocacy to address or prevent the impacts associated with adoption of the technologies discussed in the book. Class meetings will include a mix of lecture, discussion, and direct interaction with colleagues within the collaborating NGOs. Evaluation will be based on class discussions and attention to the quality of work in the final project.

Course Number
HS5071
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Water, Design, and Environmental Futures

This course investigates an ecological design approach that centers on water and water systems as a means of achieving community development goals in an equitable and environmentally responsive manner. Participants will investigate contemporary water challenges facing communities (the combination of which varies from location to location): scarcity, poor water quality, downstream ecological impacts associated with processes of urbanization, climate change and sea level rise, and others. We will examine and reframe these challenges through the lens of the “hydro-social,” a term geographers use to describe how cultural perspectives shape our relationships to water (in other words, water is more than simply H2O). Through use of case study project examples, we will explore how combinations of age-old (premodern and vernacular) water systems design strategies and cutting-edge approaches can lead to projects of greater resilience, ecological responsiveness, beauty, and civic identity than more conventional, engineered, “end-of-pipe” solutions. We will lastly explore how these strategies might apply to a case study watershed that we will investigate in the last portion of the class. The course does not require previous experience in design; rather it is intended to engender greater awareness of how systems-based design thinking can allow us to address contemporary hydro-social challenges holistically. Evaluations will be based on participation and sustained engagement with course content; responses to this material in the form of short, illustrated essays that combine written narratives with simple diagrams, photographs, and sketches; analysis of case study projects through a framework we will introduce in the first part of the class; and a “final synthesis” assignment that involves speculating about the application of strategies and approaches discussed throughout the class to the case study watershed.

Course Number
AD2045
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Brook Muller

Worldmaking After Empire

2024 is the fiftieth anniversary of the Declaration on the Establishment of a New International Economic Order (NIEO) by members of the General Assembly of the United Nations (UNGA). This course examines both the roots of efforts through the 1960s and 1970s by newly decolonized states to change the economic architecture of the global system, and current initiatives for reform to the global economy, including through calls for a NIEO II. The text for the first half of the course is Adom Getachew’s Worldmaking after Empire: the rise and fall of self-determination. This part of the course explores the efforts by leaders of anti-colonial struggles in the Caribbean and Africa to shape a new post-imperial world, both politically and economically, building to the effort in the UNGA for the NIEO declaration. The second half of the course will focus on the international trade and financial institutions (World Trade Organization, World Bank, International Monetary Fund, multilateral development banks), their role in ongoing sovereign debt crises, and current efforts underway to reform the international financial architecture shaped by these institutions. The course will be conducted as an advanced seminar, with significant student responsibility for leading our conversations. Evaluation will be based on contributions to the collective learning throughout the term, regular short essays on course material, and one or more presentations made to the class on historical figures or topics of interest to them. As this is an advanced seminar, students taking the class should have had one or more previous courses in areas related to politics or economics.

Course Number
HS5065
Area of Study
Climate Change and Energy, Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Changing Schools, Changing Society

How have schools changed and how should schools change to ensure “the good life”? This interdisciplinary, team-taught course examines the potential and limits of a human ecological education as an instrument of enlightened progress and lasting positive social, cultural, and environmental change. It explores three essential questions about education and its relationship to human development and social progress. Looking at the role of formal educational institutions and their relationship to government and other social institutions: What is the role of schools in development and social change? Considering the role of teachers as agents of change: What is the role of the teacher in school/organizational change and community development? And finally, reflecting on our subjective motives for working in the field of education: Why do you want to become an educator? Through course activities such as service-learning in schools and group project work on a contemporary educational phenomenon (e.g., school choice, new technologies for learning, single-sex education), students will learn how educational policy at the federal, state, and local levels impacts teaching and learning, investigate the moral dimensions of the teacher-student relationship, and reflect on the construct of teacher-learners. Students will be introduced to a variety of educational research methods (i.e, ethnography, case study, quasi-experimental, correlational) that will allow for critical analysis of the knowledge base that strives to impact educational policy and practice. Evaluation will be based on participation, reflective writing, service learning, and group projects and presentations.

Course Number
ED1013
Area of Study
Educational Studies, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Bonnie Tai, Todd West

Child Development

How does a child think? What causes them to learn? What teaching approaches work best with young children? These questions and more will be explored through readings, lectures, field observations, and planned class activities. This course will provide an introduction to early childhood education (preschool to eighth grade). Theorists such as Piaget, Vygotsky, Montessori, Gardner, Erikson, Maslow, Kohlberg, and Gilligan will be used to examine the physical, mental, emotional, moral, and social aspects of childhood growth and development. Students will explore a range of curriculum models, approaches, and strategies as they learn to apply developmental theory to best practices. These best practices will include the role of teachers in creating meaningful learning experiences and classroom environments (curriculum), documenting learning, assessment, inclusion, and family involvement. The primary modes of instruction for this class will be lectures, classroom discussions, field observations/reflections, and cooperative hands-on learning activities. Short reflective papers, an observational journal, and class projects will be used to assess learning.

Course Number
ED1014
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Linda Fuller

Children’s Literature

This course is a broad overview of children’s literature and its place in the elementary school classroom. It examines the range and trends in literature for children that includes all genres, prominent authors, illustrators, awards, critical evaluation, and integration into instruction across the curriculum. Students participate in and design lessons which incorporate or extend children’s response to literature. They survey poetry and media appropriate for elementary students. Students read an extensive amount of children’s literature, keep a response journal, develop an author study, and create a teaching unit using children’s literature.

Course Number
ED1011
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Carol Null

Culturally Sustaining and Revitalizing Education

This course is designed for students planning to teach in schools whether in Maine or outside of the United States. Culturally sustaining/revitalizing education (CSRE) builds on the aims, values, insights, and practices of anti-racist education, culturally relevant pedagogy, culturally responsive teaching, culturally sustaining/revitalizing pedagogy, decolonizing education, global education, intercultural education, and multicultural education. In particular, it aims to contextualize education in the history of colonization, land theft, slavery, the continued struggle for sovereignty and self-determination of native tribes and First Nations, and calls for wider community accountability. This educational approach challenges deficit mindsets and structures that undergird policies and practices that widen the opportunity gap and equitable access to basic human and civil rights and impede educational access for sustaining and revitalizing cultures that settler colonialism has attempted to eliminate, assimilate, or marginalize. Students will practice asset-based and growth mindsets to gain an understanding of the relationship between CSRE and respect for tribal sovereignty and support of contemporary struggles for tribal continuity and resistance to cultural genocide and epistemicide. The course also opens a dialogue on the applicability of CRSE for immigrant, refugee, and asylum-seeking students whose relationship to their new place of residence may be tenuous at best and whose heritage languages and cultures are also endangered as a result of first- to second-generation assimilation in their adopted communities. Students will gain an understanding of conceptual frameworks, knowledge of empirical studies documenting outcomes and impacts of these approaches, and skills in ethically and effectively teaching indigenous, immigrant, and other culturally and linguistically diverse learners. For students seeking Maine teaching endorsements, this course will prepare them to implement LD291 requiring Maine educators to teach Wabanaki history and culture. Students will learn through field trips, guest speakers, films, discussions, critical exploration and reflection, independent research, observation/fieldwork/practicum, and peer teaching. Evaluation will include artifacts to be incorporated into a teaching portfolio: a lesson plan, teaching video, self-assessment, assessment of PK-12 student work, and communication with families and community members. Although there are no prerequisites, the following are recommended; Learning and/or proficiency in a language other than English; a psychology, sociology, or anthropology course; and/or a prior education course.

Course Number
ED3107
Area of Study
Educational Studies, Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructors
Bonnie Tai, Rebecca Buchanan

Curriculum Design and Assessment

Human ecologists who educate, embrace not only the interdisciplinarity of knowledge, but also the complexity of individual student development in political school environments. This course focuses on two essential nuts and bolts of teaching: curriculum design and assessment. How can a teacher learn what students know, how they think, and what they have learned? How can a teacher use this knowledge of students and subject matter to plan learning experiences that will engage diverse interests, adapt to a wide range of learning styles and preferences, accommodate exceptional needs, and meet state-mandated curriculum standards? This course is a required course for prospective secondary school teachers that provides an introduction to the backward design process and diverse assessment strategies. Students will engage in examining theory and practice designing and implementing curricula and assessments. A service-learning component will provide students with the opportunity to observe and participate in a variety of assessment methods in the subject they aim to teach. The final project will be a collaboratively designed, integrated curriculum unit, including lesson plans and assessments. Evaluation will be based on participation, reflective writing, individually designed lesson plans and assessments, and the final project.

Course Number
ED5010
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Advanced
Instructors
Bonnie Tai, Eloise Schultz

Experiential Education

Even before John Dewey published Experience and Education in 1938, experiential education had been practiced in various forms around the world. This course explores the philosophy of experiential education and its diverse practices in the realms of adventure education, service learning, workplace learning, environmental education, museum education, and school reform. Group activities and fieldtrips will provide opportunities to participate as both learner and teacher in a variety of teacher-led and student-designed experiences. The final project involves researching an existing experiential education program, its philosophy, and its practices. Evaluation is based on class and fieldtrip participation (including one multi-day fieldtrip), reflective logs, curriculum design, service-learning journal, an oral presentation of the service-learning, and a final essay that articulates a philosophy of experience in education.

Course Number
ED1010
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Bonnie Tai, Jasmine Smith

Human Growth and Learning: From Infancy to Adolescence

Humans don’t have a steady growth rate. In the first two years of life for human children the rate is fast, and then it slows for the next seven to ten years and then things speed up again. Interestingly, a child’s brain is already at 90% of its full size by age five. So many factors go into the development of children from their birth to the time that they enter adulthood. What do children inherit from their parents, biologically, culturally, socially, and how do those influences help us understand individual child development? In this course, students will explore and examine the contributions of prominent theorists and empirical research to foster a deeper understanding of the complexities of child development from birth through adolescence. This foundational learning will support students as they investigate additional influences on development. Students will be asked to reflect on their own development and the factors that helped to shape their own growth. Additionally, students will read and discuss current research in psychology, neuroscience, education, and sociology as integral parts of student learning. Understanding the arc of development is essential for individuals who work in education and related fields. Knowing what to expect in typical development is imperative to providing appropriate experiences and curriculum, and facilitates positive coaching and partnering with parents and caregivers. While this class is primarily geared towards individuals who may pursue education or education-adjacent fields, it is ultimately a class intended to explore what it means to develop and grow as a human from early childhood up to adolescence. Students should expect the following experiences and assessments: rich class discussions based on readings and personal reflections, field observations, hands-on activities, assigned work, and class presentations.

Course Number
ED1024
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Tara McKernan

Integrated Methods IA: Grades PreK-3 Reading and Writing

This course is designed to prepare prospective teachers with methods necessary to implement a comprehensive literacy program for grades PreK-3 to include all aspects of literacy acquisition. Major areas of focus will include oral, visual, and technological communication, shared and interactive strategies, phonics, word study and spelling, independent and guided reading, writing workshop, and writing in all content areas. The course content focuses on an integrated approach to the acquisition of literacy skills, current best practice, and lesson design, questioning techniques, formative and summative assessment. Learning objectives address the standards for Maine’s teaching standards and Maine’s Learning Results. There is a fieldwork component of 50 hours for this ten-week course. There will be a weekly one-hour lab, shared with Integrated Methods I: Gr 5-8. Evaluation will be based on the quality of a course portfolio to include class participation, curriculum and assessment design, performance assessments, cooperating teacher feedback, and reflections on the fieldwork and required readings.

Course Number
ED4016
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Ashley Stanley

Integrated Methods IB: Grades 3-6 Reading and Writing

This course is designed to prepare prospective teachers with methods necessary to implement a comprehensive literacy program for grades 3-6 to include: motivation and the upper elementary reader; helping middle grade students develop their writing voice through knowledge of language, vocabulary acquisition and use, and working with a variety of text; teaching critical, creative, and collaborative technology use; using multiple tools to differentiate instruction; creating and using rubrics/alternatives for assessing writing. The course content focuses on an integrated approach to the acquisition of literacy skills, current effective practices, lesson design, questioning techniques, and formative and summative assessment. Learning objectives address Maine’s teaching standards and Maine’s Learning Results. There is a field studies component of 50 hours and there will be a weekly one-hour lab, shared with Integrated Methods IA: Gr PreK-3. Evaluation will be based on the quality of a course portfolio to include curriculum and assessment design, performance assessments, cooperating teacher feedback on classroom performance, and reflections on the fieldwork and required readings.

Course Number
ED4017
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Linda Fuller

Integrated Methods II: Science

How can an integrated curriculum for elementary school students help to deepen the relationships children and young adolescents construct with the natural and social worlds in a way that promotes their capacity to know themselves and the communities in which they act?

For students interested in working with learners in grades preK-6, this course provides an enriched guided apprenticeship focused on necessary knowledge, skills, and experience to begin integrating science curricula with social studies, math and English language arts. Students will observe and practice creating and maintaining a constructive learning environment while teaching diverse learners using appropriate teaching methods and learning technologies. In addition students will explore providing effective feedback and constructing and implementing relevant assessments. Learning objectives include all eleven of Maine’s teaching standards as well as a working knowledge of the Parameters for Essential Instruction (PEI) for Science. Students will participate in an eight-week field work practicum observing and participating in elementary classrooms as well as planning and teaching in a weekly lab environment. Readings, discussions, and experiential learning in class will complement the field work component. Evaluation will be based on reflection on fieldwork, participation in discussions of readings and field work, curriculum and assessment design and implementation, and professional performance at the practicum site.

Course Number
ED5022
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Linda Fuller

Integrated Methods II: Science, Math, and Social Studies

How can an integrated curriculum for elementary school students help to deepen the relationships children and young adolescents construct with the natural and social worlds in a way that promotes their capacity to know themselves and the communities in which they act? For those preparing to be elementary school educators (grades K-8), this three-credit course provides an intensive guided apprenticeship that prepares the student-teacher with the necessary knowledge, skills, and experience to design an integrated math, science, and social studies curriculum, create and maintain a constructive learning environment, teach diverse learners using appropriate teaching methods and learning technologies, and assess student learning. Learning objectives include all eleven of Maine’s teaching standards as well as a working knowledge of the Parameters for Essential Instruction (PEI) for Math, Science, and Social Studies. Students will participate in a ten-week field work practicum observing and participating in elementary classrooms as well as planning and teaching weekly in a lab environment. Readings, discussions, and experiential learning in class will complement the field work component. Evaluation will be based on reflection on fieldwork, participation in discussions of readings and field work, curriculum and assessment design and implementation, and professional performance in lab school and at the practicum site.

Course Number
ED5011
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Advanced
Instructors
Linda Fuller, Tonya Prentice

Integrated Methods II: Social Studies

How can an integrated curriculum for elementary school students help to deepen the relationships children and young adolescents construct with the natural and social worlds in a way that promotes their capacity to know themselves and the communities in which they act?

For students interested in working with learners in grades preK-6, this course provides an enriched guided apprenticeship focused on necessary knowledge, skills, and experience to begin integrating social studies curricula with science, math and English language arts. Students will observe and practice creating and maintaining a constructive learning environment while teaching diverse learners using appropriate teaching methods and learning technologies. In addition students will explore providing effective feedback and constructing and implementing relevant assessments. Learning objectives include all eleven of Maine’s teaching standards as well as a working knowledge of the Parameters for Essential Instruction (PEI) for Social Studies. Students will participate in an eight-week field work practicum observing and participating in elementary classrooms as well as planning and teaching in a weekly lab environment. Readings, discussions, and experiential learning in class will complement the field work component. Evaluation will be based on reflection on fieldwork, participation in discussions of readings and field work, curriculum and assessment design and implementation, and professional performance at the practicum site.

Course Number
ED5021
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Linda Fuller

Introduction to Adolescent Psychology

This course focuses on the segment of the human life span from puberty to early adulthood. In this class we will examine the physical, cognitive, social, and moral aspects of adolescent growth and development. Issues to be considered include adolescent relationships (peers, family, romantic), adolescent issues (identity formation, at risk behavior, schooling, and stereotypes), and critical reflection on one’s own adolescent experience. The main objectives of this course are to: 1) provide students with a working knowledge of the theories of psychology which pertain to early adolescent development; 2) help students develop the ability to critically analyze information and common assumptions about the development of adolescents; 3) consider contemporary issues and concerns of the field; and 4) to afford students the opportunity to explore their own adolescent development. Course work entails lecture, discussion, extensive case analysis, and a field component.

Course Number
ED1016
Area of Study
Educational Studies, Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Ken Hill, Kenneth Hill

Introduction to the Counseling Process

This is intended as a survey course that will overview the contemporary theories, issues, and techniques of professional counseling. In brief, topics to be considered in this course include; a) legal and ethical responsibilities associated with professional counseling); b) assessments of differing therapeutic approaches (theories and techniques) to the counseling process; and c) reflection on the changing perspectives and practices in counseling including pluralism and diversity models. Students will begin to develop their own perspective of counseling through lectures and discussion, demonstrations, guest speakers, case studies, mock counseling sessions, reading, and writing papers. Experiential learning, through mock counseling sessions, with feedback from classmates and the instructor, will be stressed. Evaluation will be based on written assignments, class participation, and independent research.

Course Number
HS5043
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Kenneth Hill

Secondary Methods: Life Science, Social Studies, and English

This course is designed to prepare those who are intending to meet the learning needs of diverse populations of students in grades 7-12 or late adolescent young adults in other learning environments. It is an objective of the course to communicate that teaching is intellectual work, that it requires a dedication to and a love of subject matter, a respect and caring for students, a concern for equity, and a moral imperative for excellence in teaching. Students spend 70 hours with their target population and curriculum, as well as consulting with content faculty. (Some of these hours may be reserved for fall term.) These learning-teaching experiences are integrated into class discussion where students analyze the elements needed for successful teaching, learning, and assessing in their own content area and across disciplines. The purposes, problems, opportunities, issues, strategies, and materials involved in teaching diverse adolescent and young adult learners will be examined critically, and students will be evaluated through class discussions, individual and group work, reflections on field experiences, and peer and virtual teaching and assessing.

Course Number
ED5019
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Linda Fuller

Supporting Students with Disabilities in the Reg. Classroom

This is an introductory course in special education. We will explore the needs of children with disabilities and techniques for meeting these needs in the regular classroom. The course will emphasize both the social and instructional aspects of the concepts of inclusion, differentiation and serving students in the “least restrictive environment”. Participants will be introduced to concepts central to understanding the role of regular classroom teachers in meeting the academic, social, and emotional needs of students with disabilities. Objectives: By the end of the course students will be able to: identify and describe current issues and trends in education related to individuals with disabilities and their families; describe the Special education laws and procedures impacting individuals with disabilities; develop a working definition for each area of exceptionality in relation to achievement of educational goals, and develop strategies and resources for modifying, adapting and/or differentiating curriculum and instruction.

Course Number
ED3012
Area of Study
Educational Studies, Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Kelley Sanborn

Teaching as an Act of Hope

In a world marked by complexity, uncertainty, and diverse challenges, the role of teachers extends far beyond the transmission of knowledge. Students in this course will explore the question of what helps certain teachers to bring a continual sense of hope to their professional practice despite often relatively low pay, long hours, negative attention during political clashes, and increasing stressors on youth and society that inevitably appear in the classroom. Why do people choose to teach? And what keeps them in the classroom? How do teachers experience the impact of various education-focused policies on their efforts, and what are some ways teachers navigate and influence policy to maintain their visions for successful schools? Through critical readings, podcasts, guest speakers, small group interviews, and classroom observations students will reflect on how teachers bring and maintain hope in their learning communities. Students can expect to speak with area teachers as well as education experts from a variety of realms, and texts will include choices from authors such as Patrick Harris II, bell hooks, John Dewey, Regie Routman, Parker Palmer, and Nel Noddings. Final projects will allow students to creatively share their learning with one another and with teachers whose ideas have been most influential in their growing understanding of this realm of world-changing efforts. This course is suitable for future teachers or those considering teaching as well as education enthusiasts and anyone interested in the profound impact of education on society.

Course Number
ED1023
Area of Study
Educational Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Linda Fuller

The Price of Knowledge: Economics of Education

Why should we study the economics of education? One answer is the significant amount of money that individuals and society spend on education across all levels. In 2024, the United States alone spent nearly $1.5 trillion, or about 5.5% of GDP, on education. Likewise, governments throughout the world devoted considerable resources on the financing and operation of schools. These investments in education are motivated by the belief that the strength of the economy depends on the knowledge and skills of the workers. But does higher education expenditure cause better learning outcomes? Does better test score cause higher economic growth? How do policymakers design education policies that produce skills valued by society and rewarded in the labor market? How do the organization of schooling and incentive structure affect students, teachers, parents, and learning outcomes?

We will engage these questions both substantively and as a way to learn about how quantitative methods – e.g., cost-benefit analysis, and causal inference – are used to design, debate, and evaluate public policies. As such, this class is valuable for (i) students who are interested in education policy debates, (ii) who want to learn about the increasingly dominant role of causal inference models in public policy design, or (iii) who want to acquire quantitative reasoning skills through an applied, policy-oriented approach.

Topics may include return to schooling, education production function and inputs, financing of local K-12 schools, teacher labor market, incentive and students’ performance, and peer effect and learning environment effect. Throughout the course, you will have ample opportunities to develop quantitative reasoning skills, including causal analysis, natural experiment, and randomized control trials. Some knowledge of introductory microeconomics is beneficial but not required. Students will be evaluated through leading group discussion of assigned reading materials and developing a summative research proposal on a relevant topic.

Course Number
HS1125
Area of Study
Educational Studies, Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Hien Nguyen, Duc Hien Nguyen

Advanced International Environmental Law Seminar

This course is designed to provide an overview of the use of international law in solving transnational environmental problems and shaping international behavior. We examine, as background, the nature and limitations of international law as a force for change. The course will then explore customary law, the relationship between soft and hard law, enforcement of international law, implementation mechanisms, and the effectiveness of multilateral environmental agreements. Special attention is given to existing international environmental law frameworks addressing climate change, Arctic and Antarctic development, ozone depletion, biological diversity, forest loss, export of toxic chemicals, and the host of issues raised by the 1992 United Nations Conference on the Environment and Development and subsequent environmental fora. Students will also consider the interface between international environmental law and other important international forces such as the Bretton Woods institutions, human rights frameworks, and international development entities. Students will be evaluated on the quality of their classroom comments and several analytical problem sets given during the term. Students will also be asked to complete a major research project examining the effectiveness of a treaty or a proposed international environmental legal arrangement.

Course Number
HS5020
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Ken Cline

Congressional Elections Workshop

This class will be an intensive, immersive exploration of Congressional elections in the United States. It runs only in the Fall of midterm Congressional election years, using the current campaign as a lens through which to explore a wide array of issues related to Congressional elections specifically, as well as elections in the US generally. It is structured as a working lab that is supplemented with a series of discussion and lecture sessions. Regular discussion and lecture sessions will provide students with a crash course in interdisciplinary approaches to a range of issues related to the conduct of US Congressional elections. This may include examinations of the history of campaigns, campaign advertising and messaging, the structure of elections, the conduct of voting and voter access, campaign finance reform, empirical research on campaign effects and outcomes, polling and poll methodology, campaign organization and administrative structure, best practices for GOTV and targeted mobilization, etc. Students will combine into teams to conduct term long tracking projects focused on the upcoming US Congressional election. This may include battleground state profiling, campaign finance monitoring, litigation tracking, advertising and media placement, debate watches, candidate travel schedules, etc. A great deal of what will be covered will depend on the nature of the current campaign in that particular year and which issues are most salient. The remaining class sessions after the election will focus on debriefing the results as well as addressing any outstanding issues that linger beyond election day (e.g. disputes over election counts and the certification of results). Students will be evaluated on the basis of their engagement with class sessions and other class related activities, their work for their tracking projects, short-form response papers related to discussion topics, their debrief reports, and check-in meetings with the instructor. This class is open to a wide range of students with varied interests. Given the working lab nature of the class, it is flexible enough to accommodate both students who have had extensive experience with politics and campaigning in the US context, as well as students for whom this will be their first exposure to anything campaign related, and everyone else in between. However, all students, regardless of their background, should be prepared to adapt to a fluid and changing electoral landscape, especially in the days leading up to the election. This may necessitate scheduling evening sessions outside of normal class time, responding to unfolding events, and pivoting topics on short notice.

Course Number
HS3140
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jamie McKown

Conspiracy Theories and Theories of Conspiracy

The fear of the “hidden” enemy that lurks behind the curtain, controlling events from the shadows, is a narrative topos that continually seems to raise its conspiratorial head in all kinds of spaces and venues: from politics to pop culture, movies, novels, music, political speeches, etc. Yet, there is also evidence to suggest that widespread acceptance of these conspiracy “theories” has the potential to cultivate and propagate inherently antidemocratic, divisive, and dangerous beliefs. Those who posit the existence of conspiracies, or at least certain ones, are often dismissed outright as irrational, without any consideration made as to the substance of their claims. Belief in conspiracies, or at least certain ones, is taken as a sign of faulty logic or reason. Yet, despite this, conspiratorial explanations of various phenomenon actually have a long and vibrant history of popular acceptance in US political culture (as well as in other parts of the world). Some have gone so far as to suggest that narratives of conspiracy, as alternative or resistant explanatory frames, are actually a necessary component of democratic political life. After all we know that conspiracies, political and otherwise, have existed in the past, and may exist again in the future. How do we make sense of this tension? If conspiracy theory as a mode of explanation is inherently “irrational,” what does this mean for its enduring presence in our political discourse? Is the only difference between a “reasonable” claim rooted in fear and what we consider the paranoid ramblings of “kooks” and “nutjobs” simply a matter of which one is “correct?” Is there a silver bullet theory or magic wand that would allow us to differentiate the supposed good from the bad? Is the very act of labeling something a conspiracy theory itself a form of political hegemony? Even if conspiracies might exist, is it better to live in a world in which we assume they don’t? What do we actually mean by conspiracy theory in the first place? This seminar will explore a variety of topics related directly to how threats of conspiracy become manifest in public discourse. Readings will focus on secondary research that examines the role of conspiracy theories in political and social life, both in the United States and abroad. We will also supplement this with primary “artifacts” such as pamphlets, social media postings, videos, speeches, etc. Along the way we will also use this as an opportunity to reflect on what inter and trans disciplinary research actually looks like. The study of conspiracy narratives is an ideal example that helps us think about how different fields attempt to make sense of a phenomenon. We will survey, compare, and attempt to synthesize research from a wide range of fields, disciplines and methodologies including those from historians, anthropologists, political scientists, legal scholars, literary critics, psychologists, and others. This is an advanced seminar and students should expect to encounter readings that are rooted in disciplinary perspectives they are not familiar with. Students will need to adapt to shifting perspectives in order to both the various texts in conversation with each other. Evaluation will be based on in-class discussion as well as individual student writing assignments. Students will produce several short length essay assignments during the term as well as a longer research paper at the end of the term. Weekly lab sessions will be used for screenings of primary material and students may also be responsible for at least one primary source presentation during these sessions. This class is open to students of all interests regardless of their experience with politics, government, or social theory.

Course Number
HS5063
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Jamie McKown

Constitutional Law: Supreme Court and Civil Liberties

This introductory class in constitutional law will have one fundamental objective: understanding the current and historical role of the US Supreme Court in the recognition of civil and associated rights. The rights we will examine will include reproductive rights, freedom of speech in both the general and academic contexts, marriage equality, the rights of individuals in the transgender community, and racial equality. In order to understand these specific issues of Supreme Court doctrine, the class will begin with a review of how our courts function, how the doctrine of judicial review developed, and how to read and understand decisions of the Supreme Court. The question looming over the course will be whether the Supreme Court is a distinctive legal institution, an anti-democratic policy making body, or both – and whether this question can be resolved independent of our views on the underlying issues. The course will conclude with a “moot court” exercise in which students will play the role of either Supreme Court justices or lawyers appearing before the Supreme Court. The topic of the exercise will be drawn from a case or cases currently pending before the Supreme Court.

Assessment will be based on evidence that the student has completed assignments and readings, meaningful participation in seminar discussions, the preparation and presentation to the class of a summary of a judicial opinion under discussion, two short quizzes, and performance in the moot court exercise.

Course Number
HS1124
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Matthew Herrington

Electing a President

This class will be an intensive immersive exploration of presidential elections in the United States. It runs only in the Fall terms of US presidential election years, using the current campaign as a lens through which to explore a wide array of issues related to presidential elections specifically, as well as elections in the US generally. It is structured as a working lab that is supplemented with a series of discussion and lecture sessions. In lab sessions students will combine into teams to conduct term long tracking projects focused on the upcoming US presidential election. This may include battleground state profiling, campaign finance monitoring, litigation tracking, advertising and media placement, debate watches, candidate travel schedules, etc. In addition to the lab sessions, regular discussion and lecture sessions will provide students with a crash course in interdisciplinary approaches to a range of issues related to the conduct of US presidential elections. This may include examinations of the history of campaigns, campaign advertising and messaging, the structure of presidential elections and the role of the electoral college, the conduct of voting and voter access, campaign finance reform, empirical research on campaign effects and outcomes, polling and poll methodology, campaign organization and administrative structure, best practices for GOTV and targeted mobilization, etc. A great deal of what will be covered in both the lab and discussion sessions will depend on the nature of the current campaign in that particular year and which issues are most salient. Students will also take part in ongoing community education projects at different times throughout the term, whether that involves providing assistance through voter registration and access, debate watch debriefings, issue education, candidate profiles, community forums, etc.. On the night of the election the class will organize and host a returns watching festival on campus. The class will develop the various activities and events for the festival, and coordinate the planning alongside the instructor. The remaining class sessions after the election will focus on debriefing the results as well as addressing any outstanding issues that linger beyond election day (e.g. disputes over election counts and the certification of results). Students will be evaluated on the basis of their engagement with class sessions and other class related activities, their work for their tracking projects, short form response papers related to discussion topics, their debrief reports, and check in meetings with the instructor. Presidential election season can be a stressful, and at times uplifting time for many community members. This class is a great way to engage the campaigns in a direct and hands on manner, while also learning more about elections generally and presidential elections specifically. It is open to a wide range of students with varied interests. Given the working lab nature of the class, it is flexible enough to accommodate both students who have had extensive experience with politics and campaigning in the US context, as well as students for whom this will be their first exposure to anything campaign related, and everyone else in between.

Course Number
HS3129
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jamie McKown

Environmental Law and Policy

This course provides an overview of environmental law and the role of law in shaping environmental policy. We examine, as background, the nature and scope of environmental, energy, and resource problems and evaluate the various legal mechanisms available to address those problems. The course attempts to have students critically analyze the role of law in setting and implementing environmental policy. We explore traditional common law remedies, procedural statutes such as the National Environmental Policy Act, intricate regulatory schemes, and market-based strategies that have been adopted to control pollution and protect natural resources. Students are exposed to a wide range of environmental law problems in order to appreciate both the advantages and limitations of law in this context. Special attention is given to policy debates currently underway and the use of the legal process to foster the development of a sustainable society in the United States. Students are required to complete four problem sets in which they apply legal principles to a given fact scenario.

Course Number
HS4026
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Ken Cline

History of the American Conservation Movement

This course provides students with an overview of the American conservation movement from the 1600s through the present. Through an examination of historical accounts and contemporary analysis, students develop an understanding of the issues, places, value conflicts, and people who have shaped conservation and environmental policy in the United States. They also gain an appreciation for the relationship between the conservation movement and other social and political movements. Students should come away with a sense of the historical and cultural context of American attitudes toward nature. We also seek to apply these lessons to policy debates currently underway in Maine. Working from original writings, students do in-depth research on a selected historical figure. Evaluation is based on problem sets, group activities, participation, and a final paper.

Course Number
HS1021
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Ken Cline

International Wildlife Policy and Protected Areas

“Save the whales”; “save the tiger”; “save the rainforest” – – increasingly wildlife and their habitats are the subject of international debate with many seeing wildlife as part of the common heritage of humankind. Wildlife does not recognize the political boundaries of national states and as a result purely national efforts to protect wildlife often fail when wildlife migrates beyond the jurisdiction of protection. This course focuses on two principle aspects of international wildlife conservation: 1) the framework of treaties and other international mechanisms set up to protect species; and 2) the system of protected areas established around the world to protect habitat. We begin with an examination of several seminal wildlife treaties such as the International Convention for the Regulation of Whaling, CITES, migratory bird treaties, and protocols to the Antarctica Treaty. Using case studies on some of the more notable wildlife campaigns, such as those involving whales and elephants, we seek to understand the tensions between national sovereignty and international conservation efforts. The Convention on Biological Diversity and its broad prescriptions for wildlife protection provide a central focus for our examination of future efforts. Following on one of the key provisions in the Convention on Biological Diversity, the second half of the course focuses on international and national efforts to create parks and other protected areas. In particular we evaluate efforts to create protected areas that serve the interests of wildlife and resident peoples. Students gain familiarity with UNESCO’s Biosphere Reserve model and the IUCN’s protected area classifications. We also examine in some depth the role that NGO’s play in international conservation efforts. The relationship between conservation and sustainable development is a fundamental question throughout the course.

Course Number
HS3023
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics, International Studies
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Ken Cline

Introduction to Macroeconomics

This course provides an introductory lens to understand the economy as a whole – the macroeconomy – and how its various parts interact. We will study topics such as (i) the short-term fluctuation of the general price level, employment level, and total output level, (ii) the linkages between structural unemployment, economic inequality, and government policies, and (iii) the long-term trajectory of economic growth and the unevenness of capitalist development. Some of the key questions we will explore include: How do we measure the macroeconomy, and what do our conventional measurements often leave out? Why do cyclical economic booms and busts exist and what drives them? What can governments do to limit the costs of job loss on workers? Looking globally, why are some countries rich and other countries poor? How have global living standards improved over the long run, and at what cost to humans, non-human beings, and the environment?

This course aims to increase your ability to use abstract, quantitative models to describe and articulate the various ways in which macroeconomic factors frame the condition of possibilities for people, their families, and their communities. Upon completion of this course, you will have developed practices of thinking critically and politically about public policies and debates. You will also expand your capacity for numerical literacy and quantitative skills such as drawing valid conclusions based on data and communicating your reasoning and results effectively and clearly. The course is especially valuable for students with interests in civic engagement, social justices, political transformation, and sustainable development. Previous knowledge in economics, calculus, statistics, and linear algebra is not necessary. Familiarity with elementary algebra will be helpful but not required. Students’ learning will be assessed through problem sets, and take-home exams.

Course Number
HS1123
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics, Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Hien Nguyen, Duc Hien Nguyen

Introduction to Microeconomics

Economics has a popular reputation as a field of study centered around making money and getting rich. However, for most of its history, economics has been about understanding and changing the way the world works. How do we get our dinner every night? What does it take to transform coffee beans harvested in plantations in Costa Rica to the morning cup of Starbucks across their 38,000 global locations? Why do some individuals amass unfathomable personal wealth while others face daily struggle for material survival? These questions are what economists primarily study. Whether seemingly straightforward or seemingly unfathomable, at their core these issues are about the process of social provisioning. It can be further broken down into the following questions: (i) As a society, how do we determine what to produce and how much? (ii) As a society, how do we distribute what we produce? And (iii) Who benefits from and who are harmed by our production, distribution and consumption? In this course, we will examine these questions from the perspective of individuals and firms, and we will consider the ways an individual’s preference and decisions are shaped by social institutions and how they, in turn, affect other beings, both human and non-human. You will be introduced to topics such as: individual’s decision making under constraints, social coordination dilemmas, firm’s wage-setting and labor discipline, supply-demand and price setting, market’s successes and failures, and the limits of economic growth. This course aims to increase your ability to use abstract, quantitative models to approach complex, real-world problems such as worsening economic inequalities and global climate change. Upon completion of this course, you will have developed practices of thinking critically and politically about public policies and debates. You will also expand your capacity for numerical literacy and quantitative skills such as drawing valid conclusions based on data and communicating your reasoning and results effectively and clearly. The course is especially valuable for students with interests in civic engagement, social justices, political transformation, and sustainable development. Knowledge in calculus, statistics, and linear algebra is not necessary, and familiarity with elementary algebra will be helpful but not required. Students’ learning will be assessed through problem sets and (take-home) exams.

Course Number
HS1119
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics, Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Hien Nguyen, Duc Hien Nguyen

Introduction to the Legal Process

The “law” affects every aspect of human activity. As human ecologists we must garner some basic understanding of how law is used (or misused) to shape society and human behavior. This course examines two aspects of the American legal system: 1) the judicial process or how we resolve disputes; and 2) the legislative process or how we enact policy. Course readings cover everything from classic jurisprudence essays to the daily newspaper. We use current environmental and social issues to illustrate specific applications of the legal process. Legal brief preparation, mock courtroom presentations, lobbying visits to the Maine legislature, and guest lectures are used to give a practical dimension to course subjects. Students analyze Federal Election Commission documents to understand the impact of campaign financing on public policy and look closely at other current issues facing the legislative and judicial systems. Evaluation is based upon two papers and several other exercises.

Course Number
HS1012
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Ken Cline

Mutual Aid, Past, and Future

Contemporary political theory often explores how our established institutions drive seemingly intractable forms of ecological degradation and social harms. These critiques can offer potent models for pathologizing the injustices around us, but—by their magnitude—are also exhausting, making it difficult to imagine alternative ways of living together. As climate change disrupts our food systems, as pathogenic diseases spread and mutate, as social conflict grows, how can we possibly dream of more just and sustainable futures when we are regularly consumed with what it takes just to survive?

In this highly interactive course, we will explore one possible answer to this question by considering whether mutual aid—both as an idea and as a really-existing practice—offers any useful speculative and technical tools for responding to our emerging “polycrisis”. We will first theorize mutual aid through a biological lens as a tactic of survival among species, and situate this theory in historical and social context. We will then explore mutual aid as an emergent practice that is always already occurring around us, and conclude by discussing the potentialities it opens (and those that it doesn’t) for imaging alternative futures within, without, and around our existing institutions. Students in this course will be expected to read and reflect on high-level theoretical texts, participate actively in classroom discussion, and engage in community and campus-level projects that mirror our classroom discussions. Students will also conduct and self-publish original research on how mutual aid networks emerge in domains such as food, medical care, and community support work. Evaluation will be collaborative, based on engagement and intellectual growth and application of themes both in and outside of the classroom.

Course Number
HS4119
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics, Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Leeann Sullivan

Native American Law

From first contact through the confrontation surrounding the Standing Rock Sioux Tribe and the Dakota Access Pipeline, Native American law has tried to reconcile two incommensurate legal systems and widely varying government policies. This course examines the evolution of federal Native American or “Indian” Law from colonization onward as impacted by treaties, executive orders, congressional enactments, and major U.S. Supreme Court cases interpreting the U.S. Constitution and statutes as they involve Native American legal issues. This is not a class about tribal law or the indigenous legal systems that exist among the various tribes in the US. Rather, it examines the legal system imposed on tribes from the outside; a system that has evolved over time and creates the legal framework which tribes operate under today. Students will gain an understanding of law as a policy tool and framework, and acquire the necessary skills to work on policy issues affecting native peoples. We will focus on primary legal material as well as secondary interpretations of that material. There will be some comparative law analysis from other countries and an examination of how the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples relates to US practices. Students will complete several analytical problem sets that require an application of course concepts to fact scenarios as well as a major paper on a legal topic of their choosing. A class visit to a Maine reservation will allow conversation with tribal leaders involved with current environmental and Native American issues in Maine.

Course Number
HS3070
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Ken Cline

Our Public Lands: Past, Present, and Future

By definition “public lands” belong to all of us, yet public lands in this country have a history of use (and abuse) by special interests and a shocking absence of any coherent management strategy for long-term sustainability. This course is taught in seminar format in which students read and discuss several environmental policy and history texts that concern the history and future of our federal lands. We also use primary historic documents and texts to understand the origins of public ownership and management. We examine the legal, philosophical, ecological, and political problems that have faced our National Parks, wildlife refuges, national forests, and other public lands. An effort is made to sort out the tangle of laws and conflicting policies that govern these public resources. Special attention is given to the historic roots of current policy debates. Evaluation is based upon response papers, a class presentation, participation in class discussions, and a group project looking closely at the historical context and policy implications of a management issue facing a nearby public land unit.

Course Number
HS3031
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Ken Cline

Political Persuasion and Messaging Fundamentals

This class will provide a broad introductory overview of the history, practice, and core concepts that encompass political messaging and persuasion through an empirical examination of grounded applications of such strategies. In order to capitalize on the saliency of the Fall election cycle, the course materials will be based on a series of historical case studies directly tied to American presidential campaigns. Instead of studying various theories of political persuasion in the abstract, we will extract principles that commonly appear in political messaging from these case examples. In addition, students will participate in two collaborative projects. The first will involve tracking political persuasion techniques in campaigns that are occurring in real time during the term. The second will involve students working in teams to produce their own political messaging materials for a hypothetical campaign. The overall goals of the course are three-fold. First, to provide a broad survey of the history of political campaign communication and advertising as it has developed in the United States. Second, to confront some of the pragmatic issues that go into producing messaging strategies for electoral candidates. Third, to help students cultivate a more critical approach to analyzing the political messages that they confront in their daily lives. The class will be highly interactive with discussion being the primary mode of instruction. However, there will also lecture components that provide the historical basis for the case studies we are examining. Final evaluation will based on a combination of class participation, several take home essay assignments, the contemporary tracking assignment, and a final creative project in which student produce their own campaign materials. The class is open to all students, regardless of their experience in politics or their knowledge of American history. It is well suited for introductory students who are interested in politics, human persuasion, and mass communication. However, it is also equally valuable for advanced students seeking to deepen their understanding of political persuasion.

Course Number
HS1033
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Jamie McKown

Strategies for Social Change

People organize to bring social change for many reasons – e. g. to end oppression, bring peace, prevent ecological collapse, promote cultural survival or advance sectarian interests. The character and success of strategies depend on social and historical contexts. People typically alternate between – or combine – varied approaches including: social movements, electoral politics, lobbying, nonviolent (or sometimes violent) struggle, technological innovation, social entrepreneurship and community organizing. This course uses theories of social movements as a starting point to look at strategies for social change and criteria for evaluating them. The course assumes it is important to understand views and strategies we disagree with respectfully and with careful analysis. The class combines readings in history and theories of social change, and diverse case studies from both the left and the right. It looks both at classic cases (e. g. Gandhi, King) and a variety of efforts from recent years and the present (e.g. Indivisible, the Tea Party, #MeToo, Zapatistas, 350.org, Black Lives Matter, Cambridge Analytica, and alternative food system entrepreneurship). This is a course for students who want to develop skills for doing critical analysis of society, for developing effective plans to create social change, and for applying strategies to implement those plans. Evaluation will be based on progress in developing those skills as demonstrated in homework and class participation, short papers, and a term project developing a sample strategy document for a viewpoint of the student’s choice.

Course Number
HS2093
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Gray Cox

Voting and Elections: Case Studies

This course will be an in depth exploration of contemporary flashpoint issues involving the design, administration, and regulation of elections for public office in the United States. We will take up a series of case studies by examining their history, the stakeholders involved, and the pros and cons of the relevant alternative reform measures that have been proposed. Topics covered in a given term will vary based on changing external factors such as the timing of elections as well as student interests. Students enrolling in the class should expect to be contacted by the instructor prior to the start of the term to discuss areas of interest. Likely areas that may be covered include: campaign finance reform, gerrymandering, instant runoff voting, election technologies, voter suppression, alternative governmental models, the electoral college, party primaries, campaign communication regulation, government funding of elections, nationalization of election standards, etc.. This advanced seminar will emphasize collaborative work, discussion, and debate. We will ground our work as a group in tangible solutions that address existing problems in how elections are conducted in the United States. While the emphasis of the class will be on the US context, we will often draw on international case studies as comparative reference points to assist in evaluating possible policy alternatives. While familiarity with the US political system is not a requirement for this class, students should have completed some previous coursework in areas related to law, policy, government, or politics (domestic or international). Students will be evaluated based on their participation and engagement with class discussion, various short in-class presentations, short form individual response papers, and a longer form longer form project due at the end of the term.

Course Number
HS5064
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Jamie McKown

Whitewater/Whitepaper: River Conservation and Recreation

Loren Eisely once remarked, “If there is magic on this planet, it is contained in water.” Eisely’s observation is an underlying premise of this course – that there is something very special about moving water. This course is taught in a seminar format in which students will read and discuss ecological, historical, sociological, political and legal aspects of river conservation and watershed protection. Special emphasis is placed on understanding the policy issues surrounding dams, river protection, and watershed planning. In conjunction with readings and class discussions, students will use a term-long study of a local stream to learn about the threats facing rivers in the United States and the legal and policy mechanisms for addressing these threats. In addition, the class will take an extended field trip to western Massachusetts to gain first-hand knowledge of the tremendous impact river manipulation can have on a social and ecological landscape. We will spend time looking at historically industrialized and now nationally protected rivers in the region. Through weekly excursions on Maine rivers, students will also develop skills to enable them to paddle a tandem canoe in intermediate whitewater. Evaluation will be based on problem sets, role-playing exercises, contribution to the class, short essays, and paddling skills. Weekly excursions to area rivers entail special scheduling constraints as we will be in the field all day on Fridays.

Course Number
HS3026
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Ken Cline

Wildlife Law Seminar

In his seminal essay on the “Land Ethic,” Aldo Leopold explores the incongruity between man’s legal structures and the natural world around him. This incongruity is particularly acute in the area of wildlife conservation. Students will develop the ability to analyze and understand complex legal problems involving wildlife. In addition, this course examines the legal, philosophical, scientific, economic, and political problems surrounding man’s relationship with other species on this planet. The far-reaching goals and impacts of the Endangered Species Act are a central focus of the course. Significant time is also dedicated to legal issues concerning marine mammals, Native American’s wildlife concerns, migratory birds, animal rights, and agencies entrusted to manage wildlife. The class will also cover the growing rights of nature movement, the plight of Right Whales, and 30×30 campaigns in some depth. Students will complete a term-long group project that applies the course content to a pressing wildlife issue. Evaluation is based on class participation, problem sets, and contribution to the group project.

Course Number
HS5061
Area of Study
Environmental Law & Politics
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Ken Cline

Active Optimism: Practices in Transforming Food Systems

In “Beginning to End Hunger,” M. Jahi Chappell quotes the Brazilian sociologist Herbert Jose “Betinho” de Souza, who said “I’m not some stupid optimist. I’m an active optimist.” Chappell goes on to argue that active optimism—the notion that problems can be solved if we act on them with critical knowledge—is precisely what is needed to end hunger. This course will embrace the practice of active optimism by engaging students in place-based efforts to address food systems issues at COA. In this advanced course, students will form project teams and work collaboratively to build on on-going campus food systems initiatives. During week one of the course, students will select project teams and work with the instructor to develop a reading list and schedule tailored to the groups’ needs. Thereafter, class time will be dedicated to discussing readings, developing and peer-reviewing research plans and materials, presenting progress-reports, collecting and analyzing data, and facilitating community input and outreach activities. Depending on their project, students may focus more or less on data collection and analysis, policy development, or program implementation. Students will be evaluated based on their participation (including self-directedness and professionalism), the quality of the processes and outputs of their projects, and their ability to work collaboratively with classmates and the campus-community (in particular, community-partners including COA’s dining managers, farm managers, Food Systems Working Group, and the Cabinet).

Course Number
HS5057
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Kourtney Collum

Agroecology

The global demand for food and fiber will continue to increase well into the next century. How will this food and fiber be produced? Will production be at the cost of soil loss, water contamination, pesticide poisoning, and increasing rural poverty? In this course, we examine the fundamental principles and practices of conventional and sustainable agriculture with a primary focus on crops. By examining farm case studies and current research on conventional and alternative agriculture we develop a set of economic, social, and ecological criteria for a critique of current agricultural practices in the United States and that will serve as the foundation for the development and analysis of new farming systems. Evaluations are based on two exams, class presentations, participation in a conference on potato production, and a final paper.

Course Number
ES3010
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Suzanne R. Morse

Apples: History, Horticulture, Culture, and Science

This three-credit integrated class will include fieldtrips, travel, on-campus classes, and independent project work. The class will explore the history of humans’ relationship with apples (and fruit more generally) to explore the thousands of years of observing, eating, planting, and selecting that lay behind our love of apples. Students will learn about everything from the evolutionary history and geographic distribution of the Malus species to the history of apple cultivars in America. By 1900 there were perhaps 20,000 named varieties of apples in North America, and we will look at that explosion of diversity and then its loss in the 20th century. Students will work with trees, harvest fruit, and gain hands-on experience in orchards. The class will travel to the preeminent apple germplasm collection in the world in Geneva, NY, and will have the opportunity to explore the over 6,000 exemplars in the collection. Fieldtrips will also take us to commercial orchards, cider producers, local relict orchards, and conservation collections. Part of the class will be contributing to the work of tracking down, researching, and identifying old historic trees from around downeast Maine. This will require developing research skills, phenotypic identification skills, fruit exploration, and a wide range of other skills. We will also do deep dives on apple genetics, the deep history of agriculture, the introduction of European fruit in North America, changes to farming in Maine, and the conservation of heirloom crops.

The work of the class will include reading, writing, mapping, intensive fieldwork/fieldtrip experiences, hands-on elements, and a major independent research project. The class is appropriate for students with a very wide range of interests, but specific interests could include: history, food studies, horticulture, agriculture, genetics,and cultural heritage. This class will seek to integrate many fields of study to undertake a study of humans’ relationship with their food, the land, and the past through the focus on apples. Students will be evaluated on active participation in class discussion, completion of projects, field journals, written assignments, demonstration of phenotypic identification skills, capacity to learn in field settings, and a major independent project.

Course Number
HS3139
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Art and Science of Fermented Foods

This course will take an in depth look at the art and science of fermented and cultured foods. The first half of the class will focus on the microbiology of fermentation with a specific focus on products derived from milk and soybeans. Each week there will be a laboratory portion in which students will explore how the basic fermentation processes and products change with different milk and soy qualities. These small-scale experiences and experiments will be complemented with field trips to commercial enterprises in Maine and Massachusetts. In the second half of the term students will explore the differences in flat, yeast, and sourdough breads. Final projects will focus on a foodway of choice and will culminate in presentations that explore the historical and cultural context in which these different cultured foods were developed and how these microbial-mediated processes enhance preservation, nutritional and economic value, and taste. Evaluations will be based on class participation, short quizzes, a lab report, journal, and a final project.

Course Number
ES2020
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Suzanne R. Morse

Bees and Society

In the last decade the plight of wild and domesticated bees has pervaded the media and public discourse, yet bees remain largely misunderstood in our society. This course examines the interconnected relationship between humans and bees and asks what bees can teach us about ourselves and our food systems. Through readings, fieldtrips, and guest lectures, students will examine the social, economic, and political dimensions of human-bee interactions, investigating topics such as: historical and contemporary beekeeping practices; the political economy of honey; the role of pollination in agriculture and agroecosystems; domestication and human-animal relationships; biodiversity loss in agricultural systems; pollinator conservation and policy; and cooperation and decision-making in human and bee societies. A truly human-ecological course, Bees & Society integrates the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences to examine the applied problem of protecting pollinators in a time of abrupt environmental change. Students will be evaluated based on: (1) participation in class discussions, fieldwork, and field trips; (2) a series of short reflection papers; and (3) a final class project. For their final project, students will develop two native bee conservation workshops—one for elementary school students and one for farmers and gardeners—and host the workshops at COA’s farms.

Course Number
HS3073
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Kourtney Collum

Blue Food Systems

Just three aquatic species account for most seafood consumed in the US: shrimp, tuna, and salmon. But worldwide consumption is more diverse, including an array of finfish, invertebrates, aquatic plants, algae, and other animals. These ‘blue foods’ are fished, collected, gathered, or grown in the sea or freshwater and play essential roles in supporting human health, nutrition, livelihoods, and culture. Recent studies have shown that the top 7 categories of nutrient-rich animal-source foods are all aquatic in origin. So why do food policy and science still heavily focus on terrestrially produced foods, overlooking blue foods? This course will unpack this conundrum and examine blue food systems from ‘bait to plate’ by analyzing food production, provisioning, and consumption as interlinked activities. Blue food production includes small-scale and industrial harvesting and wild capture and aquaculture systems. Provisioning activities link production and consumption: the offloading of catch, storage and transportation of highly perishable foods, transformations from raw fish to the final product, and the marketing and distribution affected to reach consumers. Finally, consumption includes how we acquire our food, cook and eat it, and dispose of waste, as well as our nutritional and health outcomes. While conventional food policy and science have focused on food production in isolation, a food systems framework sheds light on dynamics that impact the flows and distribution of foods with equity implications: which foods are made by whom, where does food go, and who benefits? This course will introduce students to key changes in the goals and means of food policy, focusing on how the emergent dialogue on food systems in fisheries is reframing how we know and govern aquatic resources. A significant portion of the course will be dedicated to examining blue food case studies, which may include: seaweed farming in Tanzania, fishing cooperatives in Mexico, tuna longliners in the Mid-Atlantic, and Lobster fishing in Maine. Students will work in teams to analyze one of these case studies in-depth, applying a food systems lens to examine each case’s sustainability and equity challenges. Students will be evaluated through their participation in class discussions and in-class activities, weekly writing reflections, and co-leading a class with your case study team. The final project will be a group policy proposal outlining how stakeholders could better govern from a ‘food systems’ perspective in your blue food case study.

Course Number
HS3106
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Marine Science, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Hillary Smith

Chemistry and Biology of Food and Drink

Introductory chemistry and biology are explored in the context of food and drink: the biology of crops, culinary chemistry, and the biochemistry of brewing. Major chemistry topics include atomic structure, periodicity, bonding, acid base chemistry, kinetics, equilibrium, colloids, and solubility of gases in liquids. Major biology topics include photosynthesis, respiration, plant and yeast life histories, cellular reproduction, and metabolism. We will also explore agricultural chemistry from a systems perspective: examining strategies to for keeping pace with the demand for nitrogen and phosphorous in soils. This course is meant to offer important, fundamental chemistry and biology through the framework of food, a universal human experience. These fundamental topics in Chemistry and Biology will be explored from the ground up, so no prior experience is required. Meanwhile, the culinary and agricultural framework should offer enough new content for students with a background in natural sciences. Students will be evaluated based on participation in classroom and laboratory sessions, projects, and quizzes.

Course Number
ES1072
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Reuben Hudson

College Seminar: The Anthropology of Food

This course uses food as a lens to explore human origins, cultural diversity, social structure, and human/environment interactions. Through academic articles and films, the course exposes students to the different ways anthropologists think about food and the frameworks they use to answer questions concerning the human experience. The course also engages other disciplinary perspectives—including history, economics, and political ecology—to make larger connections between food and society.

Designed as a survey course, this course introduces students not only to writing as process—prewriting, writing, and rewriting—but also to the broad and dynamic subfield of food anthropology. The course is organized around four themes. The first—human origins, diets, and biocultural evolution—explores the uniqueness of cooking to the human species, and how the co-evolution of human diets and culture has shaped different groups’ dietary needs, practices, and restrictions. The second—globalization and international trade—looks at the flow of foods and food practices around the world, from sugar to sushi. The third—hegemony and difference—considers how race, gender, and class are constructed and expressed through food. The final theme—consumption and embodiment—considers the relationship between eating and the body; readings in this section focus on body image, eating practices, and critical studies of the rhetoric around hunger and obesity. Students are evaluated based on class participation, a series of reflection papers, a dietary analysis, and a recipe project involving a prepared meal, an audio-visual presentation, and a critical analysis paper. This course meets the first-year writing requirement.

Course Number
HS3079
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Kourtney Collum

Corn and Coffee

This course explores the rich history of capitalism through the lens of two of the most ubiquitous and valuable crops in the world: corn and coffee. The crops provide insight into the global and local dimensions of both historical and contemporary reality in the countries where they are grown with a focus on Guatemala, Mexico, and the United States. Corn and coffee provide a convenient vantage point from which to examine the social, economic, and cultural dynamics of community-based production of both crops on the one hand and their globally-connected production as commodities. The course moves from a broad macro perspective on each crop to an intensive exploration of how both are produced in Guatemala. In this way, class participants will be able to look at how global historical trends in consumption have played themselves out in local communities. The class will simultaneously be able to look at the processes at work in pueblos throughout Guatemala that root the corn economy into rich cultural and social dynamics that are at the core of communal life. Using these two crops as a starting point, the class will allow students to develop a holistic and synthetic understanding of how global food systems land in places. The course emphasizes attention to the broad global dimensions of corn and coffee’s production as well as the fine-grained study of Guatemala’s socio-cultural life in historical and anthropological perspective. Through discussions of the books, this seminar-style course seeks to provide students with deep insights into the history of a specific place while maintaining a sense of the global and regional context. Intensive readings will provide students with a snapshot of trends in both history and ethnography while broader synthetic analyses of both corn and coffee will embody more popular approaches to the topic. Students will lead discussions of the readings, write short synthetic essays, and undertake a research project for the class. Evaluation will be based on short writing, course participation and the final project.

Course Number
HS5062
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Farming the Wild

Farming has always operated with a degree of tension in relation to wild things and wild places. Agricultural tradition has often embraced the idea of “taming” nature or driving back the wilderness in order to meet human needs. In the 20th Century, an increasingly competitive economy, coupled with rising human populations emphasized massive monocultures that had serious impacts on wildlife and native vegetation. There is no question that conflict can exist between the wild and the curated, however there are also real possibilities for a more harmonic interface between humanized and non-humanized landscapes that can benefit both. In this team- taught course an experienced livestock farmer and a seasoned field ecologist will lead students in exploring the complex and nuanced relationships between managing land for production agriculture and land conservation. By utilizing Peggy Rockefeller Farm (PRF) as its primary case study students will be able to explore the complex histories of land conservation and the current practices of farming on the edge of nature. Students will also explore how farms can enhance native wildlife by providing key habitats and food sources. Students will be expected to learn through course lectures, extensive readings on farming, and wilderness, and practical, hands-on experience on the farm in making domesticated plants and livestock “wild safe”. Evaluation will be based on class participation, two short “problem sets” and a comprehensive final exam. Intermediary. Interdisciplinary. Students will be evaluated based on class participation, weekly quizzes, assignments, and a final project and presentation.

Course Number
MD2017
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Fisheries and Fishing Communities

Downeast Maine, from the Penobscot River east to the Canadian border, includes Hancock and Washington Counties, a region of extremes between high levels of tourism, like Mount Desert Island, and many coastal towns that are heavily reliant on fisheries for their economic existence. This long history of cultural and economic dependence on fisheries makes the region particularly vulnerable to fisheries decline, such as the collapse of the sardine and cod fisheries. Recent trends in the lobster, clam, scallop, and elver fisheries, as well as aquaculture, show various levels of instability and risk. At the same time, numerous initiatives in the region focus on revitalizing and stabilizing fisheries, while enhancing community resilience. This class uses a variety of interdisciplinary approaches to examine the relationships among marine resources, fisheries policy, harvesters, and communities. In this course, we will examine the relationships within this linked social-ecological system, and use historical data, current documents, interviews and oral histories to examine the human-ecological relationships among residents, policy, and resources. We also will examine relationships between other industries, uses, and values placed on the coast and their relationships to fisheries and aquaculture. The course will include guest speakers and field trips (including an overnight to the Cobscook Bay area) to Downeast communities. Evaluation will be based on several assignments during the term, including journals, analysis of oral histories, and research on a Downeast fishery. Students will also work on a final project examining a research question using multiple information sources and ways of knowing with a presentation due at the end of the term. Active engagement during class, with guest speakers, and on field trips will be expected.

Course Number
MD2016
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Hillary Smith, Natalie Springuel

Food and Identity in Writing: Multimodality in Composition

It feels like pizza has always been considered American, but we know that it was originally brought to the US by Italian immigrants. Both the US and Italy claim pizza as a national dish, and this type of debate about where food comes from—and who it belongs to—is highly connected to our national and local identities. As humans continue to migrate across borders and blur the boundaries in digital spaces, our identities continue to develop as we interact with each other and different types of food. We will consider how this movement shapes our ideas of ‘foreign’ and ‘local’ and how one becomes the other, as well as the line between honoring a culture and appropriating it.

We will examine the intersections of the genre conventions, rhetorical situation, and the writers’ identities to understand how these elements work together when producing texts. We will learn key composition concepts (genre, rhetorical situation, and multimodality) and support the development of your genre research skills. We will use these concepts and conduct genre research to examine various food writing genres, such as narratives, recipes, and social media posts to understand how writing is an activity that goes beyond putting words together on a piece of paper. These activities will support your overall genre research skills and deepen your understanding of writing, which can be transferred to other writing activities beyond this course. Classes will be based on genre analysis activities and group discussions. We will read works that address food writing genres and identity, and we will watch documentaries that explore the intersections of food, identity, and migration. Course assignments include your reproduction of a food writing genre, weekly reading responses, reflections and narratives to document your learning trajectory, which will also be used for assessment purposes.

Course Number
HS1110
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Gender & Identity Studies, Literature & Writing
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Su Yin Khor

Food and War Part I

Food systems have long been globalized and interconnected. Consequently, conflict in one part of the world often affects food systems in other parts of the world. Indeed, some scholars have argued that war has made our contemporary food systems. In this course, we will draw on the fields of food studies, history, anthropology, international studies, and political science to understand how war has shaped and been shaped by past and contemporary food systems. Designed as a two part course, Food & War Part I focuses on World War I, World War II, and the Cold War between the United States, the Soviet Union, and their respective allies. We will also examine the influence of the Cold War on efforts to bring about a “green revolution” across Asia in the 1950s and 1960s and across Africa today. Throughout the term we will consider how modern war tactics have evolved from historical approaches to conflict, from burning and salting fields to slaughtering livestock and wild game. As a reading and discussion based course, we will primarily examine our topic through books and peer-reviewed articles as we consider the questions: How has food been used as both a weapon of war and a tool of diplomacy? How has conflict transformed the ways people grow, harvest, and eat food? And how have agricultural methods, inputs, technologies, and cuisines spread and evolved in relationship to war? Students will be evaluated based on preparation for and participation in class discussions; a series of synthesis papers; and a final paper. As an intermediate seminar, this course is best suited for students who have taken a course in food studies such as Transforming Food Systems or U.S. Farm & Food Policy, and who have had at least one course in history, anthropology, or international studies. Students who take Food & War Part I are not required to take Part II.

Course Number
HS3109
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Kourtney Collum

Food Sovereignty

In his 1893 text The Conquest of Bread, Russian Geographer Petr Kropotkin exclaimed “It is bread that the revolution needs!”. Kropotkin was not drafting a radical shopping list but rather offering a commentary on the relationship between our agency over the food we eat and our ability to sustain social movements. The production, distribution, and consumption of food has always been at the center of our social bonds, but today, our global food systems are controlled by a small number of private corporations who dictate what we eat, how we eat, and who we eat with. This system is not only corrosive to our democratic politics, it is also poisoning our bodies and ecosystems. While the severity of these challenges cannot be understated, neither can the resistance movement against it. From India’s independence movement to landless peasant organizing in the Americas, from guerilla gardening in urban Detroit to Maine’s local food movement, people across the globe continue to demand more autonomy over what they consume and how. This movement is rooted in the idea of food sovereignty—or the right to healthy, culturally appropriate foods and access to the necessary conditions (land, political power, knowledge) that get us there.

In this course, we will explore the shifting landscape of food from a common resource to a private one and back again, focusing in particular on how changing food systems become sites of political agency and resistance. Using social ecology as a lens, students will come to link global movements for food sovereignty over time and space back to the unfolding politics of food sovereignty in our own community as we consider what it would mean—and potentially work together in real time—to enact a food sovereignty ordinance in Bar Harbor. This seminar-style course will be highly participatory. Students will be evaluated through a combination of self-assessment, written assignments, and in-person engagement and evidence of intellectual growth and application of themes both in and outside of the classroom.

Course Number
HS1134
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Leeann Sullivan

Gardens and Greenhouses:Theory/Practice of Organic Gardening

This class offers a good foundation of knowledge for a gardener to begin the process of organic gardening, as well as an understanding of what defines organic gardening. The information presented focuses on soil fertility and stewardship, the ecology of garden plants, soil and insects, and practical management of the above. The garden is presented as a system of dynamic interactions. Emphasis is given to vegetable crops and soil fertility. Laboratories include soil analysis, tree pruning, seedling establishment, weed and insect identification, garden design, covercropping, composting, and reclamation of comfrey infested area. Evaluations are based on participation in class and lab, written class work, exam, and final individual garden design.

Course Number
ES1014
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Suzanne R. Morse

History of Agriculture: Apples

This course will explore the history of agriculture from the vantage point of Downeast Maine with a focus on apples. The premise of the course is that by exploring this fascinating crop in detail from the local vantage point of Downeast Maine students will be able to grasp the many historical processes at work from the introduction of the fruit in the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries to the age of agricultural improvement in the eighteenth on to the rise and fall of commercial orcharding as a major component of Maine’s farm economy in the early twentieth century. Using sources ranging from secondary sources, historical atlases, aerial surveys, and diaries, we will explore how the culture of apple agriculture in Maine develops over time as part of an interconnected Atlantic World where crops flow back and forth between Britain and the colonies/U.S. over hundreds of years. Course activities will include fruit exploration and fieldtrips to track down and identify antique varieties, as well as visits to the local farms where a new generation of apple culture is taking shape. The course will also engage students with the process of cider-making, both sweet and hard, as well as exercises in the preparation, storage, and processing of apples. Students will be evaluated on their participation in discussion, how they collaborate with others in class projects, and a final individual or collaborative project. This course is designed for students interested in history, farming and food systems, community-based research, and policy/planning issues. It is also very appropriate for students who like apples and just want to know (a lot) more.

Course Number
HS3040
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Homesteading: Theory and Practice

This course examines homesteading as a food systems, cultural, and economic practice. Maine is a center of homesteading activity in the United States and an ideal place to study the theory and practice of homesteading. From a food systems perspective, homesteading represents a means of divesting from the global food system through the practice of subsistence agriculture and food preservation. Viewed from an anthropological perspective, homesteading raises interesting questions about why some individuals eschew conventional lifestyles and seek significant degrees of self-sufficiency, various forms of intentional living, and commitments to non-commodified production. A critical examination of homesteading raises questions about privilege and the benefits and limits of social movements founded on personal choice and private property. And viewed through political economy, homesteading can be seen as a choice to resist the intrusion of market-based relationships into social life and an attempt to restore social relationships and normative values other than efficiency to production and consumption.

Applying these lenses, this course will examine the conditions that influence contemporary homesteading practices. Three key questions frame the course: (1) What motivates self-identified homesteaders to resist normative lifestyles and seek self-sufficient, non-commodified ways of living? (2) How do variables such as class, education, race, geographic location, and property-ownership shape homesteading practices? (3) What are the benefits and limits of homesteading as a form of resistance to commodified production and consumption? Through classroom discussions, readings, and fieldwork students will attempt to answer these questions. Readings will include personal and ethnographic accounts of homesteading as well as critical studies of non-commodified living. We will be joined for several class meetings by guest discussion leaders with additional expertise in food systems, anthropology, and related areas. Field work will include visits to several homesteads. Students will be evaluated based on participation, interviewing exercises, a field journal, and a series of reflection papers.

Course Number
HS3090
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Davis F. Taylor

Introduction to Mycology

The fungal kingdom contains a diversity of mushroom forming and non-mushroom forming organisms which exhibit a wide range of life histories. As mutualists, pathogens, and decomposers, fungi are important components of almost all ecosystems on Earth. In addition, fungi have had huge impacts on the environment and human society, from causing the recent die-off of bats, frogs, and several tree species, to the production of alcohol and antibiotics. In this course students will get an overview of the fungal kingdom by learning the biology, ecology, and systematics of major fungal groups, with an emphasis placed on those fungal groups that can be easily observed in the field. Lectures and in class discussions will be supplemented with frequent field trips to observe fungi in their natural habitat and collect specimens for further identification.

Course Number
ES2057
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jonathan Carver

Organic Farm Planning and Production

This course provides an introduction to small-scale farm production and planning with an emphasis on organic vegetable production practices. This course includes lectures from professionals in the field, tours of local farms, and hands-on learning at COA’s Beech Hill Farm and Community Garden. Students will explore all aspects required to successfully plan and grow produce for an organic, small-scale market farm. Topics covered in the course will include soil health, crop botany, crop planning and rotation, pest control, disease and weed management, tractor safety and operation, farm budgeting, and farmland access strategies. Student evaluation will be based on attendance, participation in class discussion and activities, problem sets, and a final project focused on the development of a profit-oriented farm plan.

Course Number
ES3106
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate

Peasants, Food, and Resistance

States cannot exist without armies, and armies require soldiers, laborers, and food; additionally, other expressions of state power require massive resources. To support these endeavors, for centuries state power in most parts of the world relied on appropriation of labor and agricultural surplus, principally from peasants, to the point that state power was directly equated with control of intensively-used, monocropped agricultural land and associated peasant populations. This course examines the patterns and processes of how states have sought this appropriation from peasants, how peasants have resisted it, and how food plays a central part in this dynamic. Our principal focus regarding peasant resistance will be on more every-day, persistent and “micro” forms, such as social sanction (e.g. gossip), foot dragging, sabotage, cultural difference-making, illegibility, and (particularly) flight, as opposed to more organized efforts such as open rebellion (which is costly and rarely successful) and transnational movements (which are relatively new). Put another way, the course is about how ordinary people resist authority, particularly in regard to the choice, production, and distribution of food. The course is necessarily human ecological, exploring food studies, political, environmental, and agrarian history, economic anthropology, political theory, and political economy. Beyond the lives of the estimated 1.2 billion peasants living in the world today, course ideas have widespread contemporary relevance and application regarding compliance and resistance to states, corporations, technology, and capitalism, as well as the nature of cultural incorporation and marginalization. Evaluation will be based on preparedness for class, participation in classroom discussions, and several in-class written exercises.

Course Number
HS3141
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Davis F. Taylor

Prison Food Systems: An Audio Production Course

Food is central to the human experience. It can bring us profound joy and a sense of belonging to a place, to a people, and to ourselves. And yet, food is frequently used as an additional form of punishment for the nearly 2 million people incarcerated in jails and prisons across the United States. In this course, students will learn about different kinds of prison food systems, from those using food to dehumanize incarcerated people, to those using food as a tool to help promote rehabilitation and support successful reentry. We will explore this topic through readings, lectures, field trips, and interviews with folks working to transform prison food systems. Simultaneously, students will learn how to produce a podcast from start-to-finish in order to share the stories they gather.

To understand the U.S. carceral system, we will read works by Michelle Alexander and other scholars, using as our primary text Eating Behind Bars: Ending the Hidden Punishment of Food in Prisons, published by the organization Impact Justice in 2020. The audio production skills students will learn include recording, importing, mixing, editing, mastering, and exporting sound. Students will be evaluated based on their participation in class discussions, performance on a series of audio-production exercises, preparation for and completion of interviews, and production of a short podcast episode.

How will students in this course be evaluated?: Students will be evaluated based on their participation in class discussions, performance on a series of audio-production exercises, preparation for and completion of interviews, and production of a short podcast episode.

Course Number
HS1122
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Kourtney Collum, Zachary Soares

Sheep to Shawl

Sheep play profoundly important roles in human societies. This course is a human ecological exploration of sheep and wool, combined with a hands-on component in which we will work with sheep and learn fiber arts. This class will meet for one studio session and two lecture/discussion sections per week, plus at least one Saturday field trip. In the studio sessions, we will study sheep husbandry through visits to Peggy Rockefeller Farm, and learn a variety of techniques for working with wool, from the preparation (shearing, washing, and carding) to spinning and working with yarn (including knitting, crochet, and weaving). The lecture/discussion sessions will cover topics such as the ecological impacts of sheep in different parts of the world, the physics of spinning and the chemistry of dyes, and the symbolism of sheep in the mythology of different cultures. The course will draw on a wide range of material and intellectual approaches, with sheep and wool as the unifying theme. Students will be evaluated based on participation, short written assignments, and a final oral presentation.

No prior knowledge of fiber craft is necessary, but students who come in knowing one of the basic techniques may be able to explore advanced techniques like lacework or design in three dimensions. Students should meet with the instructor before spring break to discuss goals and equipment needs for the studio sessions. Some basic supplies will be provided, but students should plan to purchase additional equipment such as knitting needles depending on the projects that they choose.

Course Number
MD3013
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Field Ecology & Natural History, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Susan G. Letcher

Special Topics in the Biology and Politics of Seeds

The aim of this practicum is to pursue a collaborative project with seed workers at the local, national, or international level. A basic background and interest in seeds will be critical to a student’s success in this course. The course will examine key readings in the field of seed systems and investigate the practice of different seed workers. This course will involve fieldwork outside of class time. In the first few weeks of class, we will review the foundation of angiosperm seed biology and develop skills in plant trials, evaluation, harvesting and processing. The term-long project may include an expansion on the Maine Heirloom Seed Project, a seed library serving Hancock County, archival research of the rich history of the beans and their uses across Maine, or a project proposed by one of the participants in the course. Evaluations will be based on research, participation, and sustained engagement with peers and stakeholders in the larger community, and a final presentation to the stakeholders of the project.

Course Number
ES4067
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Suzanne R. Morse

The Human Ecology of Apples

This course will create the opportunity for students to do project-based learning on pomology, preservation of and research about historic apple varieties and a wide range of other apple-flavored projects. It will involve fieldtrips, roaming around looking at apples and visiting orchards all with the intention of deepening students’ knowledge base and feeding their curiosity. One key element of the course is to provide the opportunity for students to conceptualize, plan and carry out their own research or creative projects. Students will be evaluated on their project work, engagement with course materials, and their progress deepening their knowledge.

Course Number
HS4122
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

The Human Ecology of Apples: Projects

This course will create the opportunity for students to do project-based learning on pomology, preservation of and research about historic apple varieties and a wide range of other apple-flavored projects. It will involve fieldtrips, roaming around looking at apples and visiting orchards all with the intention of deepening students’ knowledge base and feeding their curiosity. One key element of the course is to provide the opportunity for students to conceptualize, plan and carry out their own research or creative projects. Students will be evaluated on their project work, engagement with course materials, and their progress deepening their knowledge.

Course Number
HS4121
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Transforming Food Systems

This course explores possibilities for transformative change across local and global food systems. The course centers on the questions: What would it take to ensure access to healthy, safe, affordable, culturally appropriate foods for all people? The first part of the course critically examines capitalist food systems with particular attention to the ways culture, politics, and economics shape our interactions with food. Through readings and exercises, we explore issues such as nutrition, worker safety, contested agricultural and land use policies, hunger, and environmental and community health. The second part of the course examines case studies of transformative food movements around the world, from the Zero Hunger programs in Belo Horizonte, Brazil, to La Via Campesina global campaign for agrarian reform. We focus particularly on food sovereignty and agroecology movements. The final third of the course focuses on transformative work in Maine and at COA. Students take multiple field trips to participate in local movements and to learn about their philosophies, objectives, and activities. By the end of the course, students will be able to analyze how power shapes food systems and articulate a theory of change for addressing a food systems problem of their choice. Students are evaluated based on participation in class discussions and field trips, a series of reflection papers, and a final project including a paper and an audio-visual presentation.

Course Number
HS2087
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Kourtney Collum

U.S. Farm and Food Policy

This course offers a broad introduction to food and farm policy in the United States. Food and farm policy encompasses laws, regulations, norms, decisions, and actions by governments and other institutions that influence food production, distribution, access, consumption, and recovery. This course focuses on the policy process and two major policy tools: the U.S. Farm Bill and U.S. Dietary Guidelines for Americans.

The course begins with an overview of the evolution of food and farming technology in the United States. Students are then introduced to the concepts, institutions, and stakeholders that influence farm and food policy, and examine examples of some of the most salient contemporary issues. Topics covered include: food production and the environment; farm-based biodiversity conservation; international food and agricultural trade; food processing, manufacturing, and retail industries; food safety; dietary and nutrition guidelines; food labeling and advertising; food and biotechnology; food waste and recovery; food advocacy and activism; and food insecurity and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). Through case studies and exercises students examine the policymaking process at the local, state, and federal level and learn to evaluate various policy options. Finally, the course compares and contrasts international perspectives on farm and food policies and programs. Students are evaluated based on participation in class discussions, a series of op-ed essays, in-class briefs and debates, and a policy recommendation report on the upcoming U.S. Farm Bill.

Course Number
HS3076
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Kourtney Collum

Working the Sea

For much of the past 5000 years the sea has played a major role in a broad variety of human cultures, histories, arts, and economies. Sea-faring peoples have developed a rich lore and technology that allows them to both survive and even thrive in an often hostile element. This course will mix practical, hands-on learning of aspects of seamanship with a survey of fiction and non-fiction that address maritime themes. During the early part of the term we will concentrate on aspects of small-boat handling, using the College’s inflatables, rowing boats, and the larger research vessels, Osprey and Laughing Gull. Students will learn how to launch and land small-craft from docks and beaches, basic rowing skills and use of an outboard motor. They will learn essential knots useful aboard ship and on the dock, how to lay out a course using a chart and compass, use of GPS and depth sounders, basic Rules of the Road, and elements of celestial navigation. During some lab periods we will go on short voyages in the general area of Frenchman Bay. As the term proceeds and weather worsens, we will turn to an increasingly greater literary component, reading accounts of famous voyages and local fishermen, discoveries, battles, legends and poetry. Possible texts include, but are not limited to: Working the Sea by Wendell Seavey, Master and Commander by Patrick O’ Brian, Maiden Voyage by Tania Aebi, The Perfect Storm by Sebastian Junger, In the Heart of The Sea by Nathaniel Philbrick, Longitude by Dava Sobel, Slave Ship: A Human History by Marcus Rediker, Kon Tiki by Thor Heyerdahl, We Didn’t Mean to Go To Sea by Arthur Ransome as well as excerpts from The Greenlanders’ Saga, Moby Dick, The Old Man and the Sea, The Voyage of the Beagle, and Two Years Before the Mast. Students will be evaluated on the basis of class participation, a number of short “quizzes” – which will include practical elements – and a term paper focusing on one aspect of working the sea.

Course Number
MD1022
Area of Study
Farming & Food Systems, Marine Science
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
John G.T. Anderson, Toby Stephenson

Acadia: Exploring the National Park Idea

Using Acadia National Park as a case study, this course will explore the various facets of “the national park idea” and what it means for Americans in terms of history and identity. Through direct experiences in one of the “crown jewels” of the park system, the class will examine the historical, ecological, cultural, social, legal, economic, and spiritual context in which national parks are formed and continue to exist in the 21st century. We will work with National Park Service professionals to look at various aspects of park management and day-to-day challenges of implementing the “national park idea.” Through weekly field trips, journaling, service learning opportunities, and projects, we will be immersed in the management and experience of Acadia. We will explore, through reading and writing, the broader themes of wilderness preservation, attitudes toward nature, the history of conservation, and the commodification of nature. This experiential class is specifically geared toward first-year students and they will be given preference for enrollment. Assignments will include journal writing, short exercises, a group project/service learning opportunity, short presentations, and papers.

Course Number
HS1032
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Ken Cline

Animals and Arguments

In 1903, American naturalist John Burroughs triggered a fierce public debate when he accused some of his peers of writing “sham natural history.” These other naturalists, Burroughs claimed, had given in to the major temptation lying in wait for all nature writers: “the danger of making too much of what we see and describe—of putting in too much sentiment, too much literature—in short, of valuing these things more for the literary effects we can get out of them than for themselves.” The ensuing debate over the responsible depiction of nonhuman nature went on for five years in the pages of popular magazines, drawing in dozens of writers and one U.S. president. More than a century later, we remember it as the “nature faker” controversy. But though this episode has taken its place in the history books, its unresolved tensions and questions live on, occupying nature writers and filmmakers to this day: How can writers tell stories that spark human interest in the natural world while doing justice to that world’s alterity? What does it mean to value nonhuman animals “for themselves” and not for the reasons we might project onto them? Are emotion and imagination incompatible with good nature writing?

In this writing class, students will not only get to know this longstanding conversation; they will also be asked to weigh in. Students will study the strategies that help experienced writers make their own marks on existing debates: strategies for posing rich problems, analyzing texts, representing and responding to other voices, giving and using feedback, and otherwise developing a sustainable writing practice. Students will become better navigators of writing for various contexts and audiences by studying and practicing the ways in which public and scholarly writers convey their ideas to readers. Students will be evaluated on a rhetorical analysis of a single text; an analytical essay that incorporates multiple sources and makes an original argument; a reflection that analyzes their own approach to writing; participation in in-class work; and the completion of short, low-stakes assignments preparing them for class. This course will be helpful for new college students looking to establish a base of knowledge about analytical writing, as well as for students at any point in their college careers who want to dedicate some time to working on their writing.

Course Number
HS1131
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Literature & Writing
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Valeria Tsygankova

Collecting Nature: Exploration of Scientific Collection

Natural history collections are important artifacts that provide pivotal information on the past, present, and future of our natural world. They document species ecology and distribution, changes in aspects of phenotypes, and aid in conservation initiatives. Collections have tremendous value in understanding and documenting our natural and cultural world. Yet their history, and the practice of scientific collecting, is muddled with bias, controversy, and colonial practices. Through discussion and practice, we will explore the science and art of scientific collecting, preparing, and caring for specimens (plant and animal). We will discuss the history of scientific collections, and collection practices, and consider their role and value. We will visit natural history museums, their collections, and the curators that care for them. Thus, there are two required field trips, including one overnight. We will also practice the art of specimen preparation and care, learning different preparation and cataloging techniques. This class is open to anyone with any interest or curiosity about natural history museums, collections or scientific collecting. It is recommended for students interested in museology techniques or those interested in pursuing careers in museum studies. Assessments include written responses to weekly prompts, discussion participation, written essays, and a term project.

Course Number
ES1092
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Brittany Slabach ’09, Brittany Slabach

Communicating Science

This course is designed for science students developing their professional communication skills. It will improve the students’ writing ability by introducing them to writing for the scientific community and for the lay public. The course involves understanding the protocols for writing a scientific paper based on lab or field data, including learning to write an abstract and literature review. Students will also learn and apply visual and oral communication skills to construct and present a scientific poster. In addition to working with the instructor and in-class peer reviews, students will work on the content of their writing and grammar with writing tutors.

Course Number
HS3118
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Literature & Writing, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jennifer Rock

Cross Kingdoms Interactions

This course focuses on the ecological and evolutionary consequences of associations formed between organisms that are markedly different in form and function. A diverse array of interactions ranging from pollination and termite digestion to hitch-hiking mites are examined in order to explore the role of symbioses in biological systems. In this context we explore the changing conceptions of the major divisions of life; current models for explaining the origin of eukaryotes, angiosperms, and two-sex systems; coevolution; keystone species, and models for assessing mutualism and parasitism within an ecological context. Evaluations are based on ability to read and critique primary scientific literature, class participation, and the completion of a term project.

Course Number
ES4026
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Suzanne R. Morse

Curatorial Practice: Study Skins

This course provides a deep dive into the practice and art of preparing museum study skins. Study skins are a traditional form of specimen preparation that preserves the skin and feathers of organisms for research purposes. Preparation techniques vary by taxon and research objective. In this course we will read about the history of study skins, how preparation techniques have evolved over time, and the role of study skins in our understanding of our natural world. A foundational component of the course is to learn how to prepare study skins. Therefore, we will establish a practice of preparing study skins weekly. Through this practice students will learn different techniques of preparation, as well as gain a strong foundation in anatomy related to different organisms and learn how to use appropriate anatomical language. The course meeting time is structured to support this weekly practice. While we will discuss preparation techniques for different taxons, iterative practice of techniques will depend on availability of organismal specimens and will be biased towards vertebrates, particularly mammals and aves. Assessments will include a reflection journal documenting each student’s preparatory journey; discussion and activity participation; and the completion of a series of study skins demonstrating improvement in technique over the course of the term.

This course builds on concepts discussed in Collecting Nature, and other organismal courses. The course is particularly suitable for students who would like to pursue careers in organismal ecology, taxonomy, or museum studies, and would like study skin preparation to be a part of their skillset. It would also serve students who are interested in gaining an in-depth knowledge of organismal anatomy, or those who are interested in different preparation techniques.

Course Number
ES2054
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Brittany Slabach

Deep Sea Biology

Most of the ocean is deep, dark, and cold – conditions that at first glance appear terribly inhospitable. And yet the past century and a half of deep-ocean exploration has revealed an astonishing abundance and diversity of life, with forms and functions that, though seemingly alien, reflect exquisite adaptation to the unique challenges of surviving in such an environment. Our expanding knowledge about the deep ocean is only possible with the boundary-pushing technologies and instruments developed to delve deeper, see further, and collect more from the most remote depths. As we have learned more about the ecosystems in the deep ocean, it has also become clear that human activities are not so removed from them as we once believed. Discussions about deep ocean biology now include debates about our obligation to protect and conserve it.

In this course, we will take a tour of the variety of life that exists in the deep ocean, learn about how we observe and study it, and discuss the ways that humans interact with and affect it. Our guiding questions for the course are:

What kinds of life exist in different deep ocean ecosystems? How are deep sea organisms adapted to life in an environment of extremes? What technologies are used to study life in the deep ocean and what are their capabilities and constraints? What do we owe to life in the deep ocean in terms of conservation? What do we owe to human society in terms of deep-ocean exploration, discovery, and resource use?

We meet twice a week in class and have one afternoon lab period. Classes are a combination of lecture, discussion and activities, and labs focus on one or two elements of deep-sea biology for deeper investigation as a group. This course is open to anyone but is particularly suited for students interested in marine studies, ecology, evolutionary biology, and/or environmental ethics. Students will be assessed based on short research assignments throughout the course and a term project.

Course Number
ES2050
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Kara Gadeken

Ecology

This course examines ecology in the classic sense: the study of the causes and consequences of the distribution and abundance of organisms. We examine the assumptions and predictions of general models of predator-prey interactions, inter- and intra-species competition, island biogeography, and resource use, and compare these models to the results of experimental tests in lab and field. In addition we discuss appropriate techniques used by ecologists in collecting data in the field, note-taking and the appropriate collation and storage of field data. Although this course is NOT a course in Conservation Biology, we examine how ecological principles are applied to conservation questions. Readings include selections from the primary literature. Students are evaluated on the basis of class participation and two in depth problem sets,drawing extensively on the primary literature.

Course Number
ES3014
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
John G.T. Anderson

Ecology: Natural History

In this course we explore the different terrestrial habitats that occur on Mount Desert Island (MDI). We practice taking observations and investigating these habitats using different field ecology techniques. Therefore, a vast majority of classes are spent outside in the elements. We discuss what our observations—and data—can teach us about the natural history of landscapes and their inhabitants. We partner our adventures with readings on different foundational ecological concepts. We discuss the complexities of these concepts, their applications, and limitations based on our own observations and experiences. Students are expected to keep a field notebook of their observations, and are required to submit weekly reflections in a field journal. Students also explore topics through essays and/or other activities. Class meets for two sessions per week.

The course is open to anyone interested in gaining skills in ecology and natural history, or those interested in learning more about the habitats of MDI. The course is designed to provide foundational skills in natural history observations and other field sampling techniques. This course is a partner course to Intertidal Ecology, meaning we explore the same topics just in different environments. Therefore, students may enroll in either Ecology: Natural History or Intertidal Ecology, but not both. A joint session of the courses is held at the end of the term.

Course Number
ES2058
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Brittany Slabach

Ecosystem Ecology: Biogeochemistry

Ecosystem ecology is the branch of ecological science that considers the large-scale transfer of matter and energy among different living and non-living compartments in ecosystems. Thinking about the natural world with this level of abstraction has provided critical insights into the processes that support life on Earth, the feedbacks that connect the geosphere and atmosphere to the biosphere, and the ways life is likely to respond to large-scale perturbations such as climate change. In this course, we will explore the deep history of life on earth and how living things have transformed the chemistry of the planet. We will study how energy flows and nutrients cycle in present-day ecosystems, and how these processes are coupled and regulated by the actions of living organisms. Using examples from terrestrial, freshwater, and marine systems, we will study how to quantify fluxes of energy and matter. We will analyze the factors that affect rates of ecosystem processes such as plant growth and decomposition in different ecoregions. We will explore the feedbacks that link living and non-living matter into a single complex network. The drivers and ramifications of climate change will be a recurring theme throughout the term. This course will be useful for students interested in global change research, particularly those who plan to pursue graduate degrees in related fields. Students will be assessed based on class participation, a research paper and presentation, and a project on communicating scientific information.

Course Number
ES4053
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Susan G. Letcher

Estuaries

The simplest definition of an estuary is a place along a coast where freshwater and saltwater meet; however, estuaries are far from simple. They are complex systems driven by a fascinating network of interactions and feedbacks. This course offers a comprehensive exploration of estuaries as complex systems, integrating their physical, chemical, biological, and ecological processes. We will cover advanced topics such as estuarine hydrodynamics, sediment transport, productivity, ecosystem function, and biogeochemical cycling. Every estuary is different and throughout the course we will examine case studies of different estuaries, developing a global perspective on their variety. After building a foundation of knowledge on estuarine processes, we will explore how these systems respond to perturbation, how they exercise resilience, and how pivotal features of estuarine networks can be drastically altered by human activities. Estuaries are at the intersection of myriad anthropogenic influences and are critical environments supporting human survival, health and happiness. Together we will explore the various ways that humans interact with and affect these systems.

We meet twice a week for in-class work, and once every other week for an extended afternoon lab session when we go on field trips to explore local estuaries. The course also involves one required weekend field trip to a far off-site estuarine system. Assessment in the course will be based on case study problem sets, reading responses, and a term project.

This course is intended as an advanced offering for students interested in environmental research, management, and/or restoration. A solid background in marine biology, environmental science, or related disciplines is essential to succeed in the course. Experience and comfort with mathematics (particularly the basics of calculus) will also be very beneficial. If you are unsure of whether you have the math skill set for this course, I encourage you to reach out to me.

Course Number
ES4066
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Kara Gadeken

Evolution

This course provides students with the opportunity to put their knowledge of ecology and diversity into an evolutionary framework. The emphasis is on how populations of organisms are currently evolving, with a focus on the ecological context of natural selection. Topics in the course include the genetic basis of evolutionary change, selection and adaptation, reproductive effort, co-evolution, the ecology and evolution of sex, behavioral ecology, speciation, and applied evolutionary ecology. In addition to a textbook, students read several original research articles. The course has two lectures and one discussion section per week. Evaluations are based on exams and short essay sets.

Course Number
ES3024
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
John G.T. Anderson

Experimental Marine Science Methods

Contemporary marine science research relies on a rapidly developing world of aquatic technologies, yet there has also been a recent revolution in low-cost, DIY electronics and components. For experimentalists, there is immense value in having a broad knowledge of the assorted tools in your methodological “toolkit”. Often, the instrument to collect the data you need doesn’t exist or is unaffordable, in which case the best option may be to build it yourself. Learning how to operate, fix, or even construct instruments to answer a research question builds a strong and interconnected foundation of scientific skills, both concrete (programming, simple electronics, instrumentation, machining, and engineering) and cognitive (critical thinking, creative problem solving, cost-benefit analysis, forethought, resilience, and the “methods” part of the scientific method).

In this course you will (1) practice the practical and cognitive skills that experimental marine scientists use to do research, and (2) learn how to design and construct custom aquatic instrumentation to answer a scientific question. The course will start with you constructing a simple aquatic sensor to build basic skills, move on to creating a lab setup designed to manipulate some aspect of the aquatic environment, and end with self-directed research projects devising and building an instrument to explore your own scientific question. Much of our class time will be spent in a collaborative learning setting similar to a research group. Throughout the course, we will explore the ways that creative custom instrumentation can push the boundaries of science and make high-quality research more accessible.

This is a project-based course that is intended for STEM-motivated students. It would serve particularly well to bridge students into pursuing more advanced scientific research endeavors.

This class is very much a group effort, and assessment will be based on active participation in class experiences as well as written assignments in the style of a technical report, short weekly reflections, and a presentation at an end-of-term symposium. In addition to class meetings, expect to spend a substantive amount of time outside of class working on your projects.

Course Number
ES4069
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Kara Gadeken

Functional Plant Morphology

Despite uniform rules of development, seed plants exhibit an incredible range of forms including succulent cacti, bug-eating sundews, dainty annuals, and leafless parasites. These differences in form often are correlated with habitat and life history parameters such as nutrient and water availability, herbivores, light quality, and modes of perennation. In this course we begin by examining the morphological development and organization of seed plants from inception in the seed to reproductive maturity. With this general developmental framework, we then examine whole plant and organ level patterns of variation, modification, and ecological specialization that underlie the variation in form observed today. Evaluations are based on laboratory quizzes, paper, midterm, and final exam.

Course Number
ES3061
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Suzanne R. Morse

Geographic Information Systems I: Foundations & Applications

The ever-increasing human population and its profound impact on the Earth’s systems and finite resources pose significant risks to all of nature and human societies. As researchers continue to gather and publish data on these challenges, Geographic Information Systems (GIS) have emerged as a critical tool for understanding the complex interrelationships between human activities and environmental and social threats. Many of the issues facing the planet and its inhabitants are place-based, meaning they are tied to specific geographic locations and regions. Addressing these challenges requires tools that can analyze, visualize, and help people work together towards solutions. This is precisely what GIS offers by integrating geography, cartography, spatial analytics and data science using ArcGIS Pro and ArcGIS Online, the technology used in this class.

GIS enables individuals and organizations to collaborate effectively using the best available tools and information. Given its importance, proficiency in GIS is increasingly becoming a prerequisite for entry into many graduate programs and professional roles. Particularly in fields such as natural resource management, conservation, ecological inventories, climate studies, land and ocean planning, policy, health, and many other areas. It is an important tool for applied human ecology.

This course is designed to provide students with both technical and applied knowledge of GIS. It begins with foundational underpinnings and training in the technology, introducing students to key concepts, industry practices, and influential figures in the field. Once the basics are established, students transition to applying their skills through self-designed projects that tackle real-world issues. These projects form the core of the coursework, allowing each student to explore topics of personal or academic interest. GIS is particularly well-suited to the philosophy of “thinking globally and acting locally,” as it provides tools to address problems at various scales, from local communities to global ecosystems.

Students utilize ESRI ArcGIS software and can draw from extensive data, training, and information available on ArcGIS Online and other sources. Many students incorporate data they have collected during fieldwork or research for other classes, making their projects highly personalized and relevant. To support their progress, students meet with the instructor for 30 minutes each week outside of class for status check-ins on how they are doing in the class, project consultation, and guidance.

This course is designed for students with an intermediate to advanced level of understanding of their field or subject of interest, with a prerequisite of readiness for independent work and a solid concept for their term project. Course evaluations are based on a combination of factors, including the timely completion of exercises and assignments and how effectively students apply GIS to their academic or professional interests, as demonstrated by their independent projects and accompanying documentation.

Course Number
HS2136
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Gordon Longsworth

Human Ecology of Wilderness

Wilderness has been the clarion call for generations of environmentalists. Henry David Thoreau once said, “In wildness is the preservation of the world.” That single sentence and the controversy surrounding that idea provides the central focus of our explorations over the term. This course examines the question of wilderness from multiple perspectives in the hopes of providing an understanding of the concept and real spaces that constitute wilderness. Starting with a week-long canoe trip down Maine’s Allagash Wilderness Waterway, we look at historical and contemporary accounts of the value of wilderness, biological, and cultural arguments for wilderness, and the legal and policy difficulties of “protecting” wilderness. Considerable time is spent evaluating current criticisms of the wilderness idea and practice. Students are involved in a term-long project involving potential wilderness protection in Maine. This involves some weekend travel and work in the Maine Woods. Classwork emphasizes hands-on projects as well as theoretical discussions.

Course Number
HS3102
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Ken Cline

Intertidal Ecology

The intertidal occupies the space on the ocean shore between the highest and lowest extents of the tides, and the organisms inhabiting the intertidal must adapt to an ever-fluctuating environment. It is unique among ecosystems in that it condenses and concentrates many ecological processes along a strong physiological gradient, and so serves as an ideal environment to observe and investigate fundamental ecological principles.

In this course, you will be introduced to the many diverse intertidal ecosystems of coastal Maine, from rocky shorelines to tidal mudflats to salt marshes. Through discussions in class and observations in the field, we will endeavor to answer the questions:

What organisms are found in the intertidal, and how are they adapted to life there? How is the distribution of intertidal organisms dictated by living in a transitional environment? How do intertidal organisms interact with each other, and how does this shape the community?

We meet twice per week for class time with one afternoon lab period. During lab time we will be going on field trips as much as possible to explore the local intertidal habitats. This course is intended as an accessible introduction to marine community ecology and field work. Assessment is based on weekly question sets, lab assignments, and a short research proposal.

This course is a partner course to Ecology: Natural History, meaning we explore the same topics just in different environments. Therefore, students may enroll in either Intertidal Ecology or Ecology: Natural History but not both.

Course Number
ES1090
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Kara Gadeken

Introduction to Oceanography

Planet Earth is misnamed. Seawater covers approximately 70% of the planet’s surface, in one giant all-connected ocean. This ocean has a profound effect on the planet’s climate, chemistry, ecosystem, and energy resources. Billions of years ago life began there, in what now we regard as the last unexplored frontier of this planet. In this course we examine the various disciplines within oceanography, including aspects of geology and sedimentology, chemical, dynamic and biological oceanography. The course concludes with an introduction to marine ecosystems examined at various trophic levels, including phyto/zooplankton, fish and other macrofauna. Fieldwork (weather dependent) includes trips on RV Indigo, trips to intertidal and estuarine ecosystems, and possible visits to the college’s islands, Mount Desert Rock and Great Duck Island. Evaluation will be by lab, quizzes and a final paper.

Course Number
ES1022
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Sean K. Todd

Introduction to Tropical Field Ecology

This intensive, field-based course examines fundamental concepts and processes of tropical ecology through exploration and investigation of a diverse array of bioclimatic zones found within the Central American country of Costa Rica. Students will spend extensive time in the field learning the biotic diversity of each region through observation and application of field techniques. Students will then integrate these field experiences with readings from the primary literature and classic works to contemplate and discuss current topics in tropical ecology. Primary emphasis in this course will be placed on the vertebrate fauna of Costa Rica, with arthropod diversity and ecology addressed in the Tropical Entomology course. The course will visit Caribbean slope rainforest, pre-montane forest, montane cloud forest, Pacific slope dry forest, Pacific wet forest, and Pacific beach/marine communities. Non-travel days will typically consist of early morning to early/mid-afternoon field time, afternoon lectures, or discussions followed by early evening to late night field time. Evaluation will be based on quality of work associated with a series of field-based independent research projects, level of engagement in class discussions, and overall commitment to all aspects of this immersion experience. Permission of Instructor required. Previous coursework in the areas of ecology, organismal biology, or natural history will be taken into account during the selection process.

This course is part of a three-credit expeditionary program in neotropical field ecology. Students must enroll in all three courses.

Course Number
ES3099
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Stephen Ressel

Introduction to Wildlife Ecology

This course is designed to introduce students to how, and why, we study and manage wildlife populations. We will discuss the socio-political background and establishment of the North American Model of Wildlife Conservation, considering its biases and limitations. Using a variety of readings, case studies, and hands-on activities, we will explore the ecological processes and common conservation management tools that underlie wildlife management. We will explore examples from throughout North America, with a particular focus on the different wildlife populations found on MDI. The class will be a mix of discussion, in-class and field activities. Students will be required to participate in at least one weekend day of wildlife sampling. Assessment will be based on participation, activities, and written reflections.

This course is open to anyone interested in wildlife ecology, particularly those interested in its history, concepts, and role in modern conservation movements. It is particularly suitable for students interested in pursuing careers in wildlife biology or those interested in working with state or federal agencies, or NGOs.

Course Number
ES1100
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Brittany Slabach

Introductory Entomology

Nearly 80% of all described species belong to the class Insecta. Due to their abundance, diversity and adaptability, insects are crucial components of terrestrial, freshwater and human-made ecosystems. Students with a background in entomology can apply their knowledge of insects to many other fields, including botany, ecology, anthropology, epidemiology and medicine, agriculture, climate change, visual arts, history, and even the culinary arts. This course will give students a sampling of entomological applications within these diverse fields. Students will be given a solid introduction to insect biology, ecology, taxonomy and identification through lectures, lab sessions and field trips. They will assemble their own insect collections and will learn to identify all Maine insect orders and many common insect families. Lectures, field trips and readings will emphasize the important role of insects in human lives and our impact on the environment. Students will be evaluated on their insect collections, performance on lab quizzes, participation and one paper with presentation.

Course Number
ES2037
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Carrie Graham

Invertebrate Zoology

This course is a phylogenetic survey of the major groups of animals without backbones. These animals range in size from single cells to giant squids, and they include the vast majority of animals on earth. Using text readings, assigned articles, and one afternoon per week of field/lab work, students gain an understanding of the classification, physiology, ecology, evolutionary relationships, and economic significance of this remarkably diverse collection of organisms. Students are evaluated on lab notebooks, weekly homework assignments, and two short research projects.

Course Number
ES3105
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Kara Gadeken

Island Life

Islands have played a major role in the development of ecological and evolutionary theory. Most recently, islands have served as an important metaphor in the development of conservation biology. Maine is blessed with a plethora of islands -between 4500 and 6000 at the last count- and the history and pre-history of these islands is intimately entwined with that of the continent itself. This course examines historical and current interpretations of island biogeography and the interplay between natural and human history and human ecology. The class will be taught as a combination of term-time seminar and in the field, based on the College’s field station on Great Duck Island and the College’s research vessel. During the Spring term we will be meeting regularly to examine the theoretical basis of Island Biogeography and islands as the subject of scientific and literary discussion since Aristotle. Readings will include Darwin, Alfred Russell Wallace, and contemporary authors. In late August we will re-convene for the field component of the class. During the first half of this component, we will be focusing primarily on Great Duck Island and its immediate surroundings, learning and applying theoretical approaches to islands’ landscapes, with extensive reading from the primary literature. During the second half of the class, we will move further afield, exploring a variety of islands in eastern Maine, and relating our observations to theoretical predictions. Ultimately we hope to travel to Grand Manan Island in the Bay of Fundy to observe a large island community, see the traditional weir fishery, and observe firsthand migrating right and humpback whales, and northern seabirds. Evaluation based on participation, quizzes and a term project.

Course Number
ES4016
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
John G.T. Anderson

Literature, Science, and Spirituality

A survey of Anglo-American literature from the Scientific Revolution to the present. Focuses on the ongoing debate about the role of science in Western culture, the potential benefits and dangers of scientific experimentation, the spiritual, religious, social and political issues that come about with the Ages of Discovery and Reason, and their treatment in literature. Specific debates include concerns over what is “natural,” whether knowledge is dangerous, the perils of objectivity, and the mind/body dichotomy; works include Shelley’s Frankenstein, Ibsen’s An Enemy of the People, Brecht’s Galileo, Lightman’s Einstein’s Dreams and Naylor’s Mama Day as well as short stories and poems. Writing-focused option.

Course Number
HS2010
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

Marine Biology

This is a survey course that broadly covers the biology of organisms in various marine habitats (rocky shores, mud and sand, estuaries, open ocean, the poles, coral reefs, deep sea), and some policy and marine management and conservation issues. A large part of this course is focused on learning the natural history of the local marine flora and fauna of Mount Desert Island’s coastal habitats.

Each week the course meets twice in class and once for laboratory work or field trips.

Evaluations are based on the quality of participation in class, one in-class practical, several sets of essay questions, and a field notebook emphasizing natural history notes of local organisms. This class is intended as a broad introduction to the biology of life in the ocean for students in any year.

Course Number
ES1099
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Kara Gadeken

Marine Mammal Biology I

This course provides an introduction to the biology and natural history of marine mammals, specializing in species resident within the North Atlantic. Topics covered include: phylogeny and taxonomy; anatomy and physiology; behavior; sensory ecology; and management/conservation issues. The course includes field trips to observe animals in their natural habitat, dissection of specimens, and exposure to the professional peer review field. Students are expected to complete two individual literature-based reviews, one species- and one system-based, to be presented in class. Assessment is based on class participation, presentations as well as written submissions. Lab fee covers costs of field trips, including potential boat and field station time, and optional travel to a regional conference during the term. Offered every other year.

Course Number
ES2030
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Sean K. Todd

Marine Mammal Biology I: Field Studies

This Fall course provides an introduction to the biology and natural history of marine mammals, specializing in species resident within the North Atlantic, in a field setting. Students spend two weeks prior to the start of the fall term at the College’s Mt. Desert Rock Marine Research Station. In addition to introductory topics in marine mammal biology that include phylogeny and taxonomy; anatomy and physiology; behavior; sensory ecology; and management/conservation issues, students also integrate themselves into the resident research team and work on team projects that will include observation of animals in their natural habitat. In the Fall, students meet 3-4 further times for dissection of specimens, team project presentations, and optional attendance at a regional conference. Assessment is based on two individual literature-based reviews, one species- and one system-based, to be presented in class, participation in research projects, and written submissions of their research. Lab fee covers costs of field trips, including boat and field station time, and conference costs. A $250 nonrefundable deposit is required by June 1. Offered every other year.

Course Number
ES3060
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Sean K. Todd

Marvelous Terrible Place

Where is the largest population of humpback whales in the world, the largest caribou herd in North America, the only confirmed Viking settlement in North America, and Paleozoic water bottled for consumption? The remote Canadian province of Newfoundland and Labrador presents a stunning landscape, an astoundingly rich ecological setting, and a tragic history of poverty amidst an incredible natural resource, the northern cod fishery, that was ultimately destroyed. The province has been alternately invaded or occupied by different groups of Native Americans along with Norseman, Basques, French, British, and the U.S. military, because of its strategic location and rich fishing and hunting grounds. One of the first and one of the last British colonies, this richest of fisheries produced a very class based society, composed of a wealthy few urban merchants and an highly exploited population of fishing families often living on the edge of survival. But within the past 50 years, Newfoundland society has been forced to evolve. The provincial government looks towards oil and mineral exploitation to turn around the economy, while ex-fishermen consider eco- and cultural tourism with growing ambivalence. This then is our setting, and background, for an intense examination of the human ecology of this province; the relationship between humans and their environment, sometimes successful, sometimes otherwise, the struggle between the tenuous grasp of civilization and this marvelous, terrible place. To do this we will discuss various readings, examine case studies and review the natural and human history of this unique province. Our learning will culminate with a two-week trip to Newfoundland to examine its issues firsthand. Evaluation will be based on class and field trip participation, responses to reading questions, a field journal, and a final project.

Course Number
HS2049
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, International Studies, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Sean K. Todd

Museums and the Making of Public Knowledge

Museums play a powerful role in shaping how communities understand history, culture, science, and the environment. Far from neutral spaces that display objects, museums construct narratives about what matters, whose stories are told, and how knowledge is interpreted and trusted in public life. Situated within the field of Educational Studies, this course examines museums as institutions that influence how knowledge is created, framed, and experienced beyond the classroom. Drawing on critical and sociocultural approaches to education, the course examines learning as a social and institutional process that extends into cultural and civic spaces. Students investigate how exhibitions, collections, educational initiatives, and interpretive practices shape public understanding and how questions of power, representation, ethics, and community voice emerge within those processes. We will ask: What counts as public knowledge, and who decides? What is the purpose and role of a museum within society? Which knowledge, histories, and ways of knowing are centered in public institutions, and which are marginalized or erased? Through close reading, case study analysis, site visits, and conversations with practitioners, students will examine how theoretical perspectives on learning and power operate in the everyday practices of cultural institutions. Students will engage in work including argumentative writing addressing ethical dilemmas or speculative re-imaginings of institutional purpose, as well as final project options such as interpretive interventions or educational program design proposals. We will explore multiple frameworks for evaluating museums and practice translating critical analysis into context-responsive practice. The course may be of interest to students pursuing work in education, public history, environmental communication, nonprofit and cultural organizations, for example, and anyone concerned with how knowledge is produced, interpreted, and shared in public life.

Assessment will be based on active participation; ongoing written or multimodal responses to readings and site-based work; analytical and argumentative essays; and a final collaborative project in which students will have the option to either design an interpretive intervention or educational program. Evaluation will emphasize sustained engagement, critical reflection, and the application of theory and inquiry to institutional practice.

Course Number
HS2138
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Alexis Saba

Ornithology

Welcome to the wonderfully weird world of Aves! This advanced course is designed to provide students with in-depth knowledge and experience in all aspects of avian biology. We will dive deep into evolution and taxonomic relationships and discuss the historical and cultural impacts birds have had globally. We’ll use museum specimens, dissections, and direct field observation to explore anatomy, physiology, behavior and ecology of birds up close and in-person! Emphasis will be on local and regional groups, but we will discuss global biodiversity. While the class is structured as two lectures and a laboratory component, the course is built around active learning where in-class discussions and activities should be expected. Assessment will be based on participation, weekly quizzes, activity reflections, and a written review paper on a topic of avian biology of your choosing.

As an advanced course, this course builds on concepts discussed in Vertebrate Zoology. The course provides students with a strong foundation in all aspects of avian biology, including field techniques to monitor birds. Thus, the course is particularly suitable for students who would like to pursue careers in avian ecology. It would also serve students who are interested in gaining an in-depth knowledge of a particular group of organisms; those who are interested in gaining experience in synthesizing primary literature in a written form; or those who are curious about what being a bird really means.

Course Number
ES5017
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Brittany Slabach

Plant Systematics

Systematics is the scientific study of classification, specifically the placement of organisms into groups based on their common descent. This course focuses on the classification of land plants, with a particular focus on herbaceous taxa found in coastal Maine. Through lectures and field, lab, and herbarium work, we will gain familiarity with the practice of systematics and the characteristics of plants that are used to infer their phylogenetic relationships. Lectures will cover the theory and practice of systematics, including botanical nomenclature, plant identification terminology, relationships among the major plant groups and characters with taxonomic significance, herbarium specimen preparation, and bioinformatics. Labs will cover collection methods, specimen preparation, and field characters for about 30 plant families in the region. Evaluation will be based on participation, field and lab quizzes, a 5-minute oral presentation on a plant species chosen by the instructor and a 15-minute oral presentation on a topic in plant systematics chosen by the student, and a collection of at least 30 plant specimens from at least 20 different families prepared and identified by the student. Students should plan to begin collecting specimens over the summer in preparation for the course, following guidance that will be provided to registered students during the spring term. Please note: all collecting must be done in accordance with state and federal laws; there must be NO collecting in Acadia National Park and no importation of specimens from outside the US.

Course Number
ES5047
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Susan G. Letcher

Polar Ecology and Exploration

The Arctic and Antarctic represent some of the most extreme environments on the planet. As physical places, both poles play an important role in governing the planet’s climate and heat flow. Both are suspected to be rich in minerals and are thought to perhaps hold short-term relief from current world shortages in natural resources. As ecosystems, both are hugely productive in spite of, and in part because of the extreme temperatures they experience; certain species are found nowhere else and in fact thrive in these remote locales. Superimposed upon these natural environments is the presence of humans. Exploration of both areas has been particularly focused in the past century, with countless stories of the perseverance and persistence of our pioneering spirit. Initially surveyed to forward nationalistic agendas, both poles are now sites of scientific inquiry. In particular, the political model that currently governs Antarctica as one massive Protected Area has no precedent and perhaps suggests a way forward for environmental agendas working on global scales. More recently, the poles have been exploited by ecotourism businesses.

This class examines the provinces of the Arctic and Antarctic, wildernesses whose boundaries can be defined physically, biologically, geologically and politically. We will examine the rich and highly adapted diversity of life as it is affected by local and global oceanography and atmospheric science, and assess the impacts of climate change on these fragile environments. We will also review our relationship with these places and examine what future we might play in preserving, and/or exploiting the polar regime, using Human Ecology as a model for our understanding. Evaluation will be by two term papers and participation in class activities.

Course Number
ES1076
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Sean K. Todd

Population and Community Ecology

Ecology, in the narrowest sense, is the study of the distribution and abundance of organisms on the earth. This class focuses on ecology as a science, and particularly the intellectual tradition within ecology that has sought to develop simple mathematical descriptions of complex phenomena. Population ecology studies the growth and decline of populations (i.e., groups of organisms of the same species), while community ecology studies the interactions among populations. We will study classic models in population and community ecology, developing the models from first principles, applying them to real data, and critically examining the shortcomings of the modeling approach. Concepts to be covered in the class include exponential vs. logistic population growth, competition, predator-prey interactions, metapopulation dynamics, stochastic vs. deterministic processes, optimal foraging theory, succession, and behavioral ecology.This course will be useful for students who are considering graduate school in ecology and related disciplines, and it is open to anyone with relevant background knowledge and curiosity. Students will be evaluated based on participation in class discussions, a series of problem sets, and a final paper.

Knowledge of algebra is necessary, along with a willingness to grapple with mathematical thinking. Knowledge of calculus and linear algebra is helpful but is not required.

Course Number
ES4050
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Susan G. Letcher

Restoration Ecology

The Society for Ecological Restoration defines ecological restoration as “the process of assisting the recovery of an ecosystem that has been degraded, damaged, or destroyed.” In this era of widespread environmental degradation, restoration ecology provides an important set of methods for mitigating anthropogenic damage. However, the science of restoration is still in its early phases, and important theoretical and practical questions remain to be resolved. This class will critically examine the assumptions that underlie restoration planning, both in the ethical dimension and in the realm of scientific theory. We will consider the validity of conceptual models of ecological communities and ecosystems and the way that these models shape decision-making. We will survey the factors that must be taken into account during restoration and study best-practices approaches, with a focus on adaptive management. In the final project, groups of students will develop and present restoration plans for a local site. Students will be evaluated based on two essays, class participation, and the final project.

Course Number
ES3076
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Susan G. Letcher

The Art and Practice of the Natural History Field Journal

When you keep a natural history field journal, you join a long and proud tradition, shared through time with naturalists, explorers, and artists. Careful observation of nature, followed by careful writing and illustration, is a time-tested technique for “capturing” some of the wonders of the planet’s life. While many of us have become dependent on technology to record notes and photographs, the practice of keeping a physical journal confers many advantages. Making a sketch requires you to look closely at your subject in a way that taking a photograph does not. A carefully created field notebook is a permanent record that will outlive technical obsolescence and even the life of its creator. Today, the field notebooks of figures such as Henry Walter Bates, Alexander von Humboldt, and Maria Sibylla Merian continue to provide useful data and artistic inspiration centuries after the death of their creators. Students will develop a regular natural history field journal practice by creating a journal as a record of their journey through Costa Rica. Along the way, they will document their observations through structured and unstructured entries using a variety of writing and drawing techniques. Assignments will be based on content from Introduction to Tropical Field Ecology and Tropical Entomology. The journals will be exhibited in an end of term show at the Dorr Museum. Evaluation will be based on completion of assigned entries, individual growth, and overall commitment to all aspects of this immersion experience.

This course is part of a three-credit expeditionary program in neotropical field ecology. Students must enroll in all three courses.

Course Number
MD1032
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Carrie Graham, Stephen Ressel

The History of Natural History

Natural History can be regarded as the oldest “science” -indeed, at one point within the Western canon Natural History WAS science. Beginning with discussion of early hunter-gatherers, working past Ashurbanipal, King of Kings, Hellenistic Greece, the Roman Empire, and into the herbals and magicians of the Middle Ages, this course will survey the development and eventual fragmentation of Natural History into more specialized branches. Once a foundation has been established, we will engage with the naturalists of the great age of exploration and conquest during the 17th through the 19th centuries, ending with an examination of Natural History’s legacy in the rise of modern Ecology. Course readings will draw heavily on original sources, using translations where appropriate. Towards the end of the term we will discuss the strengths and limitations of inductive and deductive reasoning in science and the implications of the 20th and 21st centuries’ increased emphasis on theoretical reasoning. Students will gain a better sense of Euro-American history overall and of the history of science in particular; the ability to use original sources; understanding of the importance of comparing multiple sources in arriving at historical conclusions and of the importance of recognizing cultural and historical biases in interpretation of information. Evaluation will be based on class participation and the spoken and written presentation of individually chosen research on a person or topic important to the development of natural history as a science.

Course Number
ES3036
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
John G.T. Anderson

Trees and Shrubs of Mount Desert Island

This course introduces you to the native and ornamental shrubs and trees of Mount Desert Island. Lectures will cover basics of plant taxonomy and forest ecology focusing on the dominant woody plant species of the region. Laboratory and field sessions will involve the identification of woody plants and an introduction to the major woody plant habitats of the island. The course is designed to teach botany and plant taxonomy for students interested in natural history/ecology, forestry, and landscape design. Evaluations are based on class participation, weekly field/lab quizzes, a plant collection, and term project.

Course Number
ES2014
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jill Weber

Tropical Entomology

Insects are the dominant animals in nearly all terrestrial ecosystems. However, in places like Maine, their abundance, diversity, and impact are not always apparent to the casual observer. This is not so in the tropics! Nowhere else are insects as large, showy, and numerous. Costa Rica is home to at least 300,000 species of insects, approximately one third of all described insect species. We will travel to and observe insects in a Caribbean slope rainforest, pre-montane forest, montane cloud forest, Pacific slope dry forest, Pacific wet forest, and Pacific beach/marine communities. Non-travel days will typically consist of early to late-morning field time, afternoon lectures or discussions followed by early evening to late night field time.

Students will spend extensive time in the field learning and practicing insect identification to the order and family level, observing insect behavior, and studying interspecies interactions. Reading and discussion topics will include insect conservation and declines, relationships between insects and plants, humans, and other animals, and control of agricultural and medical insect pest species. Particular attention will be paid to leafcutter ants, army ants, and other ecologically and culturally significant species. The course schedule will complement the content taught in Introduction to Tropical Field Ecology and will be reinforced through assignments in the Field Journal course. Introductory Entomology is helpful but not a prerequisite.

This course is part of a three-credit expeditionary program in neotropical field ecology. Students must enroll in all three courses.

Course Number
ES3100
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Carrie Graham

Vertebrate Zoology

In this course, we will explore the phylogenetic, morphological, and ecological diversity of vertebrates within an evolutionary framework. Using a comparative approach, we will explore the diversity of major vertebrate groups, with a focus on local representatives; interpret major evolutionary transitions; and identify the relationships between structure and function. We will practice developing hypotheses about vertebrate ecology and evolution, considering morphological, behavioral, ecological, and life history traits. The laboratory component will be a mixture of work with museum specimens, dissections, and fieldwork. We will focus on nomenclature of anatomy, standard necropsy and identification techniques, including use of taxonomic keys. Fieldwork will introduce methods to survey and monitor vertebrates, including standard capture, handling, and marking techniques. The laboratory is scheduled with early field mornings in mind. Days we are not conducting field work, we will meet later for lab. There is a required weekend field trip. This class involves a fair amount of reading and memorization to help develop a strong foundation in the taxonomy of vertebrates, as this course is a prerequisite for other advanced vertebrate courses. Assessments include quizzes, a lab/field journal, a practical, and a final written “dream project” on a vertebrate ecology and evolution question of your choice.

This course serves as a prerequisite for ornithology, herpetology and mammalogy courses.

Course Number
ES3104
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructors
Brittany Slabach ’09, Brittany Slabach

Wildlife Ecology

This course is designed to introduce students to how, and why, we study and manage wildlife populations. We will discuss the socio-political background and establishment of the North American Model of Wildlife Conservation, considering its biases and limitations. Using a variety of readings, case studies, and hands-on activities, we will explore the ecological processes and common conservation management tools that underlie wildlife management. We will apply our knowledge throughout the term through the investigation of different wildlife populations found on MDI, in collaboration with the National Park Service and other agencies. Therefore, there is a strong field component to this course. The class is scheduled to allow for the integration of discussions, in-class and field activities, and early field mornings.

This course is open to anyone interested in wildlife ecology, particularly the field and applied aspects. It is particularly suitable for students interested in pursuing careers in field ecology, or those interested in working with state or federal agencies, or NGOs. Assessment will be based on participation, activities, reflections, and an end-of-term technical report and presentation.

Course Number
ES3107
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructors
John G.T. Anderson, Brittany Slabach ’09, Brittany Slabach

Zoological Field Sketching

The ability to make careful observations and record them through sketches is an invaluable tool for artists, scientists, and other curious and creative people. Maintaining a sketchbook can be both a professionally useful and personally rewarding practice. This multidisciplinary course will encourage students to develop a regular sketchbook practice using animals as the focus of study. It is intended for any student who wishes to improve their sketching and observational skills, gain an understanding of animal anatomy, and learn about local animal life. Students will draw from museum specimens, taxidermy mounts, and live animals using a variety of media and techniques suitable for field sketching. Class will take place in the Dorr Museum and at field sites within Acadia National Park and Hancock County.

This course will meet for two three hour sessions per week. The first session will include a lesson about a particular animal taxon, followed by sketching exercises using museum specimens and mounts as references. In the second session, students will draw from live animals in the field. Students will also spend approximately nine hours per week outside of class on additional field sketching assignments, readings, and research.

Evaluations will emphasize participation and student growth rather than artistic ability. Our focus will be on practice and learning to effectively record observations, not on creating polished illustrations. Prior experience with drawing is not required.

Course Number
MD1030
Area of Study
Field Ecology & Natural History
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Carrie Graham

American Dreaming: Theatre and Activism in the US

Students read plays and study a variety of artists that have used theater as a viable force for change over the last century. Together we will explore the mechanics and dynamics of specific plays and performances as well as the social and political context in which they were conceived. We will investigate significant periods in U.S. history (twentieth century) including the New Deal, the House Un-American Activities Committee, the Civil Rights Movement, the emergence of the AIDS crisis, the rise of neoliberalism, 9/11 and beyond, exploring their impacts on this form. The study will include Josephine Baker, Hallie Flanagan and The Federal Theatre Project, Susan Glaspell, Clifford Odetts, Arthur Miller, Lorraine Hansberry, Lillian Hellman, The Open Theatre, Adrienne Kennedy, Anna Deavere-Smith, Tony Kushner, Young Jean Lee, Taylor Mac, Annie Baker, Jeremy O.Harris and others. Students are required to attend a weekly series of evening screenings/performances. There will be at least one field trip. Evaluation is based on full participation in class discussion, successful completion of all short projects and assignments, and a final project/paper.

Course Number
AD3020
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jodi Baker

College Seminar:”Soda, Pop, or Coke?”: Linguistic Diversity

Picture this: you and your friends are grabbing burgers and you overhear someone order a pop. You instantly get the urge to correct them because soda is the proper word you were taught. Later, the server brings the coke they ordered, which further increases your urge to intervene because they actually ordered Sprite. After all, soda is the correct word. Or is it? Which word is correct? Actually, they all are.

Linguistic variation is inherent to all languages and from a linguistic standpoint, all languages are equal. Yet, humans are continuously judged, evaluated, and discriminated against based on how they speak and write in professional, academic, and everyday settings. These seemingly innocuous comments about correctness have harmful effects on people who don’t conform to perceived language standards. As a result, various forms of discrimination and policies that exist continue to marginalize people due to misinformation and in some cases, disinformation. In this class, we will examine the intersections of language, ideology, and discrimination in everyday, educational, and professional settings while developing our research practices.

Classes will be facilitated through weekly reading discussions and discourse analysis of data (i.e., data sessions) in small and whole group activities. Readings will address the intersections of language and discrimination, such as accentism, racialization, language subordination, and social identities. The class will provide foundational concepts from applied linguistics and related fields, such as sociolinguistics and linguistic anthropology. The course is also focused on developing your research literacies and project management skills. You will learn how to develop and carry out a project, evaluate the credibility of information, and various types of data. Labs will be used to create space for data sessions and peer-reviews.

Through discourse analysis, you will apply concepts you learned in class to develop your understanding of linguistic diversity and language related issues. Projects can utilize print and digital media to address, for instance, monolingual policies and their impact in educational or workplace settings, intersections of language and gender or race, and various forms of linguistic discrimination in the US or other contexts.

There are no prerequisites and this course is suitable for students who are curious about language, discourse, social issues, as well as research. Students will be evaluated based on completed assignments, such as readings and other homework, research projects, peer-review, and overall class contributions, including lab sessions. You must be prepared to reflect on implicit biases and perceptions of language and rethink how you approach and conceptualize research. This course meets both the writing requirement and HS requirement as it develops genre knowledge, rhetorical awareness, understanding of writing as dynamic and iterative processes, and research literacies grounded in social sciences.

Course Number
HS3132
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, International Studies, Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Su Yin Khor

Derrida and Questions of Difference

Algerian Jewish philosopher, Jacques Derrida (1930-2004), one of the most widely translated French philosophers of the 20th century, developed a body of work often referred to as “deconstruction.” Derrida’s oeuvre has influenced multiple fields and disciplines, including Literature, Anthropology, Philosophy, Postcolonial Studies, Psychoanalysis and Feminist Theory. This course will track some of the ways in which Derrida engaged with ideas of difference, through a focus on questions his work poses for understandings of the human. The class will engage with Derrida’s archive through reading some of his early work, including essays and interviews about the status of writing and speech, language, and philosophy, and then move through his later work, including his increasing focus on explicitly political topics such as the death Peñalty, the animal, sovereignty, and war. Although the texts we read will be primarily Derrida’s own writing, we will also read authors who respond to and build on Derrida’s thought. These may include Gayatri Spivak, Ranjana Khanna, Samir Haddad, Peggy Kamuf, and Michael Naas, as well as texts by those with whom Derrida was in dialogue, such as Sigmund Freud, Hélène Cixous, Michel Foucault, Sarah Kofman, Claude Lévi-Strauss, Karl Marx, Martin Heidegger and Emmanuel Levinas. As we move through Derrida’s texts and those informed by them, we will pay particular attention to questions about sexual difference, colonialism, the human, death in relation to life, and representation. Students will be evaluated on participation in seminar discussions, weekly reading responses, a mid-term paper and final paper. There are no prerequisites for this course, but students will be expected to conduct close readings of challenging texts. Students are encouraged to contact the professor with any questions about the course and whether it is a good fit for them.

Course Number
HS4086
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Epic Heroines: Feminist Retellings of Mythologies

This course will explore heroines from two Hindu epics, Mahabharata and Ramayana, alongside the Greek mythological figures Ariadne, Medusa, Circe, and Galatea. Both sets of heroines have generated deeply rooted cultural archetypes. Central to the upbringing of more than half of the Indian population through comic books, TV shows, movies, and the like, the Hindu epics have set the standard for what an ideal Hindu woman should be, bolstering the patriarchal system in the name of religion and culture. Much like Helen of Troy, “the face that launched a thousand ships” in Greek mythology, some of these women have been the cause of wars of “epic proportions.” Others have become infamous archetypes for women’s witchiness and trouble-making, especially in Greek epics Western authors have retold. Myths of their beauty or its opposite have long been part of these narratives, but do we hear them speak? What do we know about the power they yield? Epics and mythologies have been unable to provide us with concrete answers.

Therefore, we will turn to female authors like Chitra Banerjee Divakaruni, Kavita Kané, Volga, and Vaishnavi Patel for the Hindu epics and Madeline Miller, Jennifer Saint, and Rosie Hewlett for the Greek tales. These authors have created spaces where women’s voices can be heard and analyzed, where archetypal and epic types can be studied as multifaceted humans. We’ll not only read their novels closely but also supplement their work with feminist theory and short videos. Eventually, we’ll trace how these epics stay relevant with regard to the construction of gender and sexuality in the modern Indian and Western world.

Students will be evaluated based on class participation, an oral presentation, response posts, final paper, and a multimodal project. This class will be good for students who are interested in reading feminist literature and theory and understanding the enduring power of epics and myths as well as the contemporary feminist purpose in giving their heroines voice. Reading the Indian epics alongside the Greek tales will provide an opportunity for ample comparison of patriarchal systems and how they developed in representative cultures from the East and West.

Course Number
HS4111
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Equal Rights, Equal Voices: Articulating Suffrage

This seminar will provide an in-depth exploration of public speech texts by a wide array of 19th century woman suffrage activists in the United States. This includes works by those individuals most often associated with the first wave of the movement including: Susan B. Anthony, Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Sojourner Truth, Frances Ellen Watkins Harper, Ernestine Rose, Anna Dickinson, Lucretia Mott, Victoria Woodhull, as well as other activists who are generally less well known today. While this is a course rooted in the history of what we might consider early American feminism, it should come as no surprise that, along the way, we will confront issues that continue to have salience today. Many of the topics surrounding gender, sex, identity, equality, empowerment, and political allyship that these activists wrestled with are still just as relevant for us to consider in our contemporary context. This is especially true when it comes to the topic of race and the intersectional nature of the discourse around gender equality, both then and now. We will spend time examining how the idea of race was rhetorically constituted, in both exclusionary and inclusionary ways, within these texts. We will also look specifically at the works of early Black feminists in the United States, and the myriad of ways they navigated the challenges of the moment, especially as they confronted a deeply embedded legacy of white supremacy within the early woman suffrage movement. Rather than rely primarily on secondary historical accounts, there will be a heavy emphasis on the close reading of primary source materials, mostly speeches, as we encounter these speakers “in their own words.” In addition, students will also take part in “hands on” recovery projects designed to locate, transcribe, document, and make broadly accessible works from the period that have been previously undocumented or left unaccounted for. In doing so, students will learn basic techniques for exploring and making effective use of various types of digitized historical collections that have emerged in recent years. Class sessions will be organized as a discussed based seminar. Assignments will emphasize critical, reflective, and analytical writing. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussion, short written response papers, two longer form take-home essays, individual presentations, and a final “recovery” project. Students interested in topics related to gender, politics, historical research, and activism are especially encouraged to enroll. This is an introductory class and open to all students regardless of whether they have a previous background in feminism, social theory, US history, or politics.

Course Number
HS1102
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Jamie McKown

Ethnographic Methods

Ethnographic research is based primarily on anthropology’s signature research method known as “participant-observation fieldwork.” This course introduces students to the main techniques, questions, insights and debates that this research method has historically involved in the formation of the discipline of anthropology, and the contemporary relevance of these questions and debates for a range of ethnographic and interdisciplinary projects. Over the term, students will view ethnographic films and read classic and contemporary ethnographic texts, as well as social and political theory that has informed ethnography. The course will address questions about representation, authenticity, experience, evidence, familiarity and difference, place and time, the everyday and the extraordinary, politics and ethics. Students will be asked to participate in the central methods of ethnographic research including taking fieldnotes, conducting formal and informal interviews with both familiar others and with strangers, formulating a research question, and analyzing qualitative data. Assignments will include informal reading responses, a mid-term mini-field project, and a final mini-field project that builds on the mid-term. Evaluation will be based on these assignments and on class participation and final presentations of their projects.

Course Number
HS1052
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Feminist Theory in a Transnational Frame I

This course introduces students to some of the central texts and genealogies of feminist thought, with a focus on transnational feminist theory. We will address periods of feminist thought that have been significant in shaping the concerns of transnational feminisms, including 1970s U.S. feminism, French feminism, postcolonial theory, and Marxist thought. Over the course of the term, we will consider how differences across national borders have informed discussions about transnational feminist solidarity. We will examine how feminist theory can help us think about the following: kinship; reproduction; the law and justice; human rights discourse, political economy, racialized and other forms of difference; existence and the subject; the relation between individual and group; the relation between terms such as “gender” and “sex;” and the varied currencies the terms “queer” and “feminist” have carried in different national and transnational contexts.

The course will explicitly address debates in feminist theory about the following topics: the “sex/gender distinction;” histories and politics of the term “rape;” political representation, the juridical and the nation-state in the contexts of religious and cultural differences around practices such as veiling, circumcision/genital mutilation; and questions of labor, prostitution and sex work. The course draws on work in French Feminist Theory, Queer Theory, Postcolonial Studies, Psychoanalysis, Continental Philosophy, Cultural Anthropology, and Diaspora Studies. Readings will include texts by Gayle Rubin, Luce Irigaray, Elizabeth Grosz, Simone de Beauvoir, Ranjana Khanna, Monique Wittig, Judith Butler, Gayatri Spivak, Sigmund Freud, Friedreich Engels, Shulamith Firestone, Alexandra Kollontai, Emma Goldman, bell hooks, Karen Engle, Catherine McKinnon, Drucilla Cornell, Ratna Kapur, Sarah Franklin, Daniel Boyarin, Henry Louis Gates, Anne Fausto-Sterling, Shoshana Felman, Saba Mahmood, Diana Fuss, and Chandra Mohanty.

Course Number
HS1014
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, PC
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Gender, Politics & Nature in Folk/Fairy Tales of the World

Why do fairy tales capture the attention of adults and children all over the world and endure in popular literary and cinematic forms? What do they reveal to psychologists, biologists, historians, linguists, artists, anthropologists, and educators? Do they politicize or de-politicize? socialize or subvert? What is the postfeminist, postmodern response to the Brothers Grimm? What do fairy tales convey about animal behavior, entomology, and cosmology? How might the tales shape human limitations, moral values, and aspirations? This course will explore the storytelling and re-telling of literary, cultural, and scientific stories from a comparative perspective, imagining their interpretations and how they may be re-told with an eye toward new understandings of human interrelationships, of a given sociohistorical moment, the culture of COA, and the larger culture. Students will read folklore and fairy tales, view several films, and discuss essays by writers such as Cristina Bacchilega, Bruno Bettelheim, Ruth Bottigheimer, Michel Butor, Italo Calvino, Robert Darnton, Claude Lévi-Strauss, Maria Tatar, and Jack Zipes. Contemporary works by writers, visual artists, and musicians inspired by traditional tales will also be explored. Writers may include Margaret Atwood, A.S. Byatt, Angela Carter, Robert Coover, Michael Cunningham, Neil Gaiman, Tanith Lee, Naguib Mahfouz, Haruki Murakami, Helen Oyeyemi, Ludmilla Petrushevskaya, Francine Prose, and Anne Sexton. Reflections may center on recurrent motifs and patterns; and social, sexual, moral, scientific and political content, with emphasis on race, gender, and class structure. Students will be evaluated on two short papers; one creative project that may be expressed in writing, visual art, music, or dance; and a final written assignment in any genre—poems, plays, fiction or nonfiction.

Course Number
HS2038
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Katharine Turok

Histories of Race

Race as a concept was constructed in the western world in the early modern era as commentary on and explanation of human differences. This class will examine the origins of the idea of race and the ways it is central to the creation of the modern world. Drawing on histories of Europe and the Americas this class will look at the different ways racialized thinking was deployed in colonial contexts. Central themes of the course will be the history of race as an idea, the nature and impact of the Atlantic slave trade, how indigenous peoples reshaped European ideas of what it meant to be human, the construction of whiteness, and the history of slavery in the new world. The period covered by the class spans from the origins of race as an idea to the late nineteenth century. The course will be a hybrid of a lecture course and a readings seminar. Students will read major works in the field and develop an understanding of the historical background of contemporary forms of structural inequality justified and reinforced by racialized thinking. Students will do a series of short assignments, lead discussion of books, and undertake a major research paper. The research projects will allow students to explore topics beyond the chronological and spatial scope of the course.

Course Number
HS4056
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

History Workshop: Wabanaki Studies

This class will be an empirically-based research seminar on the history, politics, archaeology, and culture of Maine’s Wabanaki tribes that tackles a wide range of issues. The class will consist of several group projects on topics such as cataloging indigenous place names to the loss of cultural heritage sites due to coastal erosion. After completing several of these projects, students will develop their own research project on Wabanaki history and culture that they will conceptualize, plan and carry out. The class will also cover the themes of colonialism, cultural revitalization, tribal sovereignty, preservation of cultural resources, and much more. The course will be based on projects developed in consultation with tribal cultural preservation specialists and tribal historians from Maine’s Wabanaki communities. Final projects, so long as they have a historical component, can explore a topic of the student’s choosing in consultation with the faculty. This class is appropriate for students from a range of backgrounds. Previous coursework such as Indigenous America, Native American Law, Race and Racism in America, the Yucatan Program, or other relevant courses will be extremely helpful, and preference will be given to students who have some previous academic background in historical research, indigenous studies, and ethnography. Students who have taken classes with a strong component of textual analysis of historical sources are also encouraged to take the class. Students will learn to work with both primary and secondary sources (both written and visual). Students will be evaluated on their contribution to the group projects, participation in discussion, several small assignments, and their final project.

Course Number
HS4087
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Identity Economics: Discrimination in the U.S. Labor Markets

On the one hand, modern economies are shaped by uneven capitalist development and premised on exploiting colonized, raced, gendered, sexualized Others. On the other hand, the racial and sexual violences at the heart of economic relations are often rationalized, naturalized, and turned invisible. In this course, we will explore the visible tip of the iceberg of these systemic inequities in the context of the contemporary US labor markets. We will focus on quantitative, empirical evidence of how race, gender, and sexuality influence individuals’ earnings, career prospects, life opportunities, and health and well-being; and how intersectional positionalities amplify or mitigate these disparities. We will pay particular attention to the Black–White gaps and cisgender–transgender gaps in economic opportunities and outcomes. We will also study theoretical approaches in labor economics, ranging from neoclassical economic models of discrimination to feminist economics models of marriage and intra-household bargaining, and stratification models of racial wealth inequality.

This course is intended for students who want to develop a quantitative understanding of the economic disparities that racial, gender, and sexual minorities face in the US. You will evaluate how economic policies can be used to generate and reproduce inequalities between social groups, and how they can also be used to promote a more just and equitable economy. You will leverage the tools developed in this class to prepare yourself for independent intellectual engagement in an area of personal interest, including senior projects, independent studies, internship, or postgraduate work. This is an intermediate-level seminar. Students will be evaluated through leading group discussion of assigned reading materials and developing a summative research proposal on a relevant topic of their choice.

Course Number
HS3133
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructors
Hien Nguyen, Duc Hien Nguyen

Indigenous America

This course will provide an introduction to the history of indigenous peoples in the Americas. Using a seminar style the class will combine some overview lectures, student-led discussion of books, and project-based learning to provide an initial introduction to the diverse histories of native peoples from Canada to the Andes. The course will focus on both pre-contact societies as well as the processes of interaction between Europeans and indigenous peoples in the Americas. Using a selection of case studies the course will highlight building an understanding of indigenous worldviews as well as socio-political organization and the ways both were transformed by colonialism. A range of books will introduce students to the ethnohistorical literature on native communities from Mesoamerica, North America, and the Andes. A simultaneous component of the course will be student’s research projects on a topic of their choosing that explores a dimension of native people’s histories. Students will be evaluated on attendance, course participation, short analytical essays, and their final project.

Course Number
HS2061
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Intimate Partner Violence: Dynamics and Community Response

From a historical perspective domestic violence has been noted as primarily a “women’s issue”. We now recognize the misuse of power and control in relationships as a complex and prevalent social issue that profoundly impacts our society as a whole. To address the complexity of domestic violence we must strive toward changing the belief systems that allow this problem to exist. Together we will explore these belief systems by examining the aspects of culture that shape and support domestic violence on individual, community, institutional, and global levels. We will review the history of the domestic violence movement, including its roots in the women’s movement and how that movement grew into a network of victim-centered services and community-based advocacy responses. As a student you will learn how best to respond to victims of intimate partner violence, and how to apply the core principles of individual, community, institutional, and social change advocacy. You will be challenged to consider and reflect upon your own beliefs and cultural lenses throughout the course. The class format includes lectures, role-plays, media presentations, interviews with guest speakers, group work, and discussions. Opportunities will be provided for students to reflect upon experiences, to practice skills, and apply new learning through community and cultural change projects. Students will be evaluated on their critical thinking, analysis, and synthesis of the course goals and objectives as demonstrated by participation in class activities (responsiveness to required and suggested readings and materials, guest and peer generated discussion), personal culture analysis (personal reflection, self-evaluation).

Course Number
HS1053
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Introductory

Introduction to Feminist Therapy: Practices and Principles

Feminist Therapy is focused on empowerment through self-awareness and self-assertion as shaped by an understanding of the larger social and political constructs that influence our thoughts and behaviors. In practice the application of feminist therapy synthesizes tenets of gender-based psychology, psychosocial theories of lifespan development, multicultural analysis, and applied social change activism with the objective of self evolution in relation to personal, social, political, and cultural exchanges.

This course offers an overview of the origins and applications of feminist therapy as a conceptual framework developed in response to androcentric therapies. We will begin by acknowledging the forerunners of feminist therapy such as Karen Horney and Leta Stetter Hollingworth. We will continue studying the contributions of contemporary feminist therapists such as Ellyn Kaschak, Lenore E. Walker, Jean Baker Miller, and Laura Brown, including prominent contributions by women of color in clinical psychology such as the work of Ruth Winifred Howard and Ellen Kitch Childs, and those who are currently pioneering the development of women’s psychology in other countries such as Vindhya Undurti. We will explore the core principles of feminist therapy, and the influences and implications of power and gender biases at play in clinical practice throughout assessment, diagnosis, and treatment. Students will have the opportunity to learn about feminist therapeutic techniques.

The objective of the course is to aid students in developing a functional knowledge of feminist therapy and its various clinical applications. Students who have a desire to pursue psychotherapy and social work are encouraged to consider this course as a means of understanding the benefit of feminist therapy in the development of egalitarian therapeutic relationships.

The class format includes lectures, roleplays, media presentations, interviews with guest speakers, group work, and discussions. Opportunities will be provided for students to reflect upon experiences, to practice skills, and apply learning through a community project.

Students will be evaluated on their critical thinking, analysis, and synthesis of the course goals and objectives as demonstrated by participation in class activities, responsiveness to required and suggested readings as evidenced by successful completion of course assignments and active participation in lecture generated discussion.

Course Number
HS1091
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Introductory

Music Ensemble: African Liberation

As newly independent African nations claimed their freedom from colonial rule, an effort was underway to define the sound of these nations. State-sponsored bands likes Bembeya Jazz and Balla et ses Balladins in Guinea developed a sound that announced Guinea as a modern nation. Their music drew heavily from the sounds of Cuban son, entering the newly independent nation into an African diasporic discourse that signaled alliances with international Marxist movements. In 1977 Fela Kuti released the track “Colonial Mentality,” a song that forcefully argued that even seventeen years into Nigeria’s independence from colonial rule, euro-centric mindsets continued to haunt Nigerian politics. That same year, Kalakuta, Kuti’s autonomous communal compound was burned to the ground after an assault by Nigerian soldiers. In 1987, Hugh Masekela released the track “Bring Him Back Home (Nelson Mandela)” on his album Tomorrow. The song caught fire as an anthem of the anti-apartheid movement that would see the political prisoner Mandela freed in 1990 and inaugurated as President in 1994. This practice-based music course will sharpen students’ music performance skills as they engage in the critical study of popular music from the era of African independence. Students will work to perform a musical repertoire drawn from this time period, including the artists listed above as well as Miriam Makeba, Franco Luambo, E.T. Mensah, The Rail Band, OK Jazz, Manu Dibango, and more. In addition to rehearsing and performing a selection of songs, students will engage with reading, listening, and viewing that informs a historical understanding of how music became a venue for contesting visions for post-colonial Africa. In addition to the practice-based research involved in learning a musical repertoire, students will undertake a research project examining the life of an artist who helped shape the sound of post-colonial Africa (sounds that often resonated out into the diaspora). The course will take place in two lab sessions each week, one of which will be dedicated to rehearsal, and one that will be split between rehearsal and academic study/analysis. There will also be an evening session reserved for film screenings and independent rehearsal time. Participants will be assessed based on attendance and participation in class, individual practice and preparedness, the research project, and map quizzes on the African continent. This Intermediate/Advanced ensemble course is open to students who play an instrument or sing. To achieve a workable balance of instruments, the course will be by permission of instructor. Students wishing to take the course should email a brief statement to the instructor describing their musical practice and what they hope to get out of the course. This class will be graded pass/fail by default, but students may also choose to take the course for a letter grade if they wish.

Course Number
AD4040
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jonathan Henderson

Political Economy of Genders

We live in a time when the struggle for economic survival is life-shortening. We live in a place where the struggles for reproductive justice, the rights of women, the rights of trans and non-binary people, and gay and lesbian freedoms are intensified and weaponized for electoral gains and political power. What are the linkages, visible or hidden, between these two phenomena? How do we bring together Marxist political economy and queer/trans-inclusive feminist analysis to diagnose them? What can the anxieties, fears, and hatreds collected at the site of (trans)genders teach us about the inner working of capitalist (re)production? In turn, how can wrestling with the racial, sexual, and environmental violence that makes contemporary capitalism possible inform our collective struggle for gender and sexual equality and justice?

In this seminar, you and I will think through these questions together through the lens of contemporary Marxist–feminist political economy. We will engage contemporary feminist, black, and queer Marxist scholars whose works illuminate the contradictory, exploitative treatment of colonialized, raced, gendered, sexualized human and non-human Others under capitalism. Topically, our focus includes the birth rate crisis and the struggle for reproductive autonomy, contemporary attacks on gender minorities, and queer and trans-centered class struggles. This is an intensive, exploratory seminar. We will read 4-5 texts closely, focusing on each book for two weeks. In the first week, we will identify the book’s main arguments and approaches. In the second week we will re-read the book along with key texts that inform, supplement, or challenge its author(s). Our selection of key texts may include Jenny Brown’s Birth Strike, and Jules Gleeson and Elle O’Rouke (eds.) Transgender Marxism, but there are rooms to replace them with texts that better reflect your interests. You don’t have to be an expert on the debates and issues we engage in, but you must be unafraid and willing to actively grapple with them both intellectually and ethically.

The course is intended for students who are interested in approaching contemporary debates about LGBT+ issues, women’s rights, and reproductive justice from a radical, intersectional, and anti-capitalist perspective. It is also valuable for students who want to understand what makes capitalism possible and what may un-make it. You will get the most out of this seminar if you have a working knowledge of the political economy of capitalism, feminist theory, and/or critical social theory. Students will be evaluated through bi-weekly reading reviews and a final project or essay.

Course Number
HS4115
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Hien Nguyen, Duc Hien Nguyen

Queer Archives: People & Processing

Where do we get our history from, and who gets to tell it? In this course, we will be examining this question through LGBTQIA+ history and the practices that ensure its preservation.

Students will use primary and secondary sources about local and national Queer history to explore the interdisciplinary fields of archives, public history, and memory work and develop new knowledge of Queer history through community-based projects.

Students will reflect upon readings, engage with primary source materials, and practice hands-on technical skills such as archival appraisal, arrangement, description, and documentation. Students will have the opportunity to engage with members of the surrounding community and visit the LGBTQ+ Collection at the Jean Byers Sampson Center for Diversity in Maine at University of Southern Maine. The course culminates with a self-designed public facing project, geared towards, and available to the general public, that synthesizes technical skills, historical knowledge, and research methods into new knowledge.

Evaluation will be based on class participation, responses to assigned readings, and projects.

Course Number
HS1113
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Megan MacGregor, Jill Piekut

Queer Dance Histories

This course focuses on historical and contemporary relationships between dance, politics, gender, and sexuality, with a particular emphasis on dance made by and for LGBTQIA2S+ artists and audiences in the US in the 20th century.

The study will investigate a wide variety of dance scholarship, including text and film resources, through discussion, embodied learning, and physical expression. Students will consider the work of artists and dance scholars that explicitly engage questions of queer liberation and solidarity. Students will also examine dance’s unique role in expanding and subverting normalized expressions of gender and sexuality in American culture since the early 1900s, with specific attention paid to the work of dance artists within movements for civil rights and social justice.

We will touch on significant moments in American dance history including the incorporation of Afro-Caribbean diasporic dance and other forms, toward the evolution of what is now referred to as American modern dance. We will also explore a selection of histories from drag, cabaret, and the emergence of distinctively Queer dance forms throughout the 20th century including forms that came out of the Ballroom scene; Vogue, Tut, Waacking etc. There will be a strong emphasis on dance artist-activist contributions during the early years of the AIDS crisis.

Students will be expected to view footage both inside and outside of class, complete weekly readings, short informal writings, and shared dance projects. A consistent movement practice will place our learning in an embodied dialogue with the artists, forms, and texts studied.

Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation in class discussion, timely completion of all assignments, and completion of a final project/paper. Prior dance training is not required, but students that have experience with rigorously integrating physical practice with reading and writing will be well-prepared for this course.

Course Number
AD2052
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Dani Robbins

Race and Racism in America: A Very Short History

This readings seminar will explore the history of race thinking and structural forms of power in America from the earliest settlement of the hemisphere by Europeans to the twentieth century. We will emphasize the specific mechanisms of power used to produce and reproduce the ideas and institutions that oppressed African Americans, Native Americans, and “ethnics” over the course of the country’s history. As a nation built on slavery, racial discrimination, and white supremacy, the United States provides a unique vantage point from which to examine the workings out of the strange ideologies of difference that took root in the New World. The class will explore a wide range of histories from the origins of slavery in the seventeenth century as a solution to the “the problem of the poor” to the inclusion of Irish, Jewish and others in the category of “White” in the twentieth. A key aspect of the course will be examining the construction and workings of Whiteness. The seminar will be based on discussion of key texts in the scholarship of race and racism in the United States, and students will lead those discussions. Other core work of the class will be mastering the complex arguments and evidence used to reveal the inner workings of white supremacy through readings, analytic writing, and an independent project. The course is intended for a wide range of students willing to dig in to the work of reading extensively about a contentious topic to form their own historical analysis of the past. Evaluation will be based on discussion, mastery of the readings, short analytic writing, and a final project.

Course Number
HS2092
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Todd Little-Siebold

Rethinking the Canon: Self, Others, and Philosophy

How do “philosophies born of struggle” (Leonard Harris) change, disrupt, and advance the discipline of philosophy? Academic philosophers have historically studied a select group of thinkers, most of whom are white men from Europe. European philosophers offer wonderfully rich arguments, but like all perspectives, theirs are partial and limited. To explore foundational philosophical questions, this course will read canonical European philosophers alongside scholars who engage with this canon from a diverse set of cultural, political, and historical contexts, such as indigenous studies, Africana philosophy, Latinx philosophy, postcolonial studies, and feminist theory. Along the way, we will discuss the concept of “the canon,” and we will consider how different theoretical interventions advance the discipline of philosophy.

To rethink the canon, this course will center on three philosophical questions: 1) What is the self or subjectivity? 2) How do philosophers theorize the “other”? 3) What is an ethical relationship between self and other? To explore these questions, we will pair texts from different historical and cultural contexts. Possible philosophers include Gloria Anzaldúa, Linda Martín Alcoff, Susan Bordo, Brian Yazzie Burkhart, Ranjana Khanna, René Descartes, Martin Heidegger, Luce Irigaray, Immanuel Kant, Maria Lugones, Friedrich Nietzsche, Kwame Gyekye, Mariana Ortega, John Pittman, Plato, Sarah Ahmed, and Jacqueline Scott. Course requirements include weekly writing assignments, class participation, a midterm exam, and a final paper. This will be a discussion-driven course and students should be prepared to engage and discuss challenging theoretical literature. Prior work in philosophy will be helpful, but not required.

Course Number
HS2131
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Heather Lakey ’00, M.Phil ’05, Heather Lakey

Sex, Gender, Identity and Power

This course offers an overview of feminist, trans, and queer theories. The purpose of this course is two-fold. First, it will provide a snapshot of the ideas, traditions, and debates that shape these traditions. Second, this course will teach students to critically interrogate the meaning of sex, gender, sexuality, power, and oppression. Along the way, we will consider a host of arguments regarding the sources of sexism, racism, transphobia, and heteronormativity, debates regarding language and reality, the relationship between subjectivity and oppression, and the benefits and downfalls of identity politics. Although this course will stress the many ways feminist theory, trans theory, and queer theory overlap, we will also consider the emergence and development of queer and trans philosophies as distinct and unique disciplines.

Some of the principal questions for this course include: Which categories are used to study the human being and when are these categories oppressive or problematic? How do the categories of identity and difference inform our understanding of human experiences? When is language a mechanism for social and political oppression and when does language facilitate liberation? How do multicultural, intersectional, transgender, and queer approaches inform and transform feminist politics? How do queer philosophers challenge the theoretical orthodoxies of identity, gender, and sexuality? Course requirements include weekly writing assignments, class participation, a midterm exam, and a final paper. This will be a discussion-driven course and students should be prepared to engage and discuss challenging theoretical literature.

Course Number
HS2072
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Heather Lakey ’00, M.Phil ’05, Heather Lakey

The Contemporary World of Women’s Novels

This course selects from among the most interesting, diverse, and well-written of contemporary women’s novels — many from the global South and all from other countries than the US — to focus on questions of women’s writing (and how/whether it can be treated as a literary and formal category), gender identity and women’s issues, and the tensions between sameness and difference among women’s experiences, and narrations of women’s experiences, around the world. The course begins by acknowledging the historical realities that limited women’s narrative options in the publishing industry until quite recently. We will examine a relatively unknown yet rather extraordinary short novel from 1967: Sawako Ariyoshi’s The Doctor’s Wife. After Ariyoshi, we will read from quite varied authors published within the last fifty years, writers such as: Buchi Emecheta, Clarice Lispector, Nawal El Saadawi, Tsitsi Dangarembga, Hanan al-Shaykh, Jeannette Winterson, Rose Tremain, Nora Okja Keller, Fadia Faqir, and Yvonne Vera. We will also read some classic and contemporary feminist literary theory to gain a sense of how feminist scholars approach women’s novels and our questions. The course is especially designed for students interested in women’s and gender issues who have had some previous experience with literary analysis, close reading of texts, and/or feminist theory. As one way to do the work of an intermediate/advanced class, each student will choose an additional author to investigate, either a novelist or theorist who has published since 2000, and read a novel or theoretical essay by this author outside of class. Students will be evaluated based on class engagement, response papers, passage analyses, a presentation to the class of the outside novel or theory and the questions it raises, and a final evaluation essay.

Course Number
HS4109
Area of Study
Gender & Identity Studies, Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

Colonialism, Nationalism, and the Nation-State

This course is an introduction to concepts and practices of nationalism, the modern nation-state, and questions about postcolonial contexts and concepts. Over the term we will draw on the disciplines of anthropology, literature, history, philosophy, and on the interdisciplinary fields of psychoanalysis, postcolonial and feminist studies to think critically about the relations between group and individual, between governments and corporations, as well as about citizenship, sovereignty, border control, migration, repression, genocidal violence, patriotism, belonging and exclusion. The course will begin with key points of historical reference such as the Peace of Westphalia and the French, US, and Haitian Revolutions. We will then proceed to focus on examples of nationalist projects in 19th, 20th, and 21st century Europe, as well as on nationalist and postcolonial movements in the Americas, Africa, and Western Asia. Students will be asked to consider course materials in relation to contemporary discussions about asylum, racism, sexism, capitalism and poverty, political economy, freedom of speech, academic and artistic freedom, genocide, human rights, and political violence. Course materials will likely include work by Nadia Abu El-Haj, Benedict Anderson, Hannah Arendt, Aime Césaire, Jacques Derrida, Sigmund Freud, Eric Hobsbawm, Ranjana Khanna, Deborah Thomas, Carol Pateman, Jacques Rousseau, Edward Said, Carl Schmitt, Gayatri Spivak, and Françoise Vergès.

Students will be evaluated on class participation, weekly reading responses, and two short essays.

Course Number
HS2133
Area of Study
International Studies, PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Ethnographic Writing

Ethnographic writing, literally the “writing of a people,” is anthropology’s primary disciplinary mode of representation, based on participant-observation fieldwork. Early ethnographies were usually written by anthropologists from Europe and the United States about people they had studied in other parts of the world. In the 1970s and on, critical questions about representation increasingly challenged assumptions about ethnographic work, raising questions about objectivity, transparency, politics and the relationship of ethnographers to the people and places about which they are writing. This class will introduce students to a range of ethnographies in the discipline of anthropology, as well as to some of the political, cultural, and intellectual debates and contexts in which these ethnographies were produced. At the same time, we will consider epistemological, ethical, philosophical and methodological issues that such writing involves, including questions about representation, translation, difference and interpretation. In addition to classic ethnographies, we will also read some fiction, travel writing, and journalism. We will consider questions about how ethnographic knowledge is authorized, how assumptions about interpretation shape ethnographic writing, relations between individual and group, and the relations between author and reader. Students will be asked to experiment with ethnographic writing themselves, through a series of short writing assignments as well as a final project. The course is designed to allow students to workshop their own writing. Students will be evaluated on the development and improvement of their own writing over the course of the term, on their attention to observation of selected ethnographic sites, on their ability to critically evaluate and closely read ethnographies as texts, and on their engagement with their peers’ writing in peer review exercises.

Course Number
HS1077
Area of Study
International Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

European Political Institutions

The European Union is a fascinating, ongoing experiment in international cooperation. Currently twenty-eight countries have joined together in a supra-national political and economic union, creating a political entity unique to a world of sovereign individual nation-states. This course focuses on understanding this complex and evolving union through study of its main political institutions: the European Council of Ministers, the European Parliament, and the European Commission. We will look at the workings of and functional relationships between these institutions through readings, meetings with politicians, bureaucrats, and NGOs involved in European-level politics, and visits to each of the institutions during two weeks in Brussels. We will also spend some time in the course looking at the broader political and cultural context in which the institutions operate, through examination of several important current topics in European politics. Topics could include: refugees and migrants in Europe, the reauthorization of the Common Agricultural Policy, Brexit, the rise of right-wing movements across countries in the EU. Students will be evaluated based on participation in class discussions, a reflective journal kept during their time in Brussels, and a presentation and final essay on a current EU-relevant political issue of their choosing.

Course Number
HS2084
Area of Study
International Studies, Languages
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Immersion Practica in Spanish and Yucatecan Culture

This course provides students with an immersion experience in the language and culture of the Yucatán Peninsula. The course aims to increase student’s abilities to navigate the linguistic and cultural terrain of another society in sensitive, ethical, and effective ways. Class sessions, visiting lecturers, field trips, and readings will provide background on the history and anthropology of Yucatecan culture. Immersion experiences and living with a family will provide one important source of experiential learning. A second source takes the form of an independent project developed by each student based on the student’s interests. This practicum experience involves weekly activities during the term and an intensive independent project during the last three weeks. During these final three weeks, students live in a community of the students choosing, provided the location is relevant to their study and project. While each student is completely free to create their own unique project, past projects have included: creating a children’s book, filming a documentary about the families work as ‘Mayan Dancers’, organizing classes for the children in the community, and participating in a crocodile research project. Evaluation is based on participation in the project as well as the final project presentation.

Course Number
HS3126
Area of Study
International Studies, Languages
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Karla Peña

Immersion Program in French Language, Art and Culture

This course is offered through collaboration with CAVILAM as part of the COA program in Vichy, France. Students take 20 hours a week of language classes and workshops taught by immersion methods and advanced audio-visual techniques. Students live with host families in homestays and take part in a variety of cultural activities. They are carefully tested and placed at levels appropriate to their ability and are expected to advance in all four language skills – reading, writing, speaking and listening – as gauged by the European Erasmus scale of competency.

Course Number
HS6013
Area of Study
International Studies, Languages
Course Level
Variable
Instructor
Doreen Stabinsky

Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

This course is an introduction to some of the central questions, arguments, and concepts of Cultural Anthropology. Broadly defined, “cultural anthropology” is the study of human cultures. Historically, such study has focused on explorations of difference through conducting fieldwork over an extended period of time in a specific community. Understandings of the discipline have changed over time, from definitions of it as an objective social science in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, when anthropology was dominated by European and U.S. anthropologists conducting fieldwork in places in Africa, Latin America and Asia, to definitions of it as a subjective interpretative social science that has been transformed and critiqued by anthropologists across the globe studying a wide range of human cultures and institutions, including their own societies. In the 1970s and 1980s, anthropologists began to “study up” through focusing on cultures of entities such as the World Bank, corporations, the military, scientists and investment bankers. Today, almost anything can be a focus for anthropological study.

In this class we will address questions and arguments about structure, difference, power, colonialism, politics, representation and responsibility, both in terms of cultural anthropology’s own formation as a colonial discipline, and in terms of the tools for critical thinking that have emerged out of anthropological work. What kinds of social organization and economic systems tie people together? What produces conflict? What is the significance of myths, rituals and symbols? How are social systems reproduced over time? How do they change? What is the significance of relations of identification and interaction between individuals and group categories? What are the political implications of how the human is defined? As we learn about how different thinkers have engaged these questions, we will also critically examine the concepts that inform them, including ideas of agency, responsibility, representation and action. Texts will likely include work by Ruth Benedict, Lee D. Baker, Franz Boas, Jacques Derrida, Emile Durkheim, Michel Foucault, Sigmund Freud, Clifford Geertz, Zora Neale Hurston, Alfred Kroeber, Claude Levi-Strauss, Karl Marx, Sidney Mintz, Rosalind Morris, Anand Pandian, Gayle Rubin, Marshall Sahlins, Edward Said, Marilyn Strathern, Deborah Thomas, Michel-Rolph Trouillot, Victor Turner, and Eric Wolf. Course work will include engaging with ethnographic writing and ethnographic research methods, as well as with transdisciplinary encounters with anthropology, including work in literature, philosophy, feminist and postcolonial theory. Students will be evaluated on individual and small group ethnographic research and writing assignments, class participation, and weekly reading responses.

Course Number
HS1120
Area of Study
International Studies
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Latin American Literature: Border Stories

Since 1848, the border between the United States of America and Mexico has posed a cultural enigma. The literature of the people inhabiting this area reflects the diverse and complex society that has evolved over a period spanning almost 200 years. We will begin by reading selections from Neil Foley’s Mexicans in the Making of America and Gloria Anzaldúa’s Borderlands/La Frontera in order to locate ourselves geographically. We will then read a variety of contemporary Mexican and Latinx writers, whose work confronts the border from different perspectives and literary genres which may include: Octavio Paz, Ada Limón, Natalie Scenters-Zapico, Yuri Herrera, Carlos Fuentes, Tomás Rivera, Gloria Anzaldúa, Valera Luiselli, and Jeanine Cummins. We will also consider film (Chulas Fronteras, Espaldas mojadas, Backyard/El traspatio, Sin Nombre, A Touch of Evil) and music from the borderlands to aid in our study of this complex area of the world. Evaluation will be based on engagement with the materials and discussion, weekly written responses, a midterm essay and a final project.

Course Number
HS2101
Area of Study
International Studies, Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Daniel Mahoney

Postcolonial Islands

This course focuses on islands – geopolitically and conceptually – to consider the significance of postcolonial difference for contemporary political questions about representation, violence, exile and diaspora, climate change, poverty, racialization and sexuality. Islands have long been imagined as sites of fantastic possibility and power, as places of refuge and respite as well as places of horror and dread. They are places imagined as home to cannibals and monsters, but also as idyllic vacations spots and safe havens for shipwrecked sailors. Etymologically, the word island carries with it the meaning of both land and water, and islands are defined as fragments of a whole, and simultaneously as whole unto themselves, raising questions about binaries and boundaries between self and other and about the conceptual topographies of territory, land and water, thresholds between here and there. Islands have been sites ripe for colonial ventures, understood as isolated, insular and susceptible to translation and appropriation but also as resistant, bounded and singular, fertile sites of diversity. Islands have also been significant in religious understandings of them as sites for communion with God or as final places of burial. This course will examine islands in these terms as they have been articulated in the literary imagination, in postcolonial studies and ethnography, and in political theory. Drawing on examples such as Defoe’s Robinson Crusoe, J.M. Coetzee’s Foe, The Odyssey, Plato’s Atlantis, Jonathan Swift’s Gulliver’s Travels, Shakespeare’s The Tempest, Octave Mannoni’s Prospero and Caliban, Aime Cesaire’s A Tempest, as well as on ethnography in Island Studies (including classic ethnography such as Malinowski’s Trobriand Islands, and recent scholarship such as “The Island Studies Journal” and A World of Islands), we will consider questions about political representation, language and translation, religious, ethnic and sexual difference, the definition of the human, mobility and sovereignty, resistance and domination. Students will be evaluated based on attendance, in-class participation, reading responses, one short analytical essay, and a final exploratory research project that examines Mt. Desert Island in the context of course materials.

Course Number
HS3061
Area of Study
International Studies, PC
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Spanish: Intermediate

This course is immersive and interdisciplinary. Students work exclusively in Spanish, and the language is always taught through the cultural context of Latin America and more specifically Yucatán. Students learn not only in the classroom but also through constant interactions with other Spanish-speaking environments, fostering cultural enrichment and connection. This course is designed for students who competently use fundamental grammatical structures, such as simple and compound tenses in the indicative mood, and some forms of the imperative mood, as well as common vocabulary. Daily classes and assignments further students’ abilities to express themselves clearly orally and through writing. Students write, read texts, present on various topics, and converse in pairs and groups, all while learning intermediate grammar and developing their vocabulary. Outside of the daily classes, students organize and perform in the annual Spanish Festival. This course focuses on the study of intermediate grammatical structures, which may include but are not limited to: compound tenses of the indicative mood, present, past, and future perfect tenses. Students are also introduced to the subjunctive mood and the conditional perfect tense. They get acquainted with the use of quantifiers, prepositions, time markers, and transitional phrases in order to use the new grammatical structures more effectively. Upon completing this course, students will be able to express themselves and communicate confidently in Spanish. They will be able to talk about the past; express cause, effect and probability of events in the past and present; define the personalities of themselves and others; talk about personal relationships; and express moods, wishes and plans for the future.

Evaluation is based on presentations, written compositions, listening and spoken tests, written tests covering grammar, oral tests, daily homework, and most importantly class participation.

Course Number
HS3124
Area of Study
International Studies, Languages
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Karla Peña

Spanish: Intermediate II

This course is immersive and interdisciplinary. Students work exclusively in Spanish, and the language is always taught through the cultural context of Latin America and more specifically Yucatán. Students learn not only in the classroom but also through constant interactions with other Spanish-speaking environments, fostering cultural enrichment and connection. This course is designed for students with substantial vocabulary and intermediate grammatical structures, including the imperative mood as well as simple and compound tenses in the indicative mood. Students in this course should also have some understanding of the subjunctive mood. Daily classes and assignments foster student’s abilities to express themselves clearly in speech and writing. Students write, read texts, present on various topics, and converse in pairs and groups, all while learning intermediate grammar and developing their vocabulary. Outside of the daily classes, students organize and perform in the annual Spanish Festival. This course focuses on the study of intermediate to advanced grammatical structures, which may include but are not limited to: a review of all tenses in the indicative and imperative moods, as well as an in-depth study of the subjunctive in present and past tense. Students deepen their knowledge of time markers and transitional phrases to construct more complex sentences. Upon completing this course, students will be able to communicate confidently in Spanish. They will be practiced in asking for and giving advice, paraphrasing other people’s statements and opinions, and using complex structures for analysis and reflection. Evaluation is based on presentations, written compositions, listening-comprehension, written tests covering grammar, tests, daily homework, and most importantly class participation.

Course Number
HS3125
Area of Study
International Studies, Languages
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Karla Peña

The Camino

The Camino monster course travels the roughly 500-mile pilgrimage route of the Camino Frances. Students will walk the path from St. Jean Pied-du-Port to Santiago de Compostela that millions have traveled since the end of the 9th century. Designated as the first Cultural Route of the Council of Europe and a UNESCO World Heritage Site, the route starts in France, crossing the Pyrenees and traveling through the vineyards, plains of wheat and sunflower, verdant hills, medieval villages, and storied cities of northern Spain. While founded as a Catholic pilgrimage, people walking the route today may be embarking on a personal challenge, wrestling with existential questions and life transitions, searching for an intentional community with more caring societal norms or journeying for a myriad of other reasons. Intertwined with the Camino’s religious, cultural, and personal significance is its role as an economic engine across the millennia. The Roman roads and forts are testament to its long standing economic significance. From the age of the Knights Templar through today, the Camino continues to be the economic lifeblood of the region and the small businesses, inns and villages along the route. The course has three primary components. First, students will investigate the human ecology of the Camino through modern and ancient readings, film screenings, visits to sites of historical and cultural significance, and interactions with pilgrims. These materials and interactions will inform group discussions, as well as papers, presentations and other deliverables. Second, to move students beyond their quotidian routine, participants will follow a guided plan of self-discovery, introspection, and reflection that will take place on and around their daily walks. These activities include a series of exercises, one-on-one meetings, and journaling. Finally, to dive deeper into their own Camino, students will conduct a capstone research project of their own design. Proposals, finalized early in the course, shall include the most appropriate means of communicating their findings, such as a research paper, in-depth presentation, or other modality. Whether students are interested in history, geography, commerce, sustainable tourism, art, human relations, spirituality, local foodways, or what it means to be human, this journey will provide ample fodder for a curious mind. Evaluation will be based on engagement with the course, participation in group discussions and meetings, quality of the various written and verbal assignments, and the capstone research project. There are no prerequisites or language requirements. However, some knowledge of Spanish is encouraged and can provide for a more enriching experience. Students must be capable of walking with a 20+ pound backpack over a variety of terrain for an average of 12.4 miles (20 km) per day. As this is a monster expeditionary course, space is limited and enrollment requires permission of the instructor.

Assessment will be based on evidence that the student has completed assignments and readings; conducted a substantive and thorough independent research project; as well as, active and meaningful participation in seminar discussions and other course activities.

Course Number
HS4108
Area of Study
International Studies, Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jay Friedlander

The Maya of Yesterday and Today

This course covers key aspects of the history and culture of the Yucatecan Maya, including pre-Hispanic, colonial, and modern times. Lectures, discussions, and readings by and about the Maya will explore topics such as social structure, religion, politics, agricultural practices, language, family life, and other cultural aspects. Classwork will include participation in discussions, small research projects, oral presentations, and brief field journal entries on cultural observations. This course involves several field trips to various socio-cultural locations in the city of Mérida and Mayan communities, as well as visits to sites of biological and cultural significance, such as archaeological zones and natural reserves. Workshops and talks will aid students in comprehending the cultural context and topics covered in class. The class includes an ethnographic project that involves bibliographical and field research in both urban and rural contexts. The final assignment consists of a written essay and an oral presentation. Upon completing this course, students will be able to socialize and interact in diverse social and cultural contexts with cultural competency and sensitivity. Additionally, they will be acquainted with ethnographic techniques that allow them to develop new perspectives on others and the relationships they have with their diverse environments. This course will be taught entirely in Spanish, and evaluation will be based on class participation, homework assignments, and the ethnographic project.

Course Number
HS3127
Area of Study
International Studies, Languages
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Karla Peña

Advanced Self-Directed Cultural Immersion

The course provides students a compact immersive experience in Yucatecan culture and Spanish language through a self-directed and individualized program. This course is primarily directed towards students who have previously completed the Yucatán program or are in their final year of studies and have at least an intermediate level of Spanish. Depending on the student, the activities in the class may be entirely project based or more focused on directed coursework with instructors in the Yucatán Program. Either way the students’ work will take place on the Yucatán Peninsula and last four weeks.This course requires active student engagement in the preparation of the project as well as during the project. If you are interested in this course, please contact the instructor well in advance.

Course Number
HS5069
Area of Study
Languages
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Karla Peña

Entry Point: Identity, Language, and Power

It’s through language that we construct our identities in everyday, professional, and academic contexts. We use language to make sense of our experiences and our ever-changing identities, whether these are national, social, local and/or global identities. Languages, cultures, and identities are intimately connected, but not all languages or people are treated as equal. So-called standard varieties of language are dominant in the media, entertainment, official documents, and education. In contrast, speakers of perceived non-standard varieties have been excluded and marginalized in different ways. Language can be used to exercise power over others on the basis of perceived linguistic divergence. While language and discourse are embedded in social issues, they remain invisible and are often absent from discussions about social issues. Using identity as the entry point to understand human experiences, this class examines how identity intersects with linguistic diversity, cultural practices, the creation and maintenance of social hierarchies, and asymmetrical power relations in everyday, professional, and educational settings. How do ideas about language maintain and perpetuate stereotypes and social hierarchies? Where do language standards come from? Do only foreigners have accents? We will use readings from applied linguistics, sociolinguistics, linguistic anthropology, migration studies, rhetoric and composition and other related areas to examine these questions and many more. The projects for the course will explore various aspects of identity and its connection to linguistic diversity and social issues through readings, interviews, and spoken/written narratives, which will be used to produce a podcast. Through genre and rhetorical analysis activities, we will explore different genres and podcasts to develop an understanding of writing and how people construct identities through discursive choices and multimodal elements. These activities will develop your understanding of connections between genre conventions and rhetorical situations and support your overall development of writing, in particular metacognitive and metalinguistic abilities. In addition to these skills, you will learn technical skills to produce an audio piece to tell your and other people’s (counter)stories to challenge dominant narratives about language, linguistic diversity, and identities. The audio production skills you will learn include recording, importing, mixing, editing, mastering, and exporting sound. You will be assessed based on participation in small and whole group activities, reading responses, literacy narratives, reflections, engagement with course materials, peer-review workshops, participation during a series of audio-production exercises, preparation for and completion of recordings, and the production of a short podcast episode incorporating all of the skills learned throughout the term. Please note that the course content is similar to College Seminar: “Soda, Pop, or Coke?”: Linguistic Diversity and Research for Change: Writing, Language, Social (In)justice, thus, this course is recommended for those who haven’t taken the previous courses as the content is similar.

Course Number
HS3136
Area of Study
Languages, Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructors
Su Yin Khor, Zachary Soares

Learning a Language on Your Own

The goal of this course to help each student design and implement an effective learning program for the study of a language of her choice at whatever level of learning she is currently at. A very wide variety of general strategies, resources and practical advice for independent language learning are reviewed in weekly class sessions along with progress and reflection reports from each student that can help guide and motivate independent work. The core common text for this work will be Betty Lou Leaver, Madeline Ehrman and Boris Shekhtman’s “Achieving Success in Second Language Acquisition”. The primary focus of the class is on the development and implementation of each student’s individually designed plan for learning a language of their choice. Materials for this will be identified by each student as part of their work on their chosen language. Progress in these plans are discussed in one on one weekly meetings with the teacher. Plans may include the use of software, peer tutors, Skype, videos, standard texts, flash cards, specialized technical material, music, visual art, field trips, and a wide variety of other materials as appropriate. Evaluation will be based on the clarity, coherence and effectiveness of the student’s developed plan and the discipline with which they actually pursue it and revise it appropriately as the term progresses. Students will be asked to meet with the instructor prior to the start of the term to discuss their motivation, aims, possible resources and possible plans for language learning after the course is over.

Course Number
HS6012
Area of Study
Languages
Course Level
Variable
Instructor
Gray Cox

Linguistics, Language & Culture: Human Ecological Approach

This course explores the basic questions concerning the origins, nature, history, functions and philosophical significances of human languages. Comparisons to other species and to machine languages will also be examined. Readings will include classics texts by Chomsky and others as well selected materials from diverse disciplines such as linguistic anthropology, psychology, ethology, aesthetics, history of languages, and philosophy. Class sessions will include a mix of discussion, lecture, and visiting speakers. Each student will undertake a term-long project examining some topic of interest and examine it from the point of view of the different disciplines and theories covered in the course. Project topics might include, for example: the development of identity, the articulation of gender, forms of representation, the expression of emotion, concepts of rationality, relations between meaning and truth, and communication in an age of artificial intelligences. The goals of the course are: 1) to familiarize students with the range of phenomena associated with language and the principal questions they raise and the theories used to interpret them and 2) to develop skills in researching interdisciplinary questions. Assignments will include two problem sets, a series of weekly homework exercises, and the term project which must be presented both orally and in a major paper due at the end of the term. Evaluation will be based on the extent to which in-class participation and work on the assignments demonstrates substantive progress on the two goals of the course. There are no specific prerequisites, but students will be expected to be able to contribute insights, information and questions from previous work in relevant disciplines and/or studies of languages, undertake challenging readings, and pursue a major independent project.

Course Number
HS3068
Area of Study
Languages
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Gray Cox

Our Life with Words: Philosophies of Language

What is language? What is the relationship between language and thought? Between language and experience? What is meaning? These are some of the central questions of the philosophy of language. They are fundamental not only to large portions to modern philosophy, but also linguistics, computer science and other fields. This course will explore some of the key theories and criticisms that philosophers have developed in answer to these questions about our life with words.

In this course, we will take a historical approach and work our way to the present, exploring classic theories of meaning and language from the early modern period and early analytic philosophers, such as Mill, Frege, Russell, Wittgenstein, and others. Then we will examine criticisms that philosophers have raised over the years, both from texts in the analytic tradition as well as other positions from, for example, ordinary language philosophy, continental approaches. Students will acquire an understanding of those central problems in the philosophy of language; they will also develop philosophical skills in analysing texts, articulating arguments, and presenting complex philosophical material through writing and oral presentations. Introductory/Intermediate.

Course Number
HS2123
Area of Study
Languages, PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Franklin R Jacoby

Spanish: Advanced

This course is immersive and interdisciplinary. Students work exclusively in Spanish, and the language is always taught through the cultural context of Latin America and more specifically Yucatán. Students learn not only in the classroom but also through constant interactions with other Spanish-speaking environments, fostering cultural enrichment and connection. This course is designed for students who are familiar with the indicative, subjunctive and imperative moods in all tenses across a specific and diverse vocabulary. Daily classes and assignments develop the ability of students to express themselves clearly orally and through writing. Daily classes and assignments foster student’s abilities to express themselves clearly in speech and writing. Students write, read texts, present on various topics, and converse in pairs and groups, all while perfecting advanced grammar and developing their vocabulary. Outside of the daily classes, students organize and perform in the annual Spanish Festival. The primary goal of this course is mastery and muscle memory across a wide range of grammar, including the indicative and subjunctive moods in all tenses. Students will be trained in understanding and applying the nuances of Spanish idioms. The students develop strategies to broaden their general vocabulary and deepen it in targeted areas. Upon completing this course the student will be able to communicate more effectively and with greater grammatical correctness across a diverse range of topics. This course will also help the student to enrich their understanding of the multiple dimensions of Spanish-speaking cultures. Students are evaluated based on homework, class participation, and their ability to work effectively with multiple kinds of texts, interviews, conversations, formal interviews, presentations, writing exercises in different styles, and non-verbal communication. This class is typically offered in fall depending on student interest.

Course Number
HS5066
Area of Study
Languages
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Karla Peña

Spanish: Beginning II

This course is immersive and interdisciplinary. Students work exclusively in Spanish, and the language is always taught through the cultural context of Latin America and more specifically Yucatán. Students learn not only in the classroom but also through constant interactions with other Spanish-speaking environments, fostering cultural enrichment and connection. This course is intended for students with a basic knowledge of grammar and some fundamental vocabulary. Daily classes and assignments strengthen the ability of students to express themselves clearly orally and through writing. Students write, read texts, present on various topics, converse in pairs and groups, sing and dance, learn basic grammar, and develop their vocabulary. Outside of the daily classes, students organize and perform in the annual Spanish Festival. The course reviews grammar structures familiar to the students before continuing with the study of additional basic grammatical structures, which may include but are not limited to: complex sentence structures in present perfect and past continuous; imperatives; conditionals; two future tenses; personal pronouns and pronouns of direct and indirect objects; as well as more simple and compound sentence structures. Upon completing this course, students will be able to express themselves and communicate confidently in Spanish. They will be able to express general information and stories in past tenses. They will be able to express differing degrees of certainty, feelings, desires and preferences. They will also be able to express obligations, ask for permission, and explore possibilities. Evaluation is based on presentations, written compositions, listening and spoken tests, written tests covering grammar, daily homework, and most importantly class participation.

Course Number
HS1118
Area of Study
Languages
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Karla Peña

Spanish: Communication and Discussion

This course is immersive and interdisciplinary. Students work exclusively in Spanish, and the language is always taught through the cultural context of Latin America and more specifically Yucatán. Students learn not only in the classroom but also through constant interactions with other Spanish-speaking environments, fostering cultural enrichment and connection. This course is designed for students with substantial vocabulary, a basic understanding of the subjunctive mood, and basic competence in other intermediate grammatical structures such as simple and compound tenses in the indicative mood.This course intentionally focuses on building student’s confidence in spoken communication, using grammatical structures they are already familiar with as well as some that they learn during the course, according to their individual needs. Class activities include debates in groups and pairs; improvisation with spoken word; analysis of audiovisual texts and materials; as well as formal and informal presentations based on a wide range of topics. This course employs diverse resources such music, dance, film, and speeches to encourage a broader vocabulary. Students constantly practice incorporating complex grammatical structures, such as the subjunctive mood, into their speech. By the end of this course, students will be able to express themselves with a higher level of proficiency and in more creative, diverse and natural ways while incorporating more complex grammatical structures with precision. Evaluation will be based on class participation, homework assignments, presentations and progress in effective communication across a wide range of circumstances.

Course Number
HS5074
Area of Study
Languages
Course Level
Advanced
Instructors
Karla Peña, Karla Peña

Spanish: Immersive Beginning I

This course is immersive and interdisciplinary. Students work exclusively in Spanish, and the language is always taught through the cultural context of Latin America and more specifically Yucatán. Students learn not only in the classroom but also through constant interactions with other Spanish-speaking environments, fostering cultural enrichment and connection. This course is for students who have minimal experience with Spanish and are anticipating an immersion experience in a Spanish speaking context such as the Yucatán Program. Daily classes and assignments emphasize the development of basic comprehension and communication, both written and spoken. Students write, read texts, present on various topics, converse in pairs and groups, sing and dance, learn basic grammar, and develop their vocabulary. Outside of the daily classes, students organize and perform in the annual Spanish Festival. The grammatical structures developed in this course include but are not limited to: all parts of speech, such as articles, adjectives and adverbs in present tense; the use of reflexive verbs; past tense and all variety of sentence structures. This course also provides an orientation to living and studying in Yucatán, Mexico. The lab time is a specific formal orientation to immersion, building on the cultural context incorporated in daily classes. Upon completing this course, students will be able to express themselves and communicate confidently in Spanish. They will be able to share opinions, knowledge, questions, emotions, wishes, and preferences as well as petitions, greetings, congratulations and thanks using simple sentence structures. Additionally, they will have developed a basic cultural understanding, allowing them to incorporate themselves into new contexts with more ease. Evaluation is based on presentations, compositions, listening and spoken tests, written tests covering grammar, daily homework, and most importantly class participation.

Course Number
HS1135
Area of Study
Languages
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Karla Peña, Karla Peña

Spanish: Immersive Beginning I

This course is immersive and interdisciplinary. Students work exclusively in Spanish, and the language is always taught through the cultural context of Latin America and more specifically Yucatán. Students learn not only in the classroom but also through constant interactions with other Spanish-speaking environments, fostering cultural enrichment and connection. This course is for students who have minimal experience with Spanish and are anticipating an immersion experience in a Spanish speaking context such as the Yucatán Program. Daily classes and assignments emphasize the development of basic comprehension and communication, both written and spoken. Students write, read texts, present on various topics, converse in pairs and groups, sing and dance, learn basic grammar, and develop their vocabulary. Outside of the daily classes, students organize and perform in the annual Spanish Festival. The grammatical structures developed in this course include but are not limited to: all parts of speech, such as articles, adjectives and adverbs in present tense; the use of reflexive verbs; past tense and all variety of sentence structures. This course also provides an orientation to living and studying in Yucatán, Mexico. The lab time is a specific formal orientation to immersion, building on the cultural context incorporated in daily classes. Upon completing this course, students will be able to express themselves and communicate confidently in Spanish. They will be able to share opinions, knowledge, questions, emotions, wishes, and preferences as well as petitions, greetings, congratulations and thanks using simple sentence structures. Additionally, they will have developed a basic cultural understanding, allowing them to incorporate themselves into new contexts with more ease. Evaluation is based on presentations, compositions, listening and spoken tests, written tests covering grammar, daily homework, and most importantly class participation.

Course Number
HS1117
Area of Study
Languages
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Karla Peña

Writing Goes Wild: Environmental Adventures and Impacts

How does the environment affect our sense of place as well as national, regional, and personal identity? Taking a multifaceted view of human relationships with nature, students will generate research projects driven by questions about tourism and eco-tourism, species population change, climate degradation, the role of technology, and development of wildlands and waterways. Research discussed in class will also center on environmental values and challenges expressed by ecocritics, naturalists, biologists, philosophers, archaeologists, psychologists, poets, filmmakers, and others from the nineteenth century to the present. Several local excursions will provide opportunities for taking field notes. Students will be encouraged to experiment with different forms of writing, expanding their genre analysis, rhetorical awareness, and research practices, while deepening their own relationship with nature. Sharing work during peer reviews will become integral, uncovering and inspiring various writing processes.

This transdisciplinary, experiential approach will help establish a strong foundation for students’ writings outside this course and for evaluating possible impacts on the environment by potential encroachments. Spanning memoir, travel, science and nature, cultural issues, and current events, short readings will include writers such as Wendell Berry, Charles Darwin, Susan Fenimore Cooper, Luther Standing Bear, Jacquetta Hawkes, Richard Wright, Edward Abbey, N. Scott Momaday, Leslie Marmon Silko, Loren Eiseley, Terry Tempest Williams, Jamaica Kincaid, Ray Gonzalez, Evelyn C. White, and Jessica Hernandez. Evaluations will be based on fieldnotes, two research projects, and class discussions.

Course Number
HS3131
Area of Study
Languages
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Katharine Turok

Adaptation

This course will look closely at a small selection of plays adapted from other works. At its core this is a dramaturgical practice and methods course. Students will investigate impulses and processes for re-envisioning, re-working, re-purposing another’s text. We will read and discuss some theories of adaptation (mostly, but not exclusively, as they pertain to collaborative art making practices) as well as a sampling of contemporary criticism. A central goal of the course will be to better understand how the term adaptation is understood across disciplines and to fuel a complex discussion about what might make a theatrical adaptation feel relevant or effective in a given context. We will also look closely at moments in history that have instigated a serious ‘looking back’, spurring a collective creative impulse to re-visit and re-invent previously established works. One could argue that we are currently living in such a cultural moment. Please note: this course requires a significant reading load. Students will be required to close read/view all adapted texts, all original source materials and a variety of supporting texts (as described above). We will also draw from film, visual art and music for this study. Evaluation will be based on a sequence of short practical assignments and demonstrated engagement with the course materials through live discussion and a shared class blog.

Course Number
AD5037
Area of Study
Literature & Writing, Performance & Music
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Jodi Baker

African American Literature

This survey of African American literature from its origins in the slave narrative to the present vivid prose of some of America’s best writers considers the impact of slavery and race consciousness on literary form and power. Readings include letters, essays, poems, short stories, and novels of some of the following authors: Phillis Wheatley, Frederick Douglass, Harriet Jacobs, Pauline Hopkins, Langston Hughes, Richard Wright, Zora Neale Hurston, Gwendolyn Brooks, Ralph Ellison, Toni Morrison.

Course Number
HS3015
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Karen Waldron

Austen, Bronte, Eliot

This is an advanced course which explores in depth the works of three major writers of the Victorian period: Jane Austen, Charlotte Bronte, and George Eliot. The set-up of the syllabus, group meetings, and individual projects require that participants talk about connective factors between texts and the development of women writers’ voices and narrative structures during this period. Emphasis will also be placed on the construction of the heroine, the use and manipulation of the marriage plot, developments in linguistic and narrative practice, and developments in each author’s work- from the juvenilia to the later fiction. Historical perspectives, gender roles, and theoretical approaches will all be taken into consideration as we analyze novels such as: Lady Susan, Northanger Abbey, Persuasion (Austen); The Professor, Villette, and Shirley (Bronte); and The Mill on the Floss and Middlemarch (Eliot). Rather than prepare papers and exams, participants will prepare and ask questions of each other, develop response papers and passage analyses, and carry out a sustained independent project to be presented to the group. The outside project will involve additional research into one of the major authors, to include both the reading of another novel, biographical information, and critical analyses. Projects will give participants the opportunity to explore a particular author, question, or form in depth. The reading load for this tutorial is very heavy. Evaluation will focus on preparation, participation, insight, critical thinking, and the outside project, which will be be presented orally and developed in an analytic fashion to be determined by the class.

Course Number
HS5014
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

City/Country: Literary Landscapes 1860-1920

This class focuses on American fiction from the realist/naturalist period (roughly 1860-1920), a time when enormous changes were occurring in and on the American landscape. Increasing urbanization, immigration, and industrialization corresponded both with a desire for ‘realistic’ fiction of social problems, and nostalgic stories of a more ‘realistic’ rural life. For the first time there was a national literature, resulting from the capabilities of large publishing houses, urban centers and mass production – but this national literature was acutely self-conscious of regional differences, and especially of the tension between city and country. As writers tried to paint the American landscape in literature, their works subsumed major social issues to place and formal arguments about the true nature of realistic description. Examining works that portray factory towns, urban tenements, midwestern prairies, New England villages, and the broad spectrum of American landscapes, we look at how a complex, turbulent, multi-ethnic, and simultaneously urban and rural American culture defined itself, its realism, and thus its gender, class, race, and social relations and sense of values, against these landscapes. There are two extra, evening classes during week 7 (Short Fiction Week), and a modest lab fee. Evaluation is based on weekly response papers, two short papers, and a short fiction project, as well as class participation.

Introductory/Intermediate. Prerequisite: Writing Seminar I (or the equivalent). Class limit: 15. Meets the following degree requirements: HS

Course Number
HS2017
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

Coasts and Shores: A Seminar in the Human Ecology of Place

In recent scholarship on humans’ relationship with the sea, a rich and varied set of approaches has emerged, showing how this land-sea interface has been central to human stories, lives, and world-making. Using John Gillis’s innovative work in The Human Shore as a foundation, this course will explore the work of a wide range of scholars across many disciplines, such as history, geology, literature, indigenous studies, art, and marine science, etc., to examine the differences between a coast and a human shore. We will cover topics as diverse as the indigenous lives along the coasts over time, the geologic formation of coastlines, and the portrayal of coasts in Shakespeare.

Thus, the course will interrogate the human experience of these spaces from a range of disciplinary and transdisciplinary perspectives. Visitors from the blue humanities and other areas will enrich the class with their work and perspectives, helping students think through both their work and how they do it. This course is appropriate for students interested in applying their interdisciplinary learning in a thematically framed, place-based way. They will hone their skills at examining how specific threads of scholarship contribute to a comprehensive understanding of how people live on and think about coasts and shores. Students will be evaluated on daily discussion skills, short assignments, a reading journal, and a final project.

Course Number
HS4118
Area of Study
Literature & Writing, Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

College Seminar: Barbed Wires, Drawn Lines

How many times have you mused about the idea of borders? What do the lines that divide us mean, and how are we to make sense of them? Literature has always been a place where questions like these have been thought aloud. Whether the borders are geographical or metaphorical, whether they keep people out or fence people in, borders are liminal spaces that raise questions about politics, oppression, belongingness, and identity, which makes them an important subject for our interrogation. Since these literatures are born of political events, our first concern will be to understand the history of the events themselves. We will achieve that by reading excerpts from the works of Gyanendra Pandey, Stanley Waterman, Joe Cleary, and others in juxtaposition with literature. In addition, the literary works by Saadat Hasan Manto, Seamus Deane, Gloria Anzaldúa, and the like will help put the bigger picture in perspective bringing in various thematic concerns like religion, violence, language, and gender together. This class will thus explore two types of borders: one that course texts evoke, helping you critically engage with the theme. The other kind exists between various genres you will encounter like short stories, novels, literary theory, official reports, and movies. The latter, coupled with your writing assignments that we will workshop throughout the term—personal narrative, online article, movie review, multimodal project, and others—will facilitate and deepen your understanding not only of literature from the borders but also writing as a process—prewriting, writing, and rewriting. This course meets the writing requirement.

Course Number
HS2110
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Palak Taneja

College Seminar: Murder, Mystery, Mayhem: Women in Crime

The Monster is real, and it’s calling. -Michelle Mcnamara

Grew up reading Nancy Drew and Miss Marple? Can’t let a day go by without listening to a murder mystery podcast like Serial or My Favorite Murder? Love binge-watching shows like Killing Eve and Big Little Lies? Consider watching true crime documentaries your hobby? Then this is the class for you.

This college seminar will allow you to delve into the world of murder, mysteries, and the mayhem caused by these through a woman’s eyes. Be it a woman sleuth, a femme fatale, or a damsel in distress, women have been inextricably related to the world of crime. It is no wonder that they make up almost 75% of the listeners of true-crime podcasts and 80% of CrimeCon attendees (Times.com). We will study this phenomenon by paying close attention to not only literary genres like novels, short stories, and non-fiction writing but also non-literary (and multimodal) genres that include pop-culture favorites like TV shows, documentaries, and podcasts, some of which are mentioned above. Other works that we might consider are Sharp Objects (fiction), Dial A for Aunties (fiction), I’ll be Gone in the Dark (non-fiction), Mommy Dead and Dearest (documentary), and The Keepers (documentary).

Since this class also meets the writing requirement, part of your focus will be understanding writing as a dynamic literate activity by composing varied works. For example, you’ll write short reflection posts responding to questions like “Why women kill”?, opinion or review pieces that could appear in The New York Times, conduct interviews, and work on a term-long genre evolution project. All these are different genres and might target a specific audience: me, online readers, fans, or your peers. You will be evaluated on class participation, written work, and a final project.

Students will be evaluated on class participation, written work, and a final project. Lots of attention will be paid to peer review and revision as well.

Course Number
HS1114
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Palak Taneja

College Seminar: The World of Ms. Marvel

As a Pakistani-American teenager from New Jersey, Kamala Khan must contend with being a non-white female offspring of an immigrant family, a reality further complicated by her newfound superhero abilities. In this college seminar course, we will dive into the world of Kamala Khan as she follows in the footsteps of her role model and the first Ms. Marvel, Carol Danvers, one of the few female superheroes in the universe. She’ll change your idea of a superhero and what it means to be one as she balances her personal and superhero identity and navigates questions of race, religion, culture, power, and teenage angst.

We will explore all the abovementioned ideas and more as we read three to four volumes of Ms. Marvel comics (2014 onwards), paying attention to storytelling through the genre of sequential art. We will also watch the recent TV adaptation (2022) and finally pair the two with theories of race, Islamophobia, gender, and current world politics. Since this class also meets the writing requirement, part of your focus will be on understanding the writing process by composing varied works. For example, you’ll write short blog posts responding to questions like, “Are comics literature?”, opinion pieces that could appear in The New York Times, and fan fiction. All these are different genres and targeted at a specific audience, me, online readers, fans, and your peers. You will be evaluated on class participation, written work, oral presentation, and a final project.

Course Number
HS2115
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Palak Taneja

College Seminar: Women in True Crime

Commercialized in the 16th century through ballads and pamphlets, true crime has been around for a bit. Yet it is in the recent decade or so, with the proliferation of streaming services, social media, and the popularity of podcasts as a genre, that we see a rising interest among women both in the production and consumption of true crime. Statistics vary depending on the source, but the general consensus is that somewhere between 65-80% of the audience for true crime is women. What then is the root of this fascination? What role does gender play in it? And how do we wrap our minds around this phenomenon and the elements—violence, sensationalism, exploitation of victims—that come along with it? These are but some of the questions that we will delve into in this class.

Using a genre-based approach, we will study and analyze women-centric true crime books, case files, articles, blogs, podcasts, and documentaries. Our focus will not only be on the content of these works, but also on the forces that shape the writing/composing process: that is, the purpose (awareness, entertainment, reporting, etc.), the intended audience (detectives, true crime enthusiasts, academics, etc.), and the like. For example, when we read I’ll Be Gone in the Dark by Michelle McNamara and watch the show by the same name, we will devote time to understanding and writing about the stylistic choices that might be particular to a genre, here a non-fiction book and documentary, respectively. Some other examples of works that we would look at are Crime Junkie by Ashley Flowers and Brit Prawat, and Gone Girls: The Long Island Serial Killer by Liz Garbus.

The study of the form and peculiarities of these genres, along with the textbook, Understanding Rhetoric, will help us develop both the vocabulary and the skills to understand and work on our own writing process. This process will be honed further through writing assignments in various genres—in-class freewrites, newspaper reports, crime blogs, reading responses, paper, portfolio reflection letter, and a multimodal project—and a sustained practice of the art of peer-reviewing and revision.

In short, you will critically read, think, and write about women in true crime with the end goal of developing skills that will serve you well outside the limits of our theme.

Assessment will be based on writing assignments in various genres– in-class freewrites, newspaper reports, crime blogs, reading responses, paper, portfolio reflection letter, and a multimodal project–and a sustained practice of the art of peer-reviewing and revision.

Course Number
HS1130
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Palak Taneja

Communicating Science

Science communication is multi-dimensional, encompassing both communication within science for scientists, and between science and external audiences like ‘the public’. There are even genre-specific norms for communicating within different types of science, and there are of course many publics, which often require different communication approaches due to different audience needs and expectations. While these diverse forms of science communication each have some specific demands, and strategies for achieving them, they also hold some elements in common with other forms of argumentation, creative writing and visual communication. In this course, we explore these multiple genres of science communication, and learn some of their specific expectations and conventions. Simultaneously, we practice some of the common techniques used across many genres of communication that help us achieve fluid and logical discourse. As we experiment with different forms of written, oral and visual communication within different modes of science communication, students expand their genre analysis skills, rhetorical awareness, and communication practices. This course is suitable for students who are interested in the professional practice of science, including the practical and philosophical communication obligations of scientists. It is designed for students with a serious interest in developing their professional science skills for communicating their research within science, and for communicating science to a more general audience. Specifically, students can expect to develop an understanding of the genre-specific protocols for writing a scientific paper based on lab or field data, including practice in researching and writing the literature review component and abstract. They will also practice and apply visual and oral communication skills by constructing and presenting a scientific poster. Through a group project collaborating with an external community client, students also undertake fact sheet writing and making infographics for a general public. Readings are discussed weekly from the course text book: Scott Montgomery’s, The Chicago Guide to Communicating Science (University of Chicago Press), which acts to prime our wider deliberations about how science communication evolves culturally. These class discussions, as well as peer review sessions of both written and visual communication work facilitates students’ metacognitive and metalinguistic development. Practical exercises in science communication, for which students draft components of larger assignments and revise repeatedly, promote a fundamental understanding of writing as a process. Evaluations are based on multiple communication assignments and on active in-class participation.

Course Number
HS3138
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jennifer Rock

Dramatic Writing for Stage and Screen

This is an intermediate creative writing course for students interested in writing for theater, film and television. We will read published and unpublished plays, screenplays and tv shows from up and coming writers currently off and on Broadway and in film/television as well as selected plays and screenplays/shows from the cannon based on student interest. Playwrights (and screenwriters), like cartwrights and shipwrights, are all skilled builders of vehicles meant to move people from one place to another. We will explore dramatic structure from the perspective of the audience. Whether writing linear narratives, collage or non-linear plays and films, there is a rhythm to dramatic writing that can be studied. We will make a conscious study of form to free us to write what we are driven to write. Through reading, analysis and writing, we will investigate the dramatic elements of character, conflict, language and theme. The course will include practical writing exercises to motivate and progress the writing from first draft through revision to rehearsal draft. Students will be encouraged to develop productive writer habits and self-discipline. Class time will be divided between hearing students’ work and discussing work we’ve read. We will develop our listening skills when hearing our own and colleagues’ work. We will explore the role of critique in new script development and refine a process that works for us. Students will be expected to bring new pages in to each class building to a complete first draft of a full-length play or screenplay (of any length) by the end of the course. Evaluation will be based on the student’s dedication to developing a writing practice as well as the submitted script. We will conclude with a reading series to give each student the opportunity to hear his or her work in front of an invited audience. Evaluation is based on the quality of student’s written work and participation in class discussion.

Course Number
AD3017
Area of Study
Literature & Writing, Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Andrea Lepcio

Epic Heroines: Feminist Retellings of Indian Mythology

This course will be an exploration of four heroines from two Hindu epics, Mahabharata and Ramayana. Central to the upbringing of more than half of the Indian population through comic books, TV shows, movies, and the like, these texts have set the standard for what an ideal Hindu woman should be, bolstering the patriarchal system in the name of religion and culture. Much like Helen of Troy, “the face that launched a thousand ships,” some of these women have been the cause of wars of “epic proportions.” The myth of their beauty has long been part of these narratives, but do we hear them speak? What do we know about the power they yield? Epics have been unable to provide us with concrete answers. Therefore, we will turn to female authors like Chitra Banerjee Divakaruni, Kavita Kané, Volga, and Vaishnavi Patel, who have created spaces where these voices can be heard and analyzed, where these women can be studied as multifaceted humans. We’ll not only close read their novels but also supplement their work with feminist theory and short videos. Eventually, we’ll trace how these epics stay relevant with regard to the issues that plague modern Indian women.

Students will be evaluated based on class participation, oral presentation, final paper, and a multimodal project. This class will be good for students who are interested in reading feminist literature and theory and understanding Indian culture, past and present.

Course Number
HS3119
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Palak Taneja

Ethics, AI, and Authorship

Ways we engage with writing and literacy have shifted dramatically due to technological innovations, raising urgent questions about ethics, authorship, voice, and academic integrity and (dis)honesty. How can we develop our writing knowledge and literacy skills alongside rapidly changing tools? What challenges, issues, and opportunities do technological developments offer for the ways in which writing and learning will happen throughout life? This course examines what ethical, legal and safety issues arise in the use of digital technologies and resources and how they might shape authorship and a writer’s voice and agency. The goals are to: 1) deepen understandings of key developments in writing technologies and related social transformations; 2) strengthen abilities in fair, inclusive, effective, ethical methods of dialogue and collaboration; 3) strengthen abilities for metacognitive learning; 4) and deepen genre knowledge and rhetorical awareness through explorations in the contexts of various discourse communities.

Weekly writing assignments and collaborative learning activities are facilitated through readings, case studies, and projects. Readings include short works that explain and critically analyze ongoing developments in writing related technologies. Class sessions alternate between mini-lectures and seminar discussions exploring changing historical contexts and socio-technologies of writing. Writing activities include peer review, structured collaborations, and individual as well as group exercises with various multimodal genres. There are two class sessions per week.

Students must come prepared to challenge themselves and others in supportive ways. This course fulfills the first-year writing requirement but is also appropriate for more advanced students interested in exploring issues of ethics, authorship, academic integrity and (dis)honesty from a human ecological perspective.

Students are evaluated on class participation and contributions in individual and group activities/assignments that demonstrate progress in meeting the four course goals.

Course Number
HS2124
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Gray Cox, Su Yin Khor

Fail Better: Writing Short Fiction

This course will serve as a workshop both for creating our own short fictions as well as a forum for reading and responding to work by established authors. As a class we will get down to business; we will read and discuss amazing short stories and amazing authors; we will learn how to offer constructive criticism of each other’s work; and we will write, we will write, we will write. Class meetings will combine analysis of published work with a discussion of how individual writers approach their craft. We will study the conflict, character, plot and music of prose. The focus of this class will be literary fiction. I define literary fiction as work that is concerned not just with what happened, but why it happened. It is character driven and explores the motivations, desires, drives and consequences of the complex human experience. It is the stuff of life. Representative authors: Jorge Luis Borges, Julio Cortázar, Amelia Gray, Makoto Kawabata, Gish Jen, Hemingway, Flannery O’Connor, Milan Kundera, Mary Gaitskill, James Baldwin, Junot Diaz. Students are expected to create four shorter and one longer piece of fiction, respond to published writers, lead weekly discussions, participate in class response to fellow writers, and to revise their own work in substantive ways.

Course Number
HS2057
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Daniel Mahoney

Forms of Poetry

This class is a study of, and a writing workshop in, poetic forms. We will look at constraints, techniques, and directions of contemporary poetry through intensive reading, writing, and criticism of our own poetic work. This background is useful and significant for the study of poetry at any level, and is especially helpful in light of the fact that, for better or worse, free verse techniques have dominated poetry in the twentieth century. This course is valuable for practiced poets, emerging poets, and prose writers alike. Forms of Poetry asks students to pay attention, create poetry of attention, and revel in poetry that is attentive to language; this process will help students develop voice and lyrical content in their own writing. We will look older, “received forms” (Sonnet, Ghazal, Villanelle) and create our own forms by using experimental techniques (homophonic translation, concrete poetry, erasure, nonsense words (i.e. Jabberwocky)) and look to end the term with the amazing Japanese form, Zuihitsu. You might be thinking: Why write with these crazy constraints or in these old timey poetic forms? And what the heck is a Zuihitsu? Those are good questions, questions we will address on a weekly basis. Over the last seventy years, the debates over poetic expression have been shaped in visceral ways, from “raw” versus “cooked,” “academic” versus “beat,” “formal” versus “antiformal.” This class is designed to deepen your knowledge of these debates and to inspire you to draw upon a variety of modes in your own writing. Evaluations: Students will be expected to contribute to a class blog, write several poems a week, revise poetic output, participate in class workshop, and hand sew a chapbook of their own revised, creative work.

Course Number
HS2091
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Daniel Mahoney

Genre Explorations

As someone who writes every day, you have probably noticed that it’s more common to text LOL to a friend, as opposed to writing “LOL things were busy” when emailing to ask a professor for an extension on a paper. Similarly, you probably expect this course description to include certain information about the course rather than tips for becoming a viral sensation on TikTok. Why do these differences exist? What is the point of knowing the differences? And how is this relevant to writing?

In this course, you will explore different kinds of writing (genres) to understand how the context shapes the way we write. The explorations of various everyday, academic, and professional genres will help refine the rhetorical skills that you already have and develop your awareness of how writing is used in different contexts. The goal is to build your knowledge of writing and make your repertoire of languages and literacies visible so you can transfer these skills and write in other courses and non-academic settings.

The class activities will provide you with many hands-on opportunities to explore and analyze writing in a collaborative setting with your peers in small and large group activities. You will complete inquiry-based projects to examine different genres and reflect on your evolving understanding of writing. Your learning will be evaluated based on these assignments and activities. By the end of the course, you will have developed the language to talk about writing and built the skills, agency, and confidence to engage in different kinds of writing activities in academia and beyond.

Course Number
HS1109
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Su Yin Khor

How Writing Works: Looking Under the Hood

So much about writing can feel mystifying when you arrive at college and your writing universe suddenly expands. You might find that the writing “rules” you once learned don’t always apply. A writing strategy you once swore by might stop working. You’ve thought of yourself as a “good writer,” but now that you need to write unfamiliar genres (legal briefs, policy memos, business proposals…), you no longer feel confident. You might experience writer’s block. Picturing writers you admire, who seem to turn out great stories, podcasts, and research articles with ease, you might start to suspect that, after all, you’re a “bad writer.” But what actually happens when expert writers write? How do they become experts? How does anyone progress as a writer? It might feel like the answer to all of these questions is innate genius, or magic, but composition researchers, who study writing, find that development is actually a product of specific practices, dispositions, and acquired knowledge. Many of their findings are counterintuitive and surprising; in one study of undergraduate writers, for instance, those who felt less confident when asked to write in an unfamiliar genre were ultimately more effective than those who felt more confident. (So much for low confidence equating to bad writing). This writing course is an opportunity to get to know the research on writing development, to test out its findings, and to chip away at some disempowering beliefs about writing. Students will experiment with practices that experienced writers use to cope with the complexity and difficulty of writing; they’ll try out strategies that help people write new genres; they’ll get to know themselves better as writers by investigating what works for them and why. In addition to reading the research, students will carry out composition research of their own, adding to our existing body of knowledge and learning transferable research skills that they can draw on in other classes and contexts. Students will be evaluated on this final research project, a shorter metacognition assignment analyzing their own writing processes, and the completion of low-stakes reading and writing assignments that build up to each of these projects. This course welcomes students with no background in rhetoric and composition, as well as students looking to expand on prior knowledge, for instance those who have taken Methods of Tutoring Writing.

Course Number
HS2132
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Valeria Tsygankova

Intersectional Voicing: Modern US Women Novelists

This is an intermediate / advanced course in which students will explore the connections between and among modern US women’s novels focusing on intersectional identities. We will strive to better understand the nature and significance of differences between as well as common patterns or themes that shape women’s and intersectional/mixed-race/mixed-identity fictional narration. Historical perspective, cultural, class, ethnic, religious, other differences, and prescribed gender roles will all be relevant. We will read women’s fiction by authors such as Gloria Naylor, Janet Campbell Hale, Toni Morrison, Linda Hogan, Julie Shikeguni, Sandra Cisneros, Graciela Limón, Nora Okja Keller, Cristina Garcia, Jhumpa Lahiri, Sigrid Nunez, and Amanda Peters. Participants will read carefully, prepare and ask questions of each other, write response papers, and carry out an independent multimodal project to be presented to the class. The project will focus on one or more additional texts: fictional, theoretical, cultural, or historic. Presentations will be made in groups that put the outside texts into broad cultural and historical perspective and/or discuss them in terms of trends in women’s literature, immigrant literature, women’s literature of the United States, multicultural/intersectional narratives, or some other course theme. The selection of the outside text for the project will give participants the opportunity to fill in perceived gaps in their reading or to explore a particular narrative or cultural form — or identity position — in greater depth. The reading load for this course is relatively heavy. Evaluation will focus on preparation, participation, insight, critical thinking, response papers, and the outside project — both its oral presentation and development in an appropriate form (visual, narrative, analytic, curricular, etc.). The course has been designed for students with previous college-level literary experience and/or an interest in gender and identity studies.

Course Number
HS4117
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

Introduction to Journalism: Telling the Story

The main goal of this course is to guide students to produce interesting, accurate, well-written, compelling articles about people, processes, and events. The course aims to give students an understanding of the principles of American journalism, the structure of journalistic writing, the techniques for identifying, sourcing, and gathering information, and insight into how news is disseminated and read, watched, or listened to in the digital age.

Students will produce several short articles for the course, learning the basics of story development, interviewing, research, and covering meetings and events. Students will be tasked with thinking critically, understanding and using news judgment, and developing skills for efficiency and self-critique. They will be introduced to the history of American journalism, the ethics and laws specific to the field, and the modern media landscape. Students will also learn about and practice photojournalism. A final project in the course will include significant research and utilize students’ skills in interviewing, observation, and documentation learned over the term.

Students will be evaluated on the following criteria: the quality of their reporting, the effectiveness of their revisions, and participation in class discussions and peer review sessions. Students taking this course should have sufficient sentence structure, grammatical, and word usage skills to communicate effectively in writing. Students that are not confident in those areas may enroll, but should strongly consider taking the course for credit/no credit.

Course Number
HS2118
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Rob Levin, Robert Levin

Introduction to Latin American Literature: 20th C Fiction

From the metaphysical landscapes of Jorge Luis Borges and Julio Cortázar to the alienated anti-cities of María Louisa Bombal and Gabriel García Márquez, Latin American fiction writers expanded the shores of narrative and, in doing so, illustrated the power of language to create and define reality. In the “Boom” years (roughly 1950s-1980s), Latin American novelists sought to create books that, while being worlds unto themselves, richly illustrated the complex history of the Americas. These are works of origins, colonization, exploitation, brutality, magic, love, loss, and struggles to survive. The “Post Boom” novelists looked to class struggle, the power structures of gender relationships, and urban poverty in order to weave new narratives and ways of seeing the postcolonial world. As an introductory course, we will familiarize ourselves with the varied landscapes of Latin American fiction. We will learn to analyze and understand literary works in historical and cultural context. We will look to the words of: Borges, Cortázar, Bombal, Márquez, Bolaño, Allende, Donoso, Valenzuela, Rulfo, and Arriaga to aid us on our journey. Students will be evaluated on completion of a midterm essay, a final project, and class participation.

Course Number
HS1049
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Daniel Mahoney

Journeys: Writing for Voyagers, Trekkers, Wanderers

How can witnessing and reporting other worlds—whether a country, a village, a river, a mountain, or a back alley–make us more sensitive travelers, sharpen awareness of cultural biases, and empower place-based writing? This course highlights the allure, the dangers, uncertainties, risks, and joys of travel expressed in student writing. What words, images, foods, music, rituals, or other sources of inspiration spark curiosity and passions that make us want to go places?

Genre analysis, writing, and transdisciplinary research projects will deepen a sense of place as the course explores the rhetoric of travel and its transformative impacts. Students will experiment with, for instance, flash-essays, chronicles, interviews, journals, and field notes. Research projects will spotlight judicious selection of relevant sources, integration of data, and inclusion of multimodal elements. We will consider, too, the relation between travel writing and ethnography, between travel and gender, racial, religious, and ethnic components. Conveying impressions after short or extended excursions, students will recognize and develop which rhetorical strategies are appropriate for particular purposes, situations, audiences, discourse communities, and genres. Maps, films, infographics, letters, newspaper articles, guidebooks, blogs, Instagram posts, diaries, and logs constitute genres that may be examined and created. Students will further hone their craft in writing workshops, conversations, conferences, and presentations.

Short excerpts that reflect the intimate connection between travel and writing will be discussed, and the various rhetorical strategies employed by writers such as Matsuo Basho, Tu Fu, Álvar Núñez Cabeza de Vaca, Olaudah Equiano, Mary Kingsley, James Baldwin, Maxine Hong Kingston, Taras Grescoe, Bill Bryson, Annie Dillard, William Least Heat-Moon, Anthony Bourdain, Eileen Myles, Binyavanga Wainaina, and Hans M. Carlson. Whether an Inuit film for global audiences, or the map of a route across the North American continent by water, or notes in a diary from the Hindu Kush, for example, the course materials do more than simply record or narrate experiences and territories: they also report and shape the world and what it means to us. Evaluations will be based on class discussions, writing projects, and presentations.

Course Number
HS2125
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Katharine Turok

Language, Power, and Computation: Algorithmic Text Analysis

Computational text analysis (CTA) is an emerging field that uses computation to analyze texts. CTA draws on the fields of computer science, machine learning, computational linguistics, and literary theory. Using machine learning and statistics, computers can be used to explore how language is used in particular contexts, including how frequently different words are used, the sentiment of a word/text, as well as nuances in the ways words are associated with one another.

We will use CTA to engage in “Distant Reading”, a term coined by literary theorist Franco Moretti. Distant Reading stands in contrast to the more familiar “Close Reading”: a deep engagement with a particular text or a passage from a text. Distant Reading engages not with a particular text, but with a large corpus of texts: e.g., all novels published in English in the 20th century, all articles written in The New York Times and The Washington Post in the last decade, or the lyrics of all top-100 pop songs from the 1980s. Computational techniques applied to large collections of texts allow one to ask broad questions about structural and linguistic change over time and to look for patterns of language use that would not be evident from analysis of one or even several individual texts. Distant Reading, and computational text analysis more generally, is not intended to replace close reading, but to complement it.

We will use CTA to explore how power structures and systems—such as race, gender, and colonialism—manifest themselves in bodies of text. For example, CTA has been used to investigate Islamophobia, analyze race in US novels, explore settler colonialism in the Americas, and to investigate shifts in anti-Asian sentiments in the US brought on by the COVID crisis.

Students will who successfully complete this course will: 1) gain a conceptual understanding of various CTA techniques, including word frequency analysis, topic modeling, and sentiment analysis; 2) learn how to apply these techniques using pre-existing software and doing their own coding; 3) gain experience asking questions about power structures/systems—race, gender, colonialism—and how those structures manifest themselves in corpora of text; 4) learn how these questions of power can be explored using algorithmic methods; and 5) gain experience critiquing algorithmic methods through the lenses of race, gender, and colonialism.

Classes will be a mixture of lecture, group exercises, discussion, and live coding. Readings will include case studies and selections from literary theorists. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and in-class activities, several short coding/analysis exercises, several short reflection assignments, and a group project on a topic of the students’ choosing.

Course Number
HS3112
Area of Study
Literature & Writing, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate

Life Stories: Memory, Family, and Place

One of the deepest human instincts is to tell our life stories, to figure out who we are. This course will use a workshop approach with a particular focus on memoir writing rooted in an exploration of family and place. We will study the writing process and matters of craft by reading and responding to memoirs by contemporary writers (e.g., Terry Tempest Williams’ When Women Were Birds: Fifty-Four Variations on Voice), a practical guide to memoir writing (Judith Barrington’s Writing the Memoir), and essays on memoir and memory (e.g., Patricia Hampl’s I Could Tell You Stories: Sojourns in the Land of Memory). Class time will include discussion of readings, writing exercises designed to help students with matters of language and technique in their own writing, and group critiques of work-in-progress. Student work will be shared through a class reading and the production of a chapbook of one of their stories. Students will be evaluated on the effort and quality of their writing, their commitment to the writing process, their participation in peer review and workshops, a final portfolio of all their writing, and their class reading of finished work.

Course Number
HS2076
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Literature of Exile

Displacement, disappearance, deportation, exile, and return in New Writing: how do storytellers relate, relive, and re-create displacement from war, emigration, anti-immigration discourses, voluntary or coerced exile, or racial, ethnic, and religious conflicts? What emotional truths do new novels, poems, short stories, and essays reflect—from anger to “otherness” to nostalgia to numbness—when the self and its homeland are separated? Are one or more homelands foundational to identity formation? How do fiction and nonfiction convey refugee experiences and their aftermath? Finally, how are migratory journeys of geography and selfhood accompanied by related trauma, impactful on different generations and changes in the social and political spectrum – and do they evolve as “a disassembly of the heart and excavation of a new identity” in recent writing?

Readings include material by twenty-first-century writers from every continent, such as Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie, Claire G. Coleman, Daša Drndic, Isabella Hammad, Cristina Henríquez, Amitav Kumar, Kyun-sook Shin, Valeria Luiselli, Geovani Martins, Imbolo Mbue, Viet Thanh Nguyen, Julie Otsuka, Salman Rushdie, Pajtim Statovci, and Shahla Ujayli.

Students will be assessed on engaged participation, two short papers, one presentation in any medium, and a final essay, story, poem, or play.

Course Number
HS4088
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Katharine Turok

Little Magazines: Seminar in Contemp. Literary Publishing

This course is an introduction to literary magazines and the work of editing. We will examine the history of “little” magazines from the mid nineteenth century to the present day. We will investigate the impact of literary magazines on literary culture in America and the world. This class will also be dedicated to surveying the current literary landscape, both print and digital, with special emphasis on BATEAU, the new literary magazine being published at College of the Atlantic. Through the production of BATEAU, the course will offer practical experience in literary publishing: students will gain experience in editing, layout and production, as well as publicizing and promoting the finished product. Students will be expected to respond to course readings on literary magazines and culture as well as keep detailed response notes to submissions to the magazine. Student editors will recommend pieces for publication, rejection and/or further consideration. In addition to editorial duties, students will be expected to complete a midterm and a final project.

Course Number
HS2071
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Daniel Mahoney

Memoir Fragments: A Writing Workshop

This intermediate/advanced writing workshop will focus on the capaciousness and possibilities of the memoir genre and is designed for students who have a keen interest in writing short-form memoir (memoir fragments); have a working familiarity with the elements of narrative; are eager to read and write for discovery and growth; are interested in experimenting with a variety of forms; and who are seeking to join a community of writers in a workshop setting. Close attention to matters of craft, form, and the writing process will be the province of this workshop course. Mary Karr’s The Art of Memoir and other essays on craft will serve as guides to the writing and revising of a memoir piece (2-3 linked pieces or 1 longer piece, totaling 15-20 pages). Workshops and craft exercises will be the central focus of our class sessions. Active and engaged reading, writing, and peer review will be the focus of work outside of class. We will read three memoirs as models of various forms and possibilities within the memoir genre, such as: Terry Tempest Williams’ Refuge: An Unnatural History of Family and Place (interweaving narratives); Jhumpa Lahiri’s In Other Words (translingual); and Patti Smith’s Woolgathering (prose poems and photographs), or others. Students will select to independently read a fourth memoir that bends or blends genres. Class sessions will be centered on student-led workshops, craft exercises, and reflections on writing and revision. Creative work outside of class will include daily writing, weekly peer review, and the crafting of memoir work through multiple drafts. Peer review and individual writing conferences with the instructor will provide an opportunity for students to engage in focused conversations about their work outside of class. Students will be evaluated on their commitment, engagement, and growth; their participation in workshop and peer review; the production of a chapbook or art project of their work; and a final portfolio of their writing.

Course Number
HS4113
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Midnight’s Children

“Only by unleashing the fictionality of fiction, the imaginativeness of the imagination, the dream songs of our dreams, can we hope to approach the new, and to create fiction that may, once again, be more interesting than the facts.” -Salman Rushdie, “Ask Yourself”. Nobody exemplifies these notions better than Rushdie himself. Therefore, this course will be an exploration of the fantastical world of Salman Rushdie through his seminal novel Midnight’s Children. Deemed as one of the Great Books of the 20th century, which won the Booker prize the year of its publication, 1981, and the Booker of Bookers twice over (in 1993 and 2008), the novel is a prime example of postcolonialism with a magical realist twist.

In this class, we will take a deep dive into Rushdie’s novel by paying close attention to the prose and his style and the history and contexts that he sets up in this novel. Therefore, the reading of the novel will be supplemented with historical background and literary criticism that bring up questions of utopia, nation, politics, identity, and subalternity, to name a few. You will be evaluated on class participation and written assignments like discussion posts, an oral presentation, a paper, and a final project.

Course Number
HS2112
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Palak Taneja

Native American Literature

This course is a challenging introduction to several centuries of Native American literature, the relevance of historical and cultural facts to its literary forms, and the challenges of bridging oral and written traditions. Authors include such writers as Silko, Erdrich, Harjo, Vizenor, and McNickle as well as earlier speeches and short stories. We also consider non-native readings and appropriation of Native American styles, material and world views.

Course Number
HS3059
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Karen Waldron

Nineteenth Century American Women

This course studies the American novel as written by women of the nineteenth century. It focuses on how women’s issues and styles change over the course of the century, with its revolutionary economic, technological, social and political shifts, as well as on enduring questions. As we read from among the wide selection of nineteenth-century American women novelists (who outnumbered and outsold male authors) — such as Rowson, Foster, Child, Cooke, Fern, Stowe, Phelps, Jewett, Chopin, and Gilman — we consider how they have shaped the tradition of the novel and social values Americans encounter today.

Course Number
HS2011
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

Postcolonial Shakespeares

In her introduction to Post-colonial Shakespeares, Ania Loomba says, “Shakespeare lived and wrote at a time when English mercantile and colonial enterprises were just germinating.” The star of Shakespeare and colonialism rose at the same time, making Shakespeare’s work a symbol of colonial supremacy. As such, you cannot be a literature student without encountering Shakespeare; the canon has made sure of that. While those who loved the Empire see Shakespeare as an exemplar of English ideals, anti and post-colonial theorists and artists beg to differ.

Therefore, this course will be an introduction to some such theorists and artists. We will read Shakespeare’s plays like Othello, The Tempest, and others from among the following—Macbeth, Hamlet, King Lear, A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Much Ado About Nothing—with an eye toward postcolonial interpretations, thinking about the issues of race, power, hierarchy, and others. We will also spend some time exploring adaptations of his work that come from Asia, Africa, and other parts of the world, providing new avenues of postcoloniality.

You will be evaluated on class participation, short papers, an oral presentation, and a final project. In addition, you will be required to attend at least four of the weekly screenings, and you’ll receive extra credit for attending more.

Course Number
HS2116
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Palak Taneja

Pushing the Boundaries of the Essay

What comes to mind when you hear the word “essay”? Maybe you think of a formula for essay-writing that you learned long ago: five standardized paragraphs supporting a single thesis with little room for anything else. Maybe this formula has even given you the idea that essays are a mechanical, rulebound, and unexciting kind of writing. And yet, over its centuries-long history, essay-writing has been anything but formulaic—so much so that scholars find it impossible to agree on a set of stable essay conventions. As the editors of the Edinburgh Companion to the Essay (2022) argue, “the essay” isn’t a unitary genre at all. Instead, it’s a “contested space,” marked by many diverse and even competing approaches. This class is a gateway to that contested space. Assigned readings will introduce you to the outer limits of the essay universe. You will meet writers like James Baldwin, Leslie Jamison, Jacqueline Rhodes, and Cathy Park Hong, among many others, who have all made their own unique mark on the tradition. You will discover writers who make linear arguments—and others who embrace digression, fragmentation, and mosaic structures; those who incorporate research and those who write from memory; those who write in one language and those who draw on multiple languages at once; those who write alphabetically and others who produce multimodal and video essays. Studying this vast range of possibilities will help you expand your own toolkit for when you find yourself writing essays for various audiences and rhetorical situations (including, eventually, senior project proposals, independent study proposals, the Human Ecology Essay, fellowship applications and more). We will mine our readings for the diverse strategies that other writers have used for pulling in their readers, communicating their claims, acknowledging others’ thinking, and creating meaningful structures. You will be asked to reflect metacognitively about how you might transfer these strategies to your own writing in academic, professional, and public contexts. You will come away with an expanded sense of what counts as an “essay,” as well as a sharper capacity to analyze specific essay genres—such as research articles, op-eds, and application essays—each of which comes with its own range of conventions and expectations. Moreover, you will write essays for the exciting and imaginative reasons that have motivated other writers before you: to delve into questions that don’t have easy answers, to explore mysteries, to investigate the world—and yourself. Since essays incorporate so many diverse ways of making knowledge, you will also find a mix of modalities in this class: big-group discussions, collaborative analysis of readings, small-group annotation activities, individual focused free-writing, and more. You will be evaluated on 1) an essay that investigates the work of one essay writer who we will read during the term; 2) a final project (that can be a multimodal piece) in which you enact what you have learned about essayistic writing by composing an essay on an intellectual, aesthetic, or ethical question of your own choosing; 3) participation in a recursive writing process that includes reading, drafting, revision, and responding to classmates’ drafts. This course meets the writing and HS requirements and has no prerequisites.

Course Number
HS1126
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Valeria Tsygankova

Research for change: Writing, language, social (in)justice

We face many day-to-day issues, such as climate change, discrimination, economic challenges, and an increase in disinformation. To solve these problems, we typically address flawed policies and practices. However, what is often overlooked is the role that writing and language play in maintaining—but also transforming—these structures. How do writing and language intersect with social (in)justice? And why does this matter to us as we try to solve social issues?

In this class, we will examine how social issues intersect with writing and you will develop an understanding of the role of language and discourse in social life. Topics include—but are not limited to— language and discrimination, language and gender, and diversity in language. To learn more about different social issues, we will conduct research, analyze discourse, and engage critically with information. While information is readily available, there has also been a significant growth in disinformation. How and where can we find trustworthy information about a social issue in an ocean of (dis)information? This course will help you refine your research practices and you will learn how to navigate and evaluate information.

For this course, a basic understanding of citation practices, how to navigate style guides, and an interest in analyzing discourse will be beneficial. Class activities are discussion-based and guided by readings on topics related to linguistics and discourse. You will participate in hands-on activities to sharpen your research skills and ability to locate and evaluate information. You will also be introduced to the basics of discourse analysis. Assignments are based on research on a social issue that matters to you. In-class activities and assignments are used to assess your learning, research practices, and understanding of the role that writing and language play in maintaining social (in)justice.

Course Number
HS3123
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Su Yin Khor

Sci-Fi & Sculpture: World-Building as Art Practice

What do science fiction and sculptural installations have in common? The manifestation of momentary, immersive, and provocative new worlds! In this hybrid studio/seminar class, we will move between readings of ecologically-themed science fiction, environmental nonfiction, poetry, and theory, alongside the practice of making together in real time and place. Several short, open-ended individual prompts will lead us gradually towards a large-scale, immersive installation at the end of the term—the theme, location and manifestation of which we will develop as a collective. Sculptural materials that we’ll work with together will include textiles, paper mache, and cardboard. In addition, students will be investigating and sharing techniques to bring to the class throughout the term. Readings may include but are not limited to: Ursula K Le Guin, Hakim Bey, N.K. Jemisen, Octavia Butler, Kim Stanley Robinson, Cixin Liu, Barry Lopez, Tracy Rosenthal, Anna Tsing, Jakob Von Uexküll, and Donna Haraway. World-building visual artists that we’ll look to may include but are not limited to: Adrián Villar Rojas, Cecilia Vicuña, Jennifer Moon, Cannupa Hanska Luger, Candace Lin, Mel Chin, Agnes Denis, and Joan Jonas. Depending on the season, we may make site visits relating to our developing themes.

Evaluation will be based on participation in class activities (exercises, presentations, readings, discussions, occasional writing and/or drawing prompts), significant studio time outside of class, timely completion of all projects with corresponding group critique sessions, and contributions towards a collective practice. A sketchbook is required.

Course Number
AD1081
Area of Study
Literature & Writing, Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Anna Ialeggio

Setting Sail with Amitav Ghosh

“For him it meant that everything which existed was interconnected: the trees, the sky, the weather, people, poetry, science, nature. He hunted down facts in the way a magpie collects shiny things. Yet when he strung them all together, somehow they did become stories — of a kind.” -Amitav Ghosh, The Hungry Tide

Amitav Ghosh uses the words above to describe one of his characters, but the same words could be used for him. A prominent postcolonial writer in English with a background in social anthropology, Amitav Ghosh has long written about the world’s interconnectedness in both his fiction and nonfiction. His works are not just stories but reflections on how the past shapes the present and the future and how memories of the past, long forgotten, can teach us how to deal with the issues that plague us now, like climate change.

This course, then, will be a deep dive into his magnum opus, the Ibis trilogy: The Sea of Poppies (2008), The River of Smoke (2011), and The Flood of Fire (2015). As we set sail on the Indian Ocean, journeying alongside the crew of Ibis, we will explore the intricate web of connections brought forward by the themes of subalternity, colonialization, trade, wars, and the environment. While our focus will be on the novels, we will also look at some of the author’s nonfictional work, like Smoke and Ashes: Opium’s Hidden Histories (2023), which will provide an understanding of the context but also the depth of his research that culminated into three key pieces of literature.

This will be a reading-intensive class appropriate for students interested in fiction, history, and languages (some languages that appear are Bengali, Hindi, Bhojpuri, Persian, Cantonese, Chinese Pidgin, and Mauritian Creole). A background in literary/critical theory and familiarity with Ghosh’s other works will be helpful, though not required. You will be evaluated through class discussions and written assignments such as short responses, an oral presentation, a 10-12 page critical analysis paper, and a multimodal project.

Course Number
HS4110
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Palak Taneja

The Craft, Theory, and Practice of Interviewing

This course is about the craft, theory, and practice of interviewing primarily for research projects, but it’s also relevant to other interview-based projects like documentaries, journalism, and podcasts. Craft: Asking questions is a fundamental component of human interactions, but interviewing requires more than basic interactional ability. It takes thought, intention, empathy, and presence to build a relationship with interviewees and to create a space where they feel safe, seen, and heard. How do interviewers orient to the speakers and navigate power dynamics while humanizing the interview process? Theory: You will be introduced to the ways that interviews and the interviewer-interviewee relationship have been theorized and conceptualized by researchers. Recent efforts to humanize research methods have raised questions about the use of interviews, as well as the positioning and treatment of interviewees. What ethical considerations do we have to make when people trust us with their stories? Practice: A great deal of preparation is completed prior to interviewing and more labor awaits post-interview. You will learn about practical aspects, such as question design, recording methods, transcription practices, and analytical methods (discourse analysis). Basic aspects of developing a research/project will be introduced and ethical considerations will be discussed. As risks can’t be eliminated, how do we navigate, assess, and manage them? Skills like project development and an understanding of ethics, informed consent, and risk assessment are transferable to projects such as documentaries, journalism, podcasts, and many more. The course provides an overview of Ethical Research Review Board (ERRB) processes and human subjects research. Submitting an ERRB proposal isn’t required, but the proposal development skills are important to other genres, such as senior project proposals, fellowship applications, grant proposals, and graduate school applications. This course draws primarily on scholarship in the social sciences, specifically applied linguistics, discourse studies, and linguistic anthropology. You will develop an interview-focused project to explore a topic of your choice and present your findings in an appropriate genre, such as a research paper, journalistic piece, podcast or other genre. Evaluation is based on discussions, written assignments, labs, individual and group work, peer-reviews, data sessions, and interview and transcription practice. The readings are interview-focused and address many areas, including but not limited to food, identity, language, discourse, gender, race, and class. You must have completed your writing requirement and completed at least three terms at COA (or one academic year elsewhere) to enroll in this course.

Course Number
HS5072
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Su Yin Khor

The Empire Writes Back

“You must unlearn what you have learned.” -Yoda, The Empire Strikes Back

Before there was Star Wars, there were Empires. What began with the “Age of Discovery” in the 15th and 16th centuries, helmed by Portugal and Spain, took shape with the British and French Empires in the 17th century. The British Empire, in particular, expanded to encompass almost a quarter of the globe at one point. Literature was one of the many tools in the British arsenal to assert control and claim cultural supremacy. Therefore, as the colonized Resistance grew, they used the master’s tools to dismantle the Empire. In response to Joseph Conrad, there was Chinua Achebe; for Charlotte Brontë, a Jean Rhys; and for Rudyard Kipling, a Salman Rushdie. Our job in this course will be to engage with the writings of the colonized Resistance as they developed by looking inward, unlearning, adapting, and remaking the tool of English Literature. We will read the works of some authors mentioned above and more, along with critical theory, films/documentaries, podcasts, and even some Instagram feeds. You will be evaluated based on class participation, oral presentation, response posts, final paper, and a multimodal project. This class will be good for students hoping to expand their understanding and knowledge of literature and canon formation, develop critical thinking skills, and who wish to talk about how academia influences pop culture, like Star Wars. For those still wondering why to take this class, follow Yoda’s wisdom, Padawan: “Much to learn, you still have.”

Students will be evaluated based on class participation, oral presentation, response posts, final paper, and a multimodal project.

Course Number
HS3134
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Palak Taneja

The Measure of Our Lives: Toni Morrison Seminar

This course will be an intermediate/advanced seminar honoring and exploring the works of Toni Morrison (1931–2019), an African-American author who won the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1993, the Pulitzer Prize for Fiction in 1988 and numerous other notable awards. She was a giant of a public intellectual and contemporizing figure in American Literature; her works continue to inspire and transform readers and scholars of all identities although her primary purpose was to write for black people. As Morrison herself said, “If there is a book that you want to read, but it hasn’t been written yet, you must be the one to write it.” In writing she changed the literary landscape of the US. In particular, her poetics illustrate how African-American and especially African-American women authors express depths of meaning and experience absolutely central to any understanding of the complex culture and histories of the US. Another Morrison quote hints at the profundity of her own view of her life’s work: “We die. That may be the meaning of life. But we do language. That may be the measure of our lives.” These two quotes provide a framework for the course, which seeks students interested in language and its power, literature and its insights, and the black female experience. Over the course of the term students will read through Morrison’s oeuvre of novels (The Bluest Eye, Sula, Song of Solomon, Tar Baby, Beloved, Jazz, Paradise, Love, A Mercy, Home, God Help the Child) as well as a number of her key essays and addresses (Playing in the Dark, The Source of Self-Regard), scholarly criticism, and responses to Morrison’s 2019 passing. There may be some division of labor with the later novels (after Paradise), but the course is reading intensive. Students will also prepare frequent short written responses and a final project responding to Morrison in some way. Evaluation will be based on class participation, response papers, passage analysis, and the final Morrison project to be shared with the class.

Course Number
HS4092
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

The Nature of Narrative

This is an advanced writing focused course in which students practice the human ecology of literary analysis. We explore the ‘mind’ or consciousness of fictional writing (specifically, novels) by looking at how narratives make meaning, and at how we make meaning from narratives. The course surveys some of the best modern fiction, with a particular focus on works that highlight narrative technique, stretch the boundaries of the imagination, have a rich and deep texture, and push against the inherent limitations of textuality. Students also hone their reading and analytic skills as they work closely with twentieth century texts that broke new literary ground. Some of the authors we may read include: Joseph Conrad, Virginia Woolf, William Faulkner, Monique Wittig, John Dos Passos, Toni Morrison, N. Scott Momaday, Bessie Head, Manuel Puig, and Margaret Atwood. We also study some narrative (and possibly film) theory. Evaluation is based on class participation, frequent short response and passage analysis papers, and an independent project.

Course Number
HS5018
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

The Nature of Narrative II

This is an advanced course in which students practice the human ecology of literary analysis. We explore the “mind” or consciousness of twentieth and twenty-first-century fictional writing (specifically, novels) by looking at how narratives make meaning, and at how we make meaning from narratives. The course accomplishes this by surveying some of the best and most challenging works of modern fiction, with a particular focus on those novels that highlight narrative technique, stretch the boundaries of the imagination, have a rich and deep texture, and push against the limitations of prose fictional textuality. Students will hone their reading and analytic skills by working closely with texts that broke new literary ground. Authors will include several of the following: Virginia Woolf, William Faulkner, Djuna Barnes, Alain Robbe-Grillet, Toni Morrison, Manuel Puig, Italo Calvino, Clarice Lispector, Ishmael Reed, Hélène Cixous, Gerald Vizenor, Jeanette Winterson, Julio Cortazar, as well as others. We will also study some narrative and novel theory. Evaluation will be based on class participation, frequent short response and passage analysis papers, and an independent theory-based research and novel project.

Course Number
HS5070
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

The Power of Poetry: Six US Women Poets

This class serves as an introduction to six important female poets of the US literary tradition, ranging from Emily Dickinson to Joy Harjo. Other poets included will be Gwendolyn Brooks, Sylvia Plath, Elizabeth Bishop, and Adrienne Rich. Students will spend two weeks each on Dickinson, Brooks, Plath, and Bishop, concluding with a week each for Rich and Harjo. The goals of the class will be to read and discuss selections from each author’s body of work, consider questions surrounding the nature of US women’s poetry and whether there are recognizable themes or patterns, learn about poetic form, and write—in short weekly assignments that are either poems or response papers about the poetry. Evaluation will be based on class engagement and participation, development of reading and writing skills, the short papers, and a multimodal final project on one of the authors read or another poet of your choice.

Course Number
HS2134
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Karen Waldron

Troubadours, Nuns, Concubines, and Witches before 1500

This course traces variations in the social, legal, political, and economic status of women in Asia, Africa, and Europe from antiquity to about 1500. Students will examine letters, diaries, songs, artwork and artifacts, court documents, poems, essays, and fiction primarily by and about women. Students will also consider such questions as: Why and to what extent did women in some parts of the world—China, southern India, Japan, Catalonia—experience relative freedom? What were women’s attitudes toward sexuality, men, children, religion, love, work, magic, and education? How was gender negotiated, with female identity in girlhood, adolescence, and adulthood established or modified, within various sociocultural contexts? What were the achievements and accomplishments of women during these early periods, whether they managed households and property; wandered the land as minstrels; practiced medicine; worked at court, in the religious life, in the visual and performing arts, or as political leaders such as pharaohs, priests, and emperors. Students will be evaluated on the basis of class participation, two short papers, and one substantial essay.

Course Number
HS4101
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Katharine Turok

Tutorial: Amitav Ghosh and Climate Change

A social anthropologist by training, Amitav Ghosh has been one of the foremost South Asian fiction writers. His fiction is grounded in and guided by historical events like the violence of 1984, the Partition, and the Opium Wars. The Hungry Tide (2004) seems like a departure then, dealing with the issue of climate refugees. Or rather, it was a beginning. Since then, Ghosh has been a strong proponent of understanding climate and writing about the disaster that will befall us and future generations if we do nothing about it.

Given the immediacy of climate change, the tutorial will focus on two of his more recent works, The Great Derangement (2016) and Junglenama (2021). Both texts vary in genre, the former a work of non-fiction and the latter graphic prose, and thus approach climate change in different yet effective ways. We will engage with these genres and the themes they evoke through discussions, response papers, an online article, and a final essay. Since this tutorial is a continuation of a college seminar that meets the writing requirement, a significant chunk of time will be spent on the process of feedback, revision, and reflection.

Course Number
HS1104
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Palak Taneja

Unraveling Writing Myths: Genre Explorations Across Contexts

Is it true that you can’t use “I” in scientific research papers? Is it accurate that you can’t start a sentence with and, or, but? And is there really only one correct way of writing? Definitions of “correct” and “good writing” have been informed by pervasive writing myths , which have been passed down for generations. These myths are widely accepted as universal truths and have been maintained through gatekeeping practices in professional, educational, and everyday contexts. However, language researchers would argue that correctness depends on the genre and rhetorical situation as writing and language are not static. They are dynamic and evolve over time. Indeed, new lexical items are continuously formed and grammatical functions change. Language myths begin to unravel if we examine what people actually do with language and writing across contexts.

In this course, we will explore a range of genres in academic, professional, and everyday contexts to understand how writing and language work. Readings from applied linguistics, linguistic anthropology, and composition will provide historical insights into how writing myths evolved over time and current understandings of writing, language, and literacy. The readings will also provide a sociocultural understanding of language and how it works. We will investigate various everyday genres (such as recipes, blogs, and social media), academic genres (such as proposals and research papers), and professional genres (such as covers letters and resumes) to facilitate metacognitive and metalinguistic development and overall academic literacy development. Genre and rhetorical analysis activities of high-stakes and low-stakes genres will develop your understanding of how genres function in different discourse communities.

You will complete inquiry-based projects to examine different genres and reflect on your evolving understanding of writing. Your learning will be evaluated based on course assignments and in-class activities, specifically contributions to class discussion, engagement with course material, written projects, and peer-review workshops. Activities will facilitate the development of transferable writing skills to other courses, genres, and contexts. Overall, the course serves to facilitate academic and professional discourse and literacies to support the transition to college. Note that this course is not a literature or creative writing course.

Course Number
HS2135
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Su Yin Khor

Writing as Art, Craft, and Social Action

We write to discover what awes us, what questions we most need to ask, what conversations we hope to join, what causes we are drawn to support, what convictions we want to voice, and what ways we can write the world anew. Writing is both an art and a social action that can change us and our audiences. That is the province of this course.

We will read and analyze various forms of writing (genres) on a broad range of social and policy issues, such as the value of wonder, the importance of antiracist work, the need for accessibility policies on college campuses, and other issues. We will consider the craft, context, audience, purpose, and possibilities of these texts as guides for our own writing. We will focus on the possibilities of the written and spoken word; the power of our distinct and unique voices; the importance of taking risks in our thinking and writing; the messiness, urgency, and necessity of the writing process; and the value of intellectual inquiry and the seamless integration and documentation of researched material.

Students will address current issues of pressing concern and personal relevance in their own writing in three different selected genres (e.g., reflective essay, commentary, letter to editor, Commencement speech, testimony, proposal, open letter, personal statement, etc.). Students will examine and develop strategies for writing with curiosity, clarity, complexity, creativity, courage, and compassion as they invite their audience to consider their ideas and invitations/calls to action. Students will write about issues that matter to them, ones of interest to a local (Mount Desert Island or home town), state (Maine or home state), and/or national audience.

Classwork will include various analytical, generative, and collaborative exercises designed to help with matters of language, craft, technique, and rhetorical awareness. Students will write for a public audience and participate in active engagement with each other’s work.

Authors (representing a range of genres and topics) will likely include Annie Dillard, Rachel Carson, Barry Lopez, David Whyte, Margaret Renkl, Toni Morrison, Martin Luther King Jr., Terry Tempest Williams, and others. Students will also select a longer text to read from a list of authors that may include Jonathan Safran Foer, Susan Cain, Felicia Rose Chavez, Claudia Rankine, and others.

Students will be evaluated on class participation, written assignments, writing process, and presentations.

Course Number
HS2121
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Writing for Nonprofits

In this course we’ll explore many of the ways that writing makes the work of nonprofit organizations possible. We’ll learn to identify, analyze, and recreate several genres that are essential for nonprofits (as well as similar, mission-driven companies). Together as a class we’ll collaborate with local nonprofits and you’ll create, for instance, a grant proposal, program report or other kinds of writing to support the organization you will work with. Throughout the term, you’ll become familiar with varied communication needs, audiences, and rhetorical contexts unique to nonprofits. This experience will help you develop rhetorical awareness and flexibility as a writer in any new setting.

We will practice conceptualizing and composing clear, concise, and compelling materials that meet the multimodal communication needs typical of mission-driven organizations. Through analyzing the written materials produced by nonprofits of different sizes (smaller, grassroots organizations and larger national and international organizations) and areas of focus (environment, education and literacy, biomedical research) we’ll work as a class to understand the purposes and conventions of several key genres: mission statements, grant proposals and reports, and digital marketing and communications.

Evaluation is based on class participation and successfully completing shorter writing assignments and a longer document.

Course Number
HS2126
Area of Study
Literature & Writing
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Rhiannon Lewis

Calculus I

The goal of this sequence of courses is to develop the essential ideas of single-variable calculus: the limit, the derivative, and the integral. Understanding concepts is emphasized over intricate mathematical maneuverings. The mathematics learned are applied to topics from the physical, natural, and social sciences. There is a weekly lab/discussion section. Evaluations are based on homework, participation in class and lab, and tests.

Course Number
ES1024
Area of Study
Marine Science, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
David Feldman

Calculus II

This course is the continuation of Calculus I. It begins by considering further applications of the integral. We then move to approximations and series; we conclude the course with a brief treatment of differential equations. The mathematics learned are applied to topics from the physical, natural, and social sciences. There is a weekly lab/discussion section. Evaluations are based on homework, participation in class and lab, and tests.

Course Number
ES3012
Area of Study
Marine Science, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
David Feldman

Geology of Mt. Desert Island

This course is designed to introduce students to geological concepts, tools of the trade, and to the geological history of Mount Desert Island. Throughout the course, students will learn skillsets (topographic and geologic map reading, orienteering, field observation, note taking, field measurements) and geologic principles (rock types, stratigraphy, plate tectonics, earth systems, geologic time, surface processes) both in the classroom and in the field. We will conduct multiple short field excursions on MDI and one extended weekend field trip to explore the regional geology. Students will submit a term project complete with their own field data, maps, photos, and analysis of the local and regional geology. Students will be evaluated on the term project, short quizzes, additional written assignments and lab reports. Offered every fall.

Course Number
ES1038
Area of Study
Marine Science, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Sarah R. Hall, Scott Braddock

Introduction to Marine Navigation

This is an introductory course that teaches students the principles and primary skills of navigation in coastal waters, utilizing compasses, charts, electronic plotters, radar, and, to some extent, quadrants. This will happen through a combination of theoretical, celestial, loxodromic, and radio navigation,and the practical: charting courses on paper, steering courses on the water, and the construction of traditional navigation instruments that help to cement the value of using angles for reading positions relative to celestial objects. The first half of the course will be devoted to early history and the theoretical, and practical, art of navigation; the second half of the course will focus on constructing instruments, such as cross-staffs and backstaffs, and participating in fieldwork aboard the college’s MV Osprey, putting skills to practice. We will explore, to a limited degree, modern methods of navigation by using radar and GPS, and we will visit the Maine Maritime Academy simulator for a virtual experience piloting a large ship in congested waters. The main focus will be to cement primary navigation skills and knowledge so that students are comfortable conducting small vessel navigation on local waters by the end of the course.

This course is open to all students interested in navigation and is particularly suited for those considering maritime careers. Students who successfully complete this course will be able to: understand the fundamental principles of navigation; plot courses of travel, fix a position and perform dead reckoning calculations; appreciate the role of celestial movements and magnetic variations that influence navigation; and use hand tools to craft instruments used in early navigation. Evaluation will be based on journal entries, attendance and participation in class and field trips, problem sets and quizzes, and a final assessment.

Course Number
MD1038
Area of Study
Marine Science, Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Toby Stephenson

Navigating Change: History, Place, Stories

This three-credit interdisciplinary course will explore how coastal communities, especially around Frenchman Bay, have navigated and are navigating major changes in their communities, the Bay, and the ecology around them. This place-based course will use the Bay and surrounding towns to explore how history, geography, audio storytelling, and data science can illuminate, document and nurture community perspectives on their past, present and future. Students will undertake research projects focused on communities and their stories of adaptation and community members’ reflections on the dramatic changes they have witnessed in the last decades both onshore and at sea. The class will provide opportunities to learn about and use skills from data analysis and visualization, oral history and audio story-telling as well as community-based research rooted in both history and geography. This interdisciplinary approach will allow the class to grapple with how projects can be used to help facilitate community conversations about how their inhabitants have used different strategies to adapt in the past and present in ways that could inform their future. The course will involve field trips, overnight stays, and community work throughout the region, and the monster course format provides extended periods of time on the projects they undertake. The course will include time on the water and in communities, and students should expect to spend substantial time on and off campus for the class. Students will be evaluated on short assignments, team projects, and overall level of effort on coursework. This course is appropriate for students from a wide range of backgrounds and both academic and personal experiences, and there are no prerequisites. Given the immersive approach of the class the instructors would encourage students to reach out to the instructors prior to the class.

Course Number
HS3122
Area of Study
Marine Science
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructors
Todd Little-Siebold, Laurie Baker, Galen Koch, Hillary Smith

Navigation: skills, tools, and the drivers of seafaring

In this course we will explore the origins and evolution of navigation, tracing its development from early Pacific, Mediterranean, and Eastern Atlantic regions to modern global methods. Our focus will center on techniques from the 15th through 19th centuries—a period where innovators and mariners overcame barriers and greatly refined our understanding of the world spatially.

Students will engage in the hands-on construction and use of traditional navigation tools, grounding these practices in the broader context of human migration, exploration, and our understanding of Earth’s place in space. We will compare Polynesian, and Eurasian navigation techniques, examining how these cultures applied geometry and the temporal movements of the solar system to traverse the seas.

Topics will include the development of maps and charts, the origins of the universal coordinate system, the evolution of the compass, and the role of geographical knowledge in driving exploration. We will also investigate the challenge of determining longitude at sea and how modern navigation systems, while simplifying travel, pose new risks for mariners who rely solely on them.

This course is open to all students interested in navigation and is particularly suited for those considering maritime careers.

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to: understand the fundamental principles of navigation; plot courses of travel, fix a position, and perform dead reckoning calculations; appreciate the role of celestial movements and magnetic variations that influence navigation; and use hand tools to craft instruments used in early navigation

Evaluation will be based on problem sets, engagement with course materials, and participation in discussion and collaborative activities in class and lab.

Course Number
MD2018
Area of Study
Marine Science, Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Toby Stephenson

Biochemistry

This course explores the fundamentals of biochemistry. Emphasis will be placed on the flow and regulation of genetic information from DNA to RNA to protein, protein composition, structure and function, enzyme kinetics, metabolic pathways, and sensory systems. The integration of these key concepts will be explored through the lens of drugs: mechanism of action, metabolism in the body, and manipulation of protein and pathway function. This course should be especially useful to students with an interest in medicine, nutrition, physiology, toxicology, genetics, and pharmacology. This class meets for three hours of lecture per week; some sessions will include laboratory demonstrations and/or experiments. Evaluations are based on class preparation and participation, mid-term exam, and final paper.

Course Number
ES4049
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Reuben Hudson

Chemistry I

This is the first half of a two-term sequence designed to help students describe and understand properties of materials. The course first explores how atomic and molecular structure relates to the physical properties of materials and their reactivity. The course explores the reasons, rates, and outcomes of chemical reactions. Course material is applied to better understand living systems, the natural environment, and industrial products. Evaluations are based on problem sets, lab reports, and quizzes.

Course Number
ES1094
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Richard Hilliard

Chemistry II

This is the second half of a two-term sequence designed to help students describe and understand properties of materials. Topics include kinetics, equilibria, thermodynamics, electrochemistry, chemistry of the nucleus, and an introduction to organic chemistry, with a focus on applications in each case.

The course meets for three hours of lecture/discussion and for three hours of lab each week. Students are strongly urged to take both terms of this course. Evaluations are based on problem sets, lab reports, and quizzes.

Course Number
ES1096
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Richard Hilliard

Current Trends in AI: Problems and Projects

This course explores the nature of current developments in artificial intelligence and how they present challenges and opportunities in ways they are transforming the world. We will adopt a broad definition of AI that includes everything from simple thermostats to the most advanced machine learning systems and we will look at ways these are altering life processes in the natural world and institutions throughout society.

Course goals are: 1.) to advance understandings of different programming principles, research and development strategies and underlying philosophical assumptions guiding development in such technologies; 2.) to develop abilities to use interdisciplinary[, problem centered approaches to understand the distinctions between complicated and wicked problems associated with rapid technological change in this area and key approaches to dealing with them; 2.) to cultivate skills in working collaboratively on problem-centered studies as well as programming projects that deal with AI in areas of student interest, 4.) to develop meta-cognitive abilities to learn these kinds of material in groups as well as on your own.

A major part of the course for each student will be a term project which can be pursued either individually or collaboratively. It may take a variety of forms including, for instance: 1.) a ?F?utures ?S?tudies investigation using methods of historical and/or social science research culminating in a report on some emerging, AI-related social or environmental concern; 2.) a computer programming project that solves a practical problem, is conducive to artistic expression, performs scientific analysis of quantitative data, or demonstrates an established or experimental feature of an ML or otherwise AI system; 3.) a philosophical and/or theoretical critical analysis of underlying concepts, values or assumptions that are at stake in the emerging AI technologies.

Readings will include some classic texts in AI theory, philosophy, and futures studies as well as selections from standard texts on AI programming. We will also use podcasts, films, and other media to pursue key topics and trends. There will be a series of short programming activities to study basic principles and try modeling aspects of more complicated and/or complex systems. These will be done, at least initially, in block coding which will be accessible to students without any previous programming experience and which allows people to see how this translates into other languages such as C or Python.[ We will examine the ways in which they can be coded in Python and students familiar with that or other languages will be able to pursue homework and final project work in whatever language they may prefer. We will also explore methods of prompt engineering for working with emerging systems that have dialogical interfaces.

The course will include two weekly class sessions as well as a lab. Class sessions will vary in format from extended discussion of texts and problems to supplementary lecture, visiting speaker, collaborative coding activities and extended project work. The class as a group will develop at least one major hackathon style project as a way of exploring key issues and developing key skills.

Evaluation will be based on the extent to which students demonstrate in homework, class participation and individual projects that they have advanced in each of the four main goals for the course.

This class will be especially well suited for students who want to continue computer assisted research, art work, coding or other projects they previously explored in other classes.

Course Number
HS3121
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Gray Cox

Differential Equations

Differential equations are an application of calculus used to model a wide variety of physical and natural phenomena. The rate at which a cup of coffee cools, populations of predators and prey in ecosystems, the spread of disease, and the behavior of electric circuits, are all examples of systems that have been described with differential equations. This course is an introduction to ordinary differential equations, intended for students who have completed a single-variable calculus course. The course covers a variety of techniques for solving and understanding differential equations, including numerical and qualitative solution methods. Students will learn to solve and analyze differential equations using the python programming language. Students will also gain experience formulating mathematical models using differential equations. To do so, we will discuss general modeling principles and also consider several case studies. In addition to learning the mathematics of differential equations, a central goal of this course is to gain skills necessary for research in the mathematical, natural, and social sciences. This includes conceptualizing and framing a research question, conducing a literature review, giving a research presentation, and writing up results in a style appropriate for publication.

Evaluation will be based on class participation, bi-weekly problem sets, and a term-long project culminating in a presentation and short research paper. Some computer work will be required, but no computer experience is necessary.

Course Number
ES3022
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
David Feldman

Dynamic Landscapes

In this course students will learn to make place-based observations of landscapes to consider the processes shaping them. Various climatic and tectonic processes such as erosion and active mountain building are continuously shaping Earth’s diverse landscapes. Humans and other organisms are also shaping and reshaping the Earth’s near surface and have been for at least thousands of years. We can describe these geomorphic processes both qualitatively and quantitatively in order to understand the rates and timescales over which different landscapes develop and evolve. Our descriptions and interpretations of evolving landscapes enable thoughtful interaction and inhabitation. Students will learn about the processes forming and shaping landscapes through both the interpretation of their own local observations as well as an exploration of prior accounts. We are fortunate to have a rich record of people’s interactions and considerations of the landscape of coastal Maine spanning thousands of years. Students will engage with different accounts of the regional landscape through readings, maps, and conversations with community members. We will also compare aspects of this region’s iconic glacially carved coastal landscape with that of other similarly formed landscapes that are currently located in different geographic, climatic, tectonic, and built environments and therefore exposed to different active processes. Students will learn methods of determining the rates of landscape-shaping processes in order to consider the role of human activities in landscape change. By combining different types of temporal and spatial information, students will learn to identify regional hazards such as mass-wasting events (landslides, debris flows, rock falls, etc.), flooding and coastal erosion. Students will be evaluated based on their performance on weekly assignments and a final project in which students choose one specific coastal Maine location to study. As we will engage with various materials describing landscapes throughout the term (i.e. narrative accounts, maps, scientific reports), this project will be an opportunity for students to practice place-based communication. This course does not have any prerequisites, but a college-level introductory geoscience course is recommended; this course will make use of algebra, GIS-online software, and digital spreadsheets (using Excel or similar software).

Course Number
ES3094
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Sarah R. Hall

Geology and Humanity

In this course we will explore how geology has played a major role in human history and culture over multiple temporal and spatial scales. We will discuss underlying geological processes forming and influencing our environment and how this relates to human migration and settlement patterns, political boundaries, geohazards, resources, the modern landscape, and agriculture. This course will appeal to students interested in exploring connections between geology and other subject areas, or who are curious about humanity’s place in geologic time. This course will implement readings from a range of sources: geologic textbooks, excerpts from short historical texts, and scientific journal articles. We will use class time in a variety of ways: lecture-based, seminar-style discussion, and laboratories spent visiting local field sites. Students will be evaluated based on their performance on weekly problem sets or writing assignments, a midterm quiz, as well as a term project with both oral and written presentation components.

Course Number
ES1042
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Sarah R. Hall

Geology of National Parks

In this introductory geoscience course students will learn foundational principles and concepts such as plate tectonics, geologic time, climate and weather, rocks and minerals, and surface processes through an exploration of some of the National Parks of the United States. Through virtual field trips of various parks, students will visualize how regional climate and surface processes such as rivers, glaciers, and wind interact with the bedrock and surficial materials to produce some of the most iconic landscapes. While Acadia National Park offers a view of an ancient and eroded supervolcano, Yellowstone offers a glimpse of a dynamic landscape built on a modern supervolcano. While a few glaciers still cling to the high peaks of Glacier National Park, Yosemite hosts steep glacially carved valleys and polished domes reminiscent of a glaciated past. Class time will be used for lectures, discussions of readings, and laboratory exercises. During labs, students will get to know approximately 6 different parks in detail through interaction with geologic maps, rock samples, aerial imagery, and scientific reports. The students will be evaluated based on laboratory exercises and a final project through which students will explore one park of their choosing.

Course Number
ES1075
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Scott Braddock

Glaciers and the Landscape

Glaciers are rapidly retreating around the planet and predicted to continue this trend in the coming centuries. The decline of the world’s ice sheets and mountain glaciers will impact sea level, infrastructure, and fresh-water resources for communities around the world. To put current changes into a long-term geologic context, students will learn the processes, landforms, and impact of glaciers on the Earth’s surface as the planet has cycled through ice ages. This course is designed to provide students with a solid understanding of the dynamic interactions between ice, climate, landscapes, and humans over varying spatial and temporal scales. In addition, we will cover the basics of glaciology and the physics that influence the structure, size, and movement of ice. Through class discussions and assigned problem sets, students will reinforce the content covered in lectures. In addition, this course will give students hands-on experience with tools and methods commonly used to study glaciers and ice sheets (such as: ground-penetrating radar, LiDAR, rock sampling for cosmogenic analysis). This course will have various field trips during class time on Mount Desert Island to explore how an ice sheet shaped the region’s landscape during the Last Glacial Maximum. Students will be evaluated on weekly problem sets and readings and a final project and presentation related to this history of glaciation in Maine.

Course Number
ES1088
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Scott Braddock

Introduction to Chaos and Fractals

This course presents an elementary introduction to chaos and fractals. The main focus will be on using discrete dynamical systems to illustrate many of the key phenomena of chaotic dynamics: stable and unstable fixed and periodic points, deterministic chaos, bifurcations, and universality. A central result of this study will be the realization that very simple non-linear equations can exhibit extremely complex behavior. In particular, a simple deterministic system (i.e., physical system governed by simple, exact mathematical rules) can behave in a way that is unpredictable and random, (i.e., chaotic). This result suggests that there are potentially far-reaching limits on the ability of science to predict certain phenomena. Students in this class will also learn about fractals—self-similar geometric objects—including the Mandelbrot set and Julia sets. We will also read about and discuss the development of the field of chaos. In so doing, we will examine the nature of scientific communities, with a particular eye toward how changes in scientific outlooks occur. Throughout the course, students will be encouraged to explore the relations between chaos, fractals, and other areas of study such as literature, art, and cultural studies. Students who successfully complete this class should gain a quantitative and qualitative understanding of the basic ideas of chaos and fractals, a greater understanding of the cultural practice of science, and improved mathematical skills. Evaluation will be based on class and lab participation, weekly problem sets several short writing assignments and a final project.

Course Number
ES1026
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
David Feldman

Introduction to Computer Science: Data

As our access to data and compute power have increased, more and more disciplines rely on computer science techniques to analyze, visualize, and process information. As such, coding skills and computational thinking are increasingly important for work in a wide variety of fields and disciplines. This course is an introduction to computer science, designed to teach students general computational skills and habits of mind that will be immediately useful and practical, and which will also prepare them for further study in computer science and related areas. Students who successfully complete this course will be able to: read a simple program and correctly describe the outcome, take a problem statement and convert it into code, and gain an understanding of how basic computer memory works and why this matters. Topics covered will include conditionals and loops, data types, functions, as well as higher-level concepts such as abstraction, version control, and debugging. The context for this class is data; students will learn how to import and generate data, manipulate and transform it, and visualize it.

This course is intended for students who have little to no computer experience and who are interested in learning the foundations of computer science through projects that require working with data. We will use examples in class and you will implement projects throughout the course where we both generate and use data coming from across the physical, natural, and social sciences. It will be helpful if you are interested in data, but no prior experience with any particular type of data is necessary.

The course is taught in Python. Students will be evaluated on weekly quizzes and weekly projects. This course, or the equivalent, is required for many further courses in computer science, machine learning, data science, robotics, and related areas.

Course Number
ES1093
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Torrie Edwards

Introduction to Computer Science: Image and Sound

Did you know, computers can be used to build and modify images and sound bytes? In this course, students with little to no prior computer experience will learn the foundations of computer science through projects focused on visual media and sound. This work will culminate in a final project consisting of an interactive display or exhibit. It will be helpful if you are interested in art and sound, but no prior experience is necessary. Students who successfully complete this course will have learned:

1)How to read a simple program and correctly describe the outcome,

2)How to take a problem statement and convert it into code, and

3)How basic computer memory works.

In addition, students will gain new ways for conceptualizing and working with image and sound that they will be able to draw on in their creative and scholarly practice. While this is an introductory course, it is important to note that learning to program is like learning a new language. There is a time commitment to learning new syntax and understanding the language of computing. This course is taught in Python, and students will be evaluated on weekly check-ins and projects. This course, or the equivalent, is required for many further courses in computer science and related areas.

Course Number
ES1098
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Torrie Edwards

Introduction to Epidemiological Modeling

Mathematical models are an essential tool in epidemiology. Models are used in a number of ways, including: to predict the course of an epidemic; to estimate key epidemiological parameters; to determine an optimal vaccination strategy; or to gain a general, qualitative understanding of the salient features of the dynamics of a disease. This course will focus on differential equations, a class of mathematical models used across the sciences to model quantities that change continuously in time. The course will begin with a short introduction to differential equations. We will then step through the full “pipeline” of mathematical modeling using epidemiology as a case study. We will begin with a first-principles derivation of several models and will consider how the natural history of an infectious disease influences modeling choices. We will then see how to solve and analyze differential equations computationally. We will then cover how to calibrate a model to epidemiological data and estimate key model parameters in a principled way. Finally, we will see how to create model projections for different intervention scenarios and will explore the strengths and limitations of a mathematical model in relation to given research and policy questions. Through this process, students will gain skills and experiences that will apply to mathematical modeling in a range of settings across the natural and social sciences.

In addition to learning the mathematics of differential equations applied to epidemiology, a central goal of this course is to gain skills necessary for research in the mathematical, natural, and social sciences. This includes conceptualizing and framing a research question, formulating a model to explore that question, engaging with peer-reviewed research publications, and giving a research presentation and preparing a short technical report.

Evaluation will be based on class participation, problem sets and programming exercises, and a term-long project culminating in a research presentation and short technical report.

Course Number
ES3097
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructors
David Feldman, Laurie Baker

Linear Algebra

Linear algebra is a foundational area of mathematics, finding widespread application in statistics, machine learning, economics, physics, and across the sciences. The starting point for this course is to consider basic properties of matrices and techniques for solving systems of linear equations. Abstracting and formalizing the process of solving linear equations leads us to the notion of a vector space and related ideas, such as linear independence, dimension, and basis. The course then turns to further properties of matrices and vector spaces, including determinants, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, and linear transformations. As time permits, we will study various applications of linear algebra, such as image compression, dynamical systems (with a focus on ecological applications), Markov chains, and Google’s PageRank algorithm. Students who successfully complete this course will gain a solid introduction to the calculational techniques and key constructions and ideas of linear algebra that will prepare them for further work in the sciences and mathematics. Additionally, students will gain experience working at a level of generality and abstraction above that encountered in a typical introductory calculus sequence. Evaluation will be based on weekly problem sets. Students who enroll in this course should have successfully completed a high-school-level algebra class and be motivated to explore a powerful and broadly-used branch of mathematics that for most has a very different feel than the functions-precalculus-calculus sequence. Calculus is not a prerequisite for this class.

Course Number
ES2048
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
David Feldman

Object-Oriented Programming: Computer Game Design

Object-oriented programming is a design paradigm that encapsulates variables and functions into structures called objects. Understanding what objects are, how to use them, and how to write your own objects, is a foundational programming skill. An application area in which objects naturally occur is game design. The computer gaming industry is a multi billion dollar industry that combines art, sound, and computing into one package. In part, it is thanks to the computer game market that we have seen rapid advances in computer graphics and compute speed. Computer games are event-driven programs; meaning the sequence of operations is not predetermined but is controlled by the user’s mouse clicks or text responses to prompts. In this class students will develop a computer game as a means to learn object-oriented and event-driven programming. Students who successfully complete this course will gain: 1)a grounding in object-oriented design, 2) an introduction to finite state machines and event driven programming, and 3) experience transforming an idea into a working computer game prototype.

Students will gain Python coding experience and general skills that leave them better equipped to pursue a wide range of programming tasks. This course is intended for students who have some computer experience and are interested in independently learning new skills. While this course is designed to build on Introduction to Computer Science, adventurous beginners are encouraged to take this class. Students will be evaluated on weekly check-ins and assignments. The main project throughout the class will be to design, develop, and test a computer game prototype which culminates in a final demonstration. This course, or the equivalent, is required for many further courses in CS and related areas.

Course Number
ES2055
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Torrie Edwards

Physics I

This course covers a range of standard introductory physics topics. The goals of the course are: to introduce students to important physical ideas both conceptually and mathematically; and to help students improve their quantitative skills. The first part of the course consists of a broad look at the three conservation laws: the conservation of momentum, energy, and angular momentum. Along the way, we’ll learn about vectors, work, potential energy, thermal energy, and the energy stored in chemical bonds. We’ll conclude with a treatment of Newton’s laws of motion. Evaluations will be based on participation in class and lab, weekly homework, and one or more open-notes exams. This course makes extensive use of algebra and trigonometry. Potentially difficult math topics will be reviewed as necessary. Prerequisites: High-school-level algebra.

Course Number
ES1095
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Cory Diemler

Physics I: Mechanics & Energy

This course is the first of a two course sequence covering a range of standard introductory physics topics. The goals of the course are: to introduce students to important physical ideas both conceptually and mathematically; and to help students improve their quantitative skills. The first part of the course consists of a broad look at the three conservation laws: the conservation of momentum, energy, and angular momentum. Along the way, we’ll learn about vectors, work, potential energy, thermal energy, and the energy stored in chemical bonds. We’ll conclude with a treatment of Newton’s laws of motion. If time permits, we may briefly cover some topics from chaotic dynamics. Evaluations will be based on participation in class and lab, weekly homework, and two untimed, open-notes exams. This course makes extensive use of algebra and trigonometry. Potentially difficult math topics will be reviewed as necessary. Prerequisites: Understanding Functions, a strong high school algebra background, or consent of the instructor.

Course Number
ES1018
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
David Feldman

Physics II: Modern Physics

What are relativity and quantum mechanics, and why were they viewed as revolutionary when they were formulated in the early 1900s? How and why does relativity and quantum mechanics compel us to discard commonsense ideas about the nature of the physical world that are part of classical mechanics? Why is there not agreement on how to interpret quantum mechanics, and why does quantum mechanics even need interpretation? This version of Physics II covers Einstein’s theory of special relativity and selected topics in quantum mechanics, and is designed to introduce students to some of the formalism and central results of relativity and quantum mechanics, so that they can formulate scientifically grounded answers to the above questions. Throughout the course we will start with first principles and carefully build toward key results, allowing students to see how relativity and quantum mechanics—two of the pillars of modern physics—were constructed and how they cohere as mathematically consistent and experimentally verified theories. The first half of the course will cover relativity topics including the principle of relativity, spacetime intervals and proper time, coordinate transformations, time dilation and Lorentz contraction, and relativistic energy and momentum. The second half of the course will turn toward the foundations of quantum mechanics, including: spin-1/2 particles, wave-particle duality, and Bell’s inequalities and the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen paradox. If time permits, we may cover additional topics such as blackbody radiation, the photoelectric effect, Bohr’s model of the hydrogen atom, and quantum cryptography. To gain a sense of the scientific, social, and material context in which the theories of relativity and quantum mechanics were developed, we will read a number of papers and book chapters by historians and philosophers of science. This course is designed to appeal to a wide range of students—both those whose interests lie outside of science as well as those who are drawn toward the sciences or mathematics. Students who take this course should be comfortable working with mathematical abstraction. Evaluation is based on weekly problem sets, participation in weekly discussion sections, and several short reflection assignments.

Course Number
ES2046
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
David Feldman

Tutorial: Introduction to Group Theory

Group theory is an area of mathematics that is concerned with symmetry. In this context, an object or system is said to be symmetric if it is unchanged after an action is performed on it. Examples of such actions include rotations, reflections, and permutations. Objects’ symmetries can be classified by the types of actions that leave them unchanged. A set of actions, together with rules for how those actions behave when combined, are (loosely speaking) what mathematicians refer to as a group. Group theory has applications in physics, chemistry, and pure and applied mathematics.

A group is an example of an algebraic structure, which (again loosely speaking) is a set together with a collection of rules for combining pairs of elements of that set. Algebraic structures are classified by the properties of the rules for combining pairs of elements. In addition to groups, other common algebraic structures include rings and fields. The broad study of the properties of different algebraic structures is known as “abstract algebra”.

This course is an introduction to group theory and will also serve as a springboard to the further study of abstract algebra. Topics to be covered will include: learning to identify groups using group axioms; Cayley diagrams; examples of different classes of groups, including abelian, cyclic, dihedral, and permutation groups; subgroups and Lagrange’s theorem; products and quotients; group homomorphisms; the fundamental theorem for abelian groups; and Sylow theory. Other topics and examples will depend on student interest.

This course will be taught in a seminar style; students will frequently be asked to prepare examples and proofs for discussion in class and to work collaboratively on problems, both in and out of class meetings. Evaluation will be based on problem sets and active and collaborative class participation.

Course Number
ES4064
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
David Feldman

Tutorial: Introduction to Proofs and Mathematical Structures

This course is an introduction to mathematical structures, proof techniques, and the language and style of formal mathematics. Topics to be covered include: intuitive and direct proofs, sets and functions, induction, logic, the contrapositive, and proof by contradiction. Additionally, this course aims to introduce students to some of the key elements of higher mathematics, and so, as time permits, we will cover introductory topics from areas such as number theory, topology, real analysis, and group theory. Throughout the course we will emphasize clear mathematical exposition and methods of proof. In addition to gaining an understanding of the topics listed above, students who complete this course will be able to: read and understand mathematical exposition; think critically as mathematicians and present convincing arguments; and read and write formal proofs. This class will help prepare students for further advanced study in mathematics and related fields. It will also be of value to those who wish to explore the logical structure of mathematics, gain increased facility with abstract mathematical thought, or sharpen analytic and critical reasoning skills. This course will be taught in a seminar style; students will frequently be asked to prepare proofs and examples for discussion in class and to work collaboratively on problems. Evaluation will be based on problem sets and active and collaborative class participation.

Course Number
ES3096
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
David Feldman

Tutorial: Network Analysis and Modeling

Network science is an active and growing cross-disciplinary area that focuses on the description, representation, analysis, and modeling of complex social, biological, and technological systems as networks or graphs. At its simplest, a network is a collection of nodes, some of which are connected by edges.

For example, nodes might be scientists, and there would be an edge connecting two scientists if they co-authored a scientific paper. Or nodes might be facebook users, and there would be an edge between two users if they were facebook friends. Structures and systems modeled as networks are ubiquitous in the world around us: communication networks, networks of friends and acquaintances (online and in-person), gene regulatory networks, supply chains, and food webs, to name just a few.

In general, networks are used as models in situations in which the architecture of connectivity matters, but where that connectivity is neither random (as in an ideal gas or non-interacting agents) nor regular (as in a crystal lattice or a situation where agents interact spatially). Capturing, modeling, and understanding networks requires understanding both the mathematics of networks and the computational tools for identifying and explaining the patterns they contain.

This course will consist of a survey of techniques for modeling and analyzing the structure and dynamics of networks. We will begin with basic definitions and simple descriptive statistics. We will then look at random graphs, which are useful for generating intuition and serving as simple null models. We will then consider network prediction models that can be used to predict node attributes and missing edges, and approaches for detecting community structure. As time permits, we will examine dynamical models on networks, such as disease and rumor spreading. Throughout, we will take a computational approach, learning how to work with network data and how to implement algorithms for network models and data analysis.

Evaluation will be based on participation in class sessions, coding exercises, and a final project.

Course Number
ES3108
Area of Study
Mathematics and Physical Sciences
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
David Feldman

Authoritarianism, Conflict, Collaboration

This course draws on multiple disciplines and interdisciplinary fields (anthropology, literature, philosophy, psychoanalysis, history, postcolonial and feminist studies) to explore questions about authoritarian and anti-authoritarian contexts and practices. Authoritarianism, broadly defined, is characterized by centralized power, repression of dissent, and pressure to obey authority. Dictatorship, totalitarianism, and fascism all name forms of authoritarian regimes. It can be easy to recognize authoritarianism when it has become established in such forms. But what does it look, feel and sound like in terms of how it can infiltrate our daily systems? In this class, we will consider how authoritarianism can take hold through looking at dynamics of power in the relations, discourses and structures that make up everyday sites such as the home, family, the school, places of worship, and the workplace. On the flip side, we will also consider examples of collaboration in contexts of conflict and disagreement. What does working (and learning, teaching, and living) together in contexts of conflict, and with multiple forms of difference and disagreement, involve? The course will include attention to the significance of the nation-state as a form of political organization that dominates the globe today. We will also consider examples of social and political movements that have emerged in response to state repression in the 20th and 21st centuries in different parts of the world, as well as contemporary discourses about racism and anti-racism, sexual violence, war, capitalism and economic power, and disagreement and conflict.

Some of the questions we will examine over the term include: How do we understand relations between truth and power (and how are these terms defined)? How do we know what we think we know (epistemology)? What is structural power? What is the significance of relations between individual and group for how we respond to tensions between “individual freedom” and “collective or community wellbeing”? What is the significance of private/public distinctions for politics? Course materials will likely include work by Louis Althusser, Nur Amali Ibrahim, Benedict Anderson, Hannah Arendt, Judith Butler, Jacques Derrida, Frantz Fanon, Michel Foucault, Sigmund Freud, Verónica Gago, Adolf Hitler, William Mazzarella, George Orwell, Edward Said, Carl Schmitt, Timothy Snyder, Gayatri Spivak and Luisa Valenzuela, among others. We will also draw on contemporary news, social media and film. Students will be evaluated based on small group projects, weekly reading responses, and a mid-term paper.

Course Number
HS2128
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Buddhist Philosophies

What is the nature of self? What is the nature of mind? Why do we suffer? What is enlightenment? This course introduces students to the foundations of Buddhist philosophy and practice. Buddhism encompasses a variety of different traditions, teachings, practices, and goals. In this class, we will adopt a philosophical perspective to explore a range of Buddhist thinking on topics such as reality, consciousness, nothingness, and ethical conduct.

We will begin by reading Asvagho?a’s Buddhacarita, which tells the story of Siddhartha Gautama, the historical Buddha. Next, we will study the Theravada, Buddhism’s foundational structure, and then proceed to explore the later Mahayana teachings. This course will study primary literature, including excerpts from the Pali Canon and several Mahayana sutras, alongside selections from contemporary thinkers such as Thích Nhat Hanh, angel Kyodo williams, and Pema Chödrön. Along the way, we will discuss suffering (dukkha), emptiness (suññata), impermanence (anicca), non-self (anatta), interdependence or dependent uprising (pa?iccasamuppada), desire (tanha), the four noble truths, the eightfold path, liberation and enlightenment (nibbana), action and causation (kamma), wisdom (pañña), compassion (karuna and bodhicitta), and our responsibilities to other beings.

Although this course primarily focuses on Buddhist theory and Buddhist texts, students will be briefly introduced to different meditation and mindfulness practices through a series of guest speakers and a weekend visit to the Morgan Bay Zendo in Surry, Maine. This course will be conducted in seminar style with an emphasis on class participation. No prior background in Buddhism or philosophy is required. Course requirements include class participation, weekly writing assignments, a midterm essay, and a final project.

Course Number
HS1097
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Heather Lakey ’00, M.Phil ’05, Heather Lakey

College Seminar: Utopia/Dystopia

The practice of social dreaming has a long history in philosophical thinking, stretching back to Hesiod and Plato. What constitutes a perfect or ideal society? Or, if no such place is possible, what makes for a well-functioning society? Likewise, what constitutes a terrible society? What kind of places and spaces do we want to avoid? These are important questions for human ecologists to ask as we seek to improve our relationships with our natural, social, and technological environments. To explore questions of ideal and flawed places, this course studies the concepts of utopia and dystopia across a range of philosophical, political, and literary writings. Although we will focus our attention on theoretical literature, we will read several novels and short stories, and students will present research on a work of utopian or dystopian fiction.

Additional course questions include: What motivates us to envision utopias and dystopias? Does political philosophy require a utopian vision? What do utopias and dystopias tell us about social fears, anxieties, and hopes? Course readings will focus on classical Greek thought, Enlightenment thought, political theory, and critical theory. Texts may include Plato’s Republic, Thomas More’s Utopia, Marx and Engels’ Communist Manifesto, William Godwin’s Enquiry Concerning Political Justice, Sigmund Freud’s Civilization and Its Discontents, Charlotte Perkins Gilman’s Herland, Octavia Butler’s Blood Child, Ursula K. LaGuin’s The Ones Who Walk Away From Omelas, Hannah Arendt’s The Origins of Totalitarianism, George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four, and selections form The Utopian Reader by Gregory Claeys and Lyman Tower Sargent. Since this course is being offered as a college seminar and will meet the first-year writing requirement, we will focus on writing as process—prewriting, writing, and rewriting. As students draft bi-weekly writing assignments, they will meet with the professor or TA either individually or as part of a weekly writing lab. Papers will be peer reviewed and each student will be expected to revise each paper. In addition to bi-weekly papers, there will be an in-class presentation, a midterm exam, and a final paper.

Course Number
HS1084
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Heather Lakey

Introduction to Philosophy of Mind

What is the mind and how does it relate to the body? This two-part question will guide the structure of this introductory course in the philosophy of mind. Other questions that will arise include how can the mind influence the body? Is this distinction between mind and body deep? Is there a single discipline that can tell us what the mind is and, if not, why not? Is science of help? What strategy or method is best suited to understanding the mind? Do other cultures or religions offer insight? Is the mind inherently mysterious and unknowable?

Attempts to understand the mind have vexed and stimulated philosophers, scientists, and others since at least as far back as Descartes. Starting with his work, we’ll explore classic and contemporary texts in western thought, with particular focus on philosophy, but with some psychology, neuroscience and non-western thought. We will cover a number of theories and our own assumptions about this basic and fundamental feature of human life. Some of the main accounts students will gain familiarity with include dualism, materialism, panpsychism, emergence, and phenomenology.

Evaluation will be based on participation, two short response essays, a midterm essay, a final essay, and a final presentation.

Course Number
HS2098
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Franklin R Jacoby

Marx and Marxisms

This course is an introduction to the work of Karl Marx and to some of the ways his work has been taken up across a range of disciplines, interdisciplinary fields, and political projects. We will pay particular attention to his thinking about the relation between theory and praxis, and to his notions of capital, value, money, commodity, labour, ideology, alienation, internationalism and class struggle. In addition to reading Marx’s own writings, we will also read work in postcolonial studies, feminist theory, cultural anthropology, racial capitalism, Black Studies and philosophy that engages with Marx’s thinking. In addition to Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels, authors will likely include Louis Althusser, Charisse Burden-Stelly, Frantz Fanon, Silvia Federici, Antonio Gramsci, David Harvey, C.L.R. James, Ranjana Khanna, Rosa Luxemburg, Catherine MacKinnon, Adam Smith, and Gayatri Spivak. We will examine the implications of Marxist analyses for questions of political and structural change, critiques of capitalism and analyses of its relation to racialised and gendered dynamics of power. In addition to academic texts, course materials will draw on films, news publications, and contemporary examples of political-economic challenges. Students will be evaluated based on class participation, weekly reading responses, collaborative small group and individual projects.

Course Number
HS2120
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Nature, Humans, and Philosophy

According to COA’s website, Human Ecology studies the relationships between humans and their natural and social environments. But what do we mean by “nature,” and what distinguishes a natural environment from a social one? Moreover, what kinds of relationships should we cultivate with our natural environments? This discussion-based course explores the concepts of nature and environmental responsibility across different philosophical and cultural frameworks. We will draw on a variety of readings from environmental ethics, ecofeminism, deep ecology, American transcendentalism, indigenous studies, queer theory, and Buddhism. We will read selections from thinkers such as John Stuart Mill, Ralph Waldo Emerson, Ramachandra Guha, Aldo Leopold, Arne Naess, Val Plumwood, Vandana Shiva, Gary Snyder, Henry David Thoreau, Eduardo Kohn, Mary-Jane Rubenstein, Thich Nhat Hanh, Anna Tsing, and others.

Guiding questions include the following: What is nature? How is the idea of nature politicized and socially constructed? Do we have moral obligations to nature? How should humans relate to nature? What assumptions drive the conceptual distinction between humans and nature? Although this course will focus primarily on theoretical questions, we will also discuss issues in applied ethics such as, control over natural resources, wilderness preservation, sustainability, and consumption. Throughout the course, we will revisit questions pertaining to environmental activism, and we will consider how philosophy can help us to articulate our ethical responsibilities and obligations.

Upon completion of this course, students will have gained a richer philosophical understanding of the idea of nature and they will be familiar with key debates in environmental ethics. Course requirements include weekly writing assignments, a midterm exam, a final paper, and class participation. There are no prerequisites, but students should arrive to this class prepared to engage difficult philosophical texts and to share their ideas with others.

Course Number
HS2096
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Heather Lakey ’00, M.Phil ’05, Heather Lakey

Philosophies of Love

This course investigates the intellectual history of concepts of love that provide origins for notions of it central in our time. Is love the key to giving meaning to our individual lives? Is it a transformative power that can empower and heal us and our societies? How are the many different concepts of it related? To what extent are these concepts grounded in biological, historical, philosophical or spiritual truths – or mere reflections of collective myths, self delusions or manipulative deceptions? How can we as individuals most fully realize ourselves? How can our society best promote flourishing lives and how can this be brought about? The theme of love winds like an Ariadnean thread through the labyrinth of the history of ideas about the nature of self, Other, community, knowledge, reality and ethics. The class uses overview materials from intellectual historians like de Rougemont, Singer and May. It picks away through central passages in that labyrinth by reading key selections from Plato, New Testament writers, Medieval poets, Nietzsche, de Beauvoir, Irigary, Gandhi, King, Levinas, Thich Nhat Hanh, Mortimer-Sandilands, pop culture and others. Class format relies on seminar discussion with occasional short lectures. Goals of the course are to advance students’ abilities to critically analyze texts in context in intellectual history, and to advance understanding of nuanced ways key ideas in epistemology, metaphysics, ethics and social-change theories inform and are informed by concepts including: eros, philia, agape, courtly love (fin amour), love force/satyagraha, romantic love, ahimsa, and compassion. Students will be responsible for leading seminar sessions. There will be one problem set, two short papers and a term project presented in class as well as developed in a final paper of 15-20 pages. Includes a lab session for viewing films and television and discussing student work.

Course Number
HS4054
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Gray Cox

Philosophy of Death and Dying

This course philosophically explores the concepts of death, dying, killing, and life. Topics include the soul, the afterlife, euthanasia, physician-assisted suicide, evolving medical definitions of life and death, hospice and end-of-life care, the ethics of killing, biotechnologies, and cross-cultural conceptions of death and grief. Although this course is primarily grounded in the Western philosophical and bioethical traditions, we will also consider non-Western perspectives in an effort to both clarify and complicate our conceptions of death and dying. The purpose of this course is not to articulate conclusive answers, but rather to compel students to think philosophically about the many profound questions that arise in the face of death. This is a discussion-based course and students should be prepared to engage and discuss challenging philosophical literature. Students will be evaluated on the basis of weekly writing assignments, a midterm, a final, and class participation.

Course Number
HS2074
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Heather Lakey

Philosophy of Good and Evil

Good and evil are timeless topics and they have motivated centuries of philosophical thinking. Although the terms “good” and “evil” are commonly used across a range of discourses, they are ambiguous, equivocal, and contested concepts. In an effort to explore different ideas about good and evil, this course provides a broad overview of the issues, arguments, and debates that shape philosophical ethics. Guiding questions include the following: What are the origins of good and evil? What makes an action right or wrong? Why do we act morally? What should we do with someone who commits a horrific act? Who decides what counts as a horrific act? What kinds of ethical theories operate without the concepts of good and evil? Is evil an outdated or relevant concept? Do the concepts of good and evil help or hinder moral thinking?

To critically unpack these questions, we will read works by ethical thinkers including Immanuel Kant, John Stuart Mill, Hannah Arendt, Zhuangzi, Simone de Beauvoir, Abû Nasr al-Fârâbî, Nell Noddings, Peter Singer, Kwame Gyekye, Mencius, Sherman Alexie, and others. Along the way, we will study deontology, utilitarianism, contractarianism, ethical relativism, feminist ethics, Taoism, and existential ethics. In addition, we will unpack the ethical arguments that orbit concrete topics such as execution, murder, moral character, racial injustice, and our ethical duties to one another.

This course will familiarize students with the influential frameworks of ethical philosophy, and it will encourage students to apply these frameworks to specific ethical problems. Course requirements include class participation, three short papers, a reflection essay, and a final paper or project. There are no prerequisites for this course, but students should be prepared to engage with difficult, philosophical texts and to discuss these texts in class.

Course Number
HS1065
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Heather Lakey ’00, M.Phil ’05, Heather Lakey

Philosophy of Science: Reason, Truth, and Reality

What makes science special? In answering this question, this course will look at several more specific inquiries: Is science rational? Does science have an aim and does this aim have anything to do with truth or with reality? Is there a scientific method? Can science tell us how to live our lives? How should we understand the relationship between science and other systems of thought? This course will address these questions by examining texts from a number of 20th century philosophers. We begin with the earlier part of the century and the logical positivists. With this groundwork, we will then analyze the movement in philosophy of science towards an emphasis on history and on scientific practice, especially work by Kuhn, Feyerabend, and Toulmin. The final part of the course will discuss responses to these philosophers. By taking this course, students will become familiar with central issues in the philosophy of science, how to read dense texts, and how to develop a philosophical argument through writing. Students will be evaluated based on class participation, two take-home exams, and a final term paper.

Course Number
HS2095
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Franklin R Jacoby

Postcolonialism and Psychoanalysis

The course considers the definition of the human by bringing together the field of postcolonial studies with the field of psychoanalysis. Both postcolonial studies and psychoanalysis engage questions of sexualized and racialized difference in the context of 20th century Europe and the legacies of colonialism. Postcolonial studies and psychoanalysis both also contend with notions of individual and collective well-being, with belonging and exclusion.

Psychoanalysis is a colonial discipline which produced a form of analysis that emerged in the time of colonialism. As such, psychoanalysis contributed to colonial notions of civilized and primitive, of man and woman, of normal and abnormal, of Europe and its others. At the same time, however, contexts of anticolonial struggle in turn shaped psychoanalytic thought. By examining texts central to these two fields, this course considers how psychoanalytic thought can help us understand the processes through which individuated subjects become defined in terms of collective groups of belonging such as the nation, and how filiation and family is connected to affiliation and nation, through relations of affect and concepts of representational politics.

We will begin with an introduction to the inception of psychoanalysis in Europe, and examine how it travels and is taken up in Europe’s colonies. Drawing on postcolonial theory and literature, we will learn about the historical emergence of the term “postcolonial,” the political and disciplinary debates to which the term gave rise, and its relation to ideas of nationalism, diaspora, Orientalism. Geographically, we will examine examples of anticolonial struggle in Algeria, India, and Palestine/Israel. Readings will focus on texts by Sigmund Freud, Jacques Derrida, the Subaltern Studies group, and scholars who directly engage with these thinkers, including Jacques Lacan, Frantz Fanon, Edward Said, and Gayatri Spivak. Students will be evaluated based on class participation, reading responses, a mid-term essay and final paper.

Course Number
HS2081
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Rethinking the Canon: Self, Others, and Philosophy

How do “philosophies born of struggle” (Leonard Harris) change, disrupt, and advance the discipline of philosophy? Academic philosophers have historically studied a select group of thinkers, most of whom are white men from Europe. European philosophers offer wonderfully rich arguments, but like all perspectives, theirs are partial and limited. To explore foundational philosophical questions, this course will read canonical European philosophers alongside scholars who engage with this canon from a diverse set of cultural, political, and historical contexts, such as indigenous studies, Africana philosophy, Latin American philosophy, postcolonial studies, and feminist theory. Along the way, we will read essays that analyze the concept of “the canon,” and we will consider how different theoretical interventions advance the discipline of philosophy.

To rethink the canon, this course will center on four philosophical questions: 1) What is the self or subjectivity? 2) What is the relationship between self and other? 3) What makes someone a good or virtuous person? 4) How do different linguistic forms (propositional, poetic, narrative) shape our thinking about reality and relationships? For each set of questions, we will pair texts from different historical and cultural contexts. Possible philosophers include Gloria Anzaldúa, Charles Mills, W.E.B Du Bois, Henry Odera Oruka, Kwasi Wiredu, Ofelia Schutte, René Descartes, Kris Sealey, Alain LeRoy Locke, David Hume, Immanuel Kant, Frantz Fanon, Maria Lugones, Plato, John Locke, Brian Yazzie Burkhart, Friedrich Nietzsche, Simone de Beauvoir, Winona LaDuke, Judith Butler, Kwame Gyekye, Jean Paul Sartre, Oyèrónké Oyèwùmí, and Kathryn Sophia Belle. Course requirements include four 3-page papers, a presentation, and a final paper.

Course Number
HS2109
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Heather Lakey

Structuralism: Resistance, Change, Politics

How do your actions impact the structures and conditions within which you exist? How do these structures impact you? How are they made? Where do you locate yourself within the structures of which you are part? With whom are you in relation? How can we think about the idea of “agency” in conditions made by economic, political, material and social forces beyond our control? What is structural change? This course examines questions about change, resistance to change, choice, power, responsibility, politics and difference through an introduction to structural and post-structural thought. Structuralism and post-structuralism are modes of thinking that posit that the parts of a structure (e.g. of a society, of a text, of an institution) are made through their relations in that structure. This course will draw on structural and post-structural work in anthropology, literature, science and technology studies (STS), in postcolonial, gender and feminist studies, as well as in deconstruction and psychoanalysis, to investigate the significance of structures of kinship, economy, and language, as well as of institutions such as the school, the military, the state and the corporation. Students will be asked to consider the relation between individual and group, material, economic, racialized and gendered conditions of existence, and notions of agency, responsibility, the individual and the human. In addition to seminar discussions of texts and short writing assignments, students will select a structure within which they are located through which to investigate the central questions of the course. Authors we read will likely include Louis Althusser, Emily Apter, Tarek El-Ariss, Charisse Burden-Stelly, Judith Butler, Jacques Derrida, Emile Durkheim, Frantz Fanon, Michel Foucault, Sigmund Freud, Stuart Hall, Donna Haraway, Ranjana Khanna, Claude Levi-Strauss, Karl Marx, Edward Said, Ferdinand de Saussure, Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak, and Anna Tsing. Films and television series we watch may include The Matrix, Blade Runner, Madam Secretary (selection) and Poor Things. Students will be evaluated based on class participation, reading responses and individual and small group assignments.

Course Number
HS2122
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Utopia/Dystopia

The practice of social dreaming has a long history in philosophical thinking, stretching back to Tao Yuanming and Plato. What constitutes a perfect or ideal society? Or, if no such place is possible, what makes for a well-functioning society? Likewise, what constitutes a terrible society? What kind of places and spaces do we want to avoid? These are important questions for human ecologists to ask as we seek to improve our relationships with our natural, social, and technological environments. To explore questions of imaginary, ideal, and flawed places, this course studies the concepts of utopia and dystopia across a range of philosophical, political, and literary writings. Although we will focus our attention on theoretical literature, we will read one novel and several short stories.

Additional course questions include: What motivates us to envision utopias and dystopias? Does political philosophy require a utopian vision? What do utopias and dystopias tell us about social fears, anxieties, and hopes? Are utopia and dystopia inherently connected? What theoretical questions spring from the utopia/dystopia binary? We will read texts such as, Plato’s Republic, Thomas More’s Utopia, Rokeya Hossain’s Sultana’s Dream, Marx and Engels’ Communist Manifesto, Elizabeth Grosz’s The Time of Architecture; William Godwin’s Enquiry Concerning Political Justice, José Estaban Muñoz’s Cruising Utopia, Sigmund Freud’s Civilization and Its Discontents, Octavia Butler’s Parable of the Sower, Ursula K. LaGuin’s The Ones Who Walk Away From Omelas, Laozi’s Tao Te Ching, Hannah Arendt’s The Origins of Totalitarianism, Alex Zamalin’s Black Utopia, and selections from The Utopian Reader by Gregory Claeys and Lyman Tower Sargent.

Course Number
HS1115
Area of Study
PC
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Heather Lakey ’00, M.Phil ’05, Heather Lakey

Waste

The term “waste” has varied definitions; it can suggest excess material not put to use, garbage, time or objects that are not made productive or useful, and that which is thrown away. Waste is both a verb and a noun, and the term often carries moral or ethical undertones; time should not be wasted, neither should food nor material goods, and of course, life itself should not be wasted. Waste should be reduced or transformed through consumption or recycling. Waste can occasion disgust and outrage, but even if less acknowledged, also fascination, desire and pleasure. Time spent idle is often time considered “wasted.” Waste is also often understood as destructive and as the product of destruction. At the same time, waste can also be a necessary by product of its opposites. Psychoanalysis has drawn attention to feces association with gold and the notion of the gift of waste in the formation of subjectivity. Political economy, postcolonial studies, anthropology and feminist theory have all addressed histories of abjection, notions of excrement, disposable populations, and the ways in which humans have dealt with literal waste and those materials and lives that become understood as waste. In this regard, understandings of waste have been central for notions of value, productivity, desire, cleanliness and filth, inside and outside, and the place of difference. In this course, we will examine some of the varied ways in which waste has been understood – in terms of political economy, political theory, postcolonial studies and feminist theory, addressing waste in terms of identity, the natural environment, value, and the formation of what counts as human. Readings will include texts by Karl Marx, Frantz Fanon, Georges Bataille, Julia Kristeva, Sigmund Freud, Dominque Laporte, Mary Douglas, Jacques Lacan, Norman O. Brown, Sophia Stamatopoulou-Robbins, William Rathje and Cullen Murphy, Kathleen Millar, Hannah Arendt, Carl Schmitt, Kevin Bales, Paul Ricoeur, Ranjana Khanna, and Françoise Vergès. Students will be evaluated based on attendance, in-class participation, reading responses, and two short analytical essays.

Course Number
HS4047
Area of Study
PC, Philosophy and Critical Theory
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

10X Dramatic Writing Studio

This class is an invitation to explore writing for theater, film, and television by creating ten scripts over the 10-week term. Edward Albee told Andrea that a play is as long as it is. To that end, like a short story, the short form allows for the creation of numerous stories, testing of form and structure, experimentation, failure, and success. Scripts can range from 1 page to 10 pages or longer if need be. This writing workshop will be fast-paced and inquiry-driven. We will use class time to do writing exercises, ask and answer questions, discuss the craft of scriptwriting, and share and critique our own and one another’s work. Students will be expected to create ten scripts, re-draft 5 of those scripts, and select their favorite script to further refine and finalize as their final project.

Evaluation is based on the quality of written work and participation in class discussions. Work will be evaluated for quality, engagement, effectiveness, on-time delivery, and commitment to the workshop collective. Students are expected to bring in new plays each week and to contribute their best work to an end-of-class public reading.

Course Number
AD2047
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Andrea Lepcio

A Production Monster Course

This winter, students will collaboratively research and build a hybrid performance installation performed for the public at the end of the term. The project will be drawn from work previously created and staged, by faculty member and artist Dru Colbert. That work was a trilogy of original performance installation events conceived of by Dru, focused on the landscape, history and folklore of Mt. Desert Island, Maine, and sited specifically in various locations on the island at different times of the year. The work explores human activity and memory associated with the surrounding landscape, and is intended to conjure “hidden” histories of human occupation and experience on the island that are not covered in the guidebooks or National Park brochures. The project of the monster course this winter will be to reconsider one of these works within the current historical and cultural context with new collaborators and new elements. The project will be researched, built and performed by participants in the course in collaboration with select local organizations and community members. Areas of research and documentation include: natural and historical events (through community interviews and historical record/found footage/home movies), scientific processes, things that crossover time(s), spirits emerging from the past, predictions and imaginings of the future, and entities from adjacent worlds.

Students selected for the course will engage collaboratively and individually in a wide range of art making activities including dramaturgical research and planning of large and small scale visual, spatial and performance elements, scriptwriting, object making, choreography, light, sound and music, ensemble/crew management, promotion, and documentation. Evaluation will be based on demonstrated engagement with all course elements and materials as well as successful navigation of and contribution to the shared production process.

Students with visual art, craft, sewing, carpentry, construction, tech, performance art, sound and puppetry experience are especially encouraged to apply. Previous coursework in these areas is not required but will be most useful.

To be considered for the course, students must complete the questionnaire provided via email by week 3, Fall term. Instructors may also request interviews. This large scale intensive process will result in a run of 4 site specific performances at the end of the Winter term. The course counts for 3 full credits and requires a considerable time commitment. The default grading option for this course is credit/no credit.

Course Number
AD4043
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Jodi Baker, Dru Colbert

Actor Training I

This course is geared toward students with or without performance experience. Together we will establish a common language to define the most important tools for an actor. Through a series of games and exercises, students develop new skills and practice making bolder, clearer choices within improvised, devised or established scenes. The goals are to create confidence in any sort of performance situation and to find ways of applying acting skills to other academic and outside experiences. Evaluation is based on participation in class activities and discussion, successful completion of all performance projects, including productive rehearsal time and an organized portfolio of written responses. There will be at least one field trip. Default grading option for this course is CR/NC.

Course Number
AD2023
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jodi Baker

Advanced Music Theory

This interactive course will focus on the theory of Western European art music with additional content on jazz, popular music, and selected non-Western music theories. Topics will include advanced rhythms/meters, scales, intervals, chords, and diatonic harmony. Learning activities will include analysis, sight-singing, ear training, dictation, and applications to active music making. This course will be useful to musicians interested in applying common musical elements and structures to their practice as a performer, improviser, songwriter, and/or composer in order to enhance their overall artistry. It will also provide students with a common vocabulary to communicate and collaborate with other musicians across styles and genres. Students enrolling in the course should have a working knowledge of standard Western notation, including proficiency in reading rhythm and pitch in at least one clef. Basic competency in at least one instrument or voice is also recommended.

Assessment of student work will include weekly written (notation-based) assignments, sight-singing recordings, dictations, a mid-term exam, and a final exam.

Course Number
AD4060
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Adam McLean

Advanced Samba Percussion Ensemble

In Advanced Samba Percussion Ensemble, we will focus on developing a repertoire of percussion music based in two Brazilian music traditions: Samba Reggae from the city of Salvador de Bahia and Samba Batucada, an instrumental substyle of Samba music originating in Rio de Janeiro. This class builds on the work undertaken in Samba Percussion Ensemble by exploring additional styles, developing more complex arrangements, and building a wider repertoire. Along the way, students will cultivate skills in percussion performance, physical coordination, formal memorization, functional notation strategies, and rhythmic awareness. At the same time, we will learn about the social history of Samba music through reading, screening, listening, and discussion. These twin endeavors are mutually enriching and are designed to contribute towards a more robust and holistic model of cross-cultural musical learning.

This term, we will be joined on campus by guest artist Caique Vidal, a percussionist born and raised in Salvador, Bahia, for a series of workshops and a final performance at the end of the term.

Advances Samba Percussion Ensemble is open to students who have taken Samba Percussion Ensemble or by special permission. Please contact Jonathan if you have not taken the intro class but want to be considered for the advanced class. The first class session of the week will typically be split between rehearsal and listening/discussion/instruction. The second class session of the week will be reserved just for rehearsal. Students will be assessed based on their participation in class learning and discussion, practice outside of class time, and the completion of assignments.

Course Number
AD4055
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jonathan Henderson

Audio Journalism: Reporting, Producing, Storytelling

This will be a “soup to nuts” course in audio journalism geared towards the beginner. In this class we will detail: how to record and edit audio; interviewing techniques; writing for broadcast; how to voice a script—all leading to the creation of an NPR style piece. This is very much a journalism class. Through a series of ever more challenging assignments – both individual and with a partner; in class and out – students will not only acquire the expertise to produce a compelling radio piece, but come to understand the ethics of audio journalism. The format for the course will be a hands-on workshop with a heavy workload of reporting assignments that we will critique together in review sessions. A significant amount of a student’s time outside of class will be dedicated to reporting stories, editing audio and writing scripts followed by individual edit sessions with the instructor. We will also be hearing from a number of noted journalists who will Zoom into the class on a broad range of topics. Students will be evaluated on their timely completion of assignments, overall improvement, their constructive engagement with group critique sessions and Zoom guest speakers, and their follow-up on edit suggestions from the instructor. This class is open to all students interested in journalism and audio production. There are no prerequisites, though prior experience in journalism, narrative writing or audio recording and production is helpful.

Course Number
HS3120
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Peter Breslow

Audio Production as Compositional Tool

In 1979, the music producer Brian Eno argued that the recording studio is a “compositional tool,” upending the idea that the recording studio exists to document pre-existing musical compositions. His assertion came on the back of pivotal albums such as The Beatles’ “Revolver” and The Beach Boys’ “Pet Sounds” (1966), which demonstrated the creative possibilities of composing in the studio. We might call this type of approach to music composition “playing the studio.” In this course, students learn how music production makes use of editing, mixing, and effect processing to maximize its impact. Through readings, film screenings, and audio listening sessions, students learn about past and present studio techniques and use these techniques during audio projects and exercises. Students learn to use virtual instruments, effect processors, microphones, and COA’s recording studio to strengthen their technical audio recording, editing, and mixing skills. Students will be evaluated based on their participation in class discussions, their fluency in the use of recording equipment and software, the process they use to approach each assignment, and the completion of assigned projects. No prerequisites or sound/music experience is required.

Course Number
AD1072
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Zachary Soares

Audiocraft: Writing and Producing Longform Narrative Audio

How do you use sound and story to build tension and hold attention? In this course, students will explore longform narrative storytelling using sound as their medium. Through reading and listening assignments, students will develop skills to identify narrative devices, critique story structure, and gain inspiration about the possibilities of sound as a narrative tool. Students can expect to complete short exercises and prompts at the beginning of term, aimed at developing story outlines and experimenting with story structure. We will discuss how to develop a longform story from an idea to a fully-realized production; whether working in fiction or non-fiction, students will hone research skills and draw from multiple sources of inspiration for their work. This course will focus heavily on writing and scripting, and integrating sound design with storytelling. Students will produce one longform audio story by the end of term, this story can be a work of fiction, non-fiction, or it can blur the lines between the two. This class is an opportunity for students to stretch audio and storytelling muscles and to experiment with form to create a polished 20-minute audio story. Students can expect a highly collaborative and supportive class atmosphere; we will use class time for workshopping, critique, and collaboration as well as class discussion.

Students will be evaluated based on their participation in class discussions, their preparedness with assigned materials, and their commitment and completion of exercises and a longform narrative audio story. This class will require independent work; students should be prepared to record, write, and edit audio outside of class time.

Course Number
AD2048
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Galen Koch

Beginning Contemporary Dance Technique

In this introductory level course, we’ll work to develop a movement practice that centers both self care and togetherness. This class will draw on a variety of contemporary practitioners and methods, relying on somatosensory feedback to access availability, spaciousness, presence and pleasure both individually and collectively. Students will investigate basic patterns of choreography, experimenting with principles of velocity and momentum and exploring personal and shared movement impulses. Assigned readings, screenings, and writing assignments will complement and support our physical practice. Students will be evaluated based on attendance, successful completion of assigned work, depth of engagement during class and with course materials, and the expansion of their individual movement capacities. All class meetings will take place in-person and on campus. Participants of diverse abilities, needs, and backgrounds are encouraged to enroll. Dance experience is welcomed, but not necessary.

Course Number
AD1056
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Dani Robbins

Black Atlantic Music

In Black Atlantic Music students will work to understand how histories of slavery, colonialism, diasporic imagination, and networks of cultural exchange form the basis for popular music in the African diaspora. Tracing musical and political histories through a series of case studies routed throughout the diaspora, this course aims to develop a theory of “the Black Atlantic” as a sonic geography. After establishing a foundation in the key historical forces leading to the creation of the African diaspora, students will explore case studies related to the development of local and transnational musical styles from salsa to hip-hop, funk, reggae and more. We will explore the intersecting work of artists (such as Janelle Monae, Angélique Kidjo, Fela Kuti, Lee “Scratch” Perry, and Bob Marley) and scholars (such as Paul Gilroy, Angela Davis, Amiri Baraka, and Michael Veal). Equal weight in the course will be given to reading, listening, and writing as valuable modes of interacting with music. Throughout the course of the term, students will learn to listen more closely to sound and to develop a critical capacity for relating these sounds to the political and social worlds from which they emerge. Turning our attention back and forth between the local and the transnational, Black Atlantic Music is a window into how music takes shape in the context of culture, politics, geography and history. Evaluations will be based on regular written responses, a final project, and participation in class discussions and activities.

Course Number
AD3077
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jonathan Henderson

Chamber Music

What do Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, and Brahms have in common? They are all considered great masters of classical music, having written several works for large symphony orchestras. But they also wrote music for smaller ensembles called chamber music. What is chamber music and how has it developed through the centuries? How is it relevant today? The bulk of this course is a lab/ensemble opportunity to perform in small chamber groups, based on experience and following a musical score. To deepen our understanding of the music we play, it’s helpful to understand the political, social and cultural trends that influenced and shaped chamber music across the Baroque, Classical, Romantic and Modern eras. There will be mini lessons about the composers and their places in history, along with listening guides, but the majority of class time will be spent in rehearsals coached by the instructors. Music will be chosen by the instructors based on demonstrated abilities, with input from participating students. Other aspects of the class include a trip to a live performance, some research, listening assignments, and a written essay.

Evaluations are based on musical collaboration/participation, practice/preparation outside of class time and assignments.

Course Number
AD4044
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Richard Hsu, Christina Spurling

Composer’s Ensemble

Using traditional music notation and a variety of non-traditional notation techniques, The Composer’s Ensemble will offer a fun series of sessions where we study ways that composers have used words (text scores), images (graphic scores), game strategies, collage, and iconic symbols to create open works that encourage students to develop their individual compositional voices and one-of-a-kind performances.

We will start by defining what music is, how it works, what its principal components are, and then learn how to organize those elements in a variety of methods and perform the outcomes. The instructor will provide a variety of scores that have influenced his compositional output along with his own works. Ideally, we will spend equal time studying scores and playing/preparing music for a final concert. Classes will meet twice a week: one 90 minute ensemble section, and another 90 minute ensemble section that will culminate with a 90 minute session where the instructor can offer individual instruction/support and sectional or group rehearsal.

Students will study scores by: Anthony Braxton (Language Modalities), Pauline Oliveros (Text Scores), Wadada Leo Smith (Scaffold Scores), John Cage (Time Based Scores), Phillip Greenlief (Graphic Scores) John Zorn, Rova Saxophone Quartet (Game Strategies)

Evaluation will be based on: in-class participation and attendance; composition (composing) assignments; and written essays, reviews, etc.

Course Number
AD2057
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Phillip Greenlief

Contemporary Dance Composition

This introductory course will focus on personal expression through movement and compositional techniques. Each class will begin with a gentle warm up that will help students become aware of movement impulses and locate a personal movement vocabulary. Through short, weekly assignments, students will gather a collection of tools for composing movement sequences including honing improvisation toward set choreography, responding to spatial and environmental conditions, and drawing inspiration from sound and imagery. Our making will be supplemented by readings and screenings of 20th and 21st century choreographers, aiding us in contextualizing our creative process within the current field of contemporary dance. Students will be asked to craft a short final piece of choreography, to be shared with the community during a “Works in Progress” showing. Evaluation will be based on attendance, satisfactory completion of weekly assignments, and rigorous engagement with the process of developing a final piece. Students of diverse abilities and experiences are encouraged to enroll. It is strongly recommended that students have some prior dance or theater coursework before taking this course. Please contact the instructor directly if you have questions about your background.

Course Number
AD1065
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Dani Robbins

Contemporary Dance Composition

This introductory course will focus on personal expression through movement and compositional techniques. Each class will begin with a gentle warm up that will help students become aware of movement impulses and locate a personal movement vocabulary. Through short, weekly assignments, students will gather a collection of tools for composing movement sequences including honing improvisation toward set choreography, responding to spatial and environmental conditions, and drawing inspiration from sound and imagery. Our making will be supplemented by readings and screenings of 20th and 21st century choreographers, aiding us in contextualizing our creative process within the current field of contemporary dance. Students will be asked to craft a short final piece of choreography, to be shared with the community during a “Works in Progress” showing. Evaluation will be based on attendance, satisfactory completion of weekly assignments, and rigorous engagement with the process of developing a final piece. Students of diverse abilities and experiences are encouraged to enroll. It is strongly recommended that students have some prior dance or theater coursework before taking this course. Please contact the instructor directly if you have questions about your background.

Course Number
AD3088
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Dani Robbins

Dance Improvisation Ensemble

In this intermediate-level dance course, we will work as an ensemble of movers to build improvisational scores, deepen our sense of listening, and think critically about improvisation as a practice of choice-making, communication, and resilience. Each class session will take the form of an ensemble rehearsal, beginning with a gentle warm-up that drops dancers into their sensory awareness. Once we are prepared to move safely, we will experiment with scores and prompts that generate movement and debrief our experiences through writing, drawing, and discussion. Opportunities will be provided to explore more specific microcosms of dance improvisation including musical collaborations, Contact Improvisation, and Emergent Improvisation. Short readings and video screenings will complement our embodied learning. We will develop an evening-length performance as our final project, to be performed on campus and at local schools. Students will be assessed based on attendance, participation in discussions, presence in rehearsals, and participation in our final performance.

Course Number
AD3087
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Dani Robbins

Dramatic Mechanics

Theatre is, at its core, an embodied investigation of the dynamics of difference and power. This course will focus on how that investigation works both on the page and in production. Students will study the unique architecture of texts written for performance, how plays are built and how they function for an audience. Student will read aloud a varied selection of contemporary and historical texts for performance, examining them structurally, logistically, aesthetically and from multiple points of view within production work (ie. dramaturgy, design, direction, acting, audience). The class will consider differences in staging and determine through practice, how those choices impact meaning. Students should be prepared to actively engage with the work through discussion, table reads, weekly writing assignments and occasional informal scene work. There will be one required field trip. Students will be evaluated on demonstrated participation in all class activities, screenings and discussion, successful completion of all writing and performance assignments and a final project of their own design.

Course Number
AD2039
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jodi Baker

Experimental Sound Studio

In Experimental Sound Studio, students will develop advanced skills in sound design, sound synthesis, soldering, field recording, multichannel mixing, basic electronic circuit design, and the use of hardware and software synthesizers. This hands-on course emphasizes the creation of original sounds by building custom devices and signal flows from scratch. The course emphasizes exploration and experimentation, encouraging students to tailor each project in a way that furthers their sound practice. Each project includes dedicated lab time for the development of nuanced, individualized work. Projects include soldering basic sound generators and effects, learning VCV Rack (an open-source modular synthesis software), working with semi-modular and modular hardware synthesizers, composing and mixing in quadraphonic (four-channel) sound, and the creative use of field and archival recordings. We will study musicians and sound artists who have pushed the limits of sonic experimentation, considering how their work can inform our own creative practices. Selected readings will be drawn from texts by practitioners including Karen Collins’ Studying Sound: A Theory and Practice of Sound Design, Thom Holmes’ Electronic and Experimental Music: Technology, Music, and Culture, Pauline Minevich and Ellen Waterman’s Art of Immersive Soundscapes, Micah Lexier and Dan Lander’s Sound by Artists, and Tara Rodgers’ Pink Noises. Students will be evaluated based on participation in class discussions and labs and successful completion of hands-on projects.

This is an advanced-level course intended for students with prior experience in music production, sound design, songwriting, recording and editing, and/or electronics.

Course Number
AD5039
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Jonathan Henderson

Film Sound and Image

This hands-on course will explore sound composition, editing, and mixing to create soundtracks for video and/or film. Students who take this course must have a background in music composition and/or sound and video production in order to collaborate on creative video/sound projects. Sound recordings will include music and voice as well as everyday sounds and special sound effects. The class will incorporate a number of group projects as well as individual exercises to illustrate sound recording and mixing strategies. We will also study sound in relation to video/film through readings and screenings. In addition to class assignments, students will start developing sound tracks for their independent projects. Students will be evaluated on their success in creating compositions, recordings, and mixes for video/film projects; and their ability to bring together moving pictures with a soundtrack to create a whole that is more than the sum of its parts. Students will also be evaluated on their participation in class discussions and exercises.

Course Number
AD4015
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Folk Music Ensemble

In this performance-based class, students will work together to learn and perform traditional folk music, both in small groups and as a large ensemble. Styles will be guided by student interest and may include New England, Québécois, Cape Breton, Scottish, Irish, Old Time, Bluegrass, and others. Instrumentation may include (but is not limited to) fiddle, keyboard, guitar, banjo, mandolin, bouzouki, ukulele, dulcimer, bass, cello, accordion, concertina, pipes, flute, whistle, vocals, harp, and percussion. Tunes will primarily be taught “by ear,” although notation will be available as well. Throughout the term, students will play and interact with experienced folk music practitioners representing various styles and instruments. The class will include participation in informal local song sessions and will culminate in a final performance.

How will students in this course be evaluated?: Assessment of student work will be based on contributions to rehearsals and discussions, participation in sessions and performances, weekly reflections, and a research project on a tune of interest.

Course Number
AD4052
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Adam McLean

Four-Dimensional Studio

This class gives students an opportunity to investigate time-based art. 4-D art draws on the vast and varied traditions of theatre, dance, media, and music, often crossing boundaries to create hybrid works. This course will focus on concepts and processes related to representing and experiencing events that take place in time. Strategies for planning, proposing, and producing work individually or collaboratively will be discussed and practiced. Some class periods will be workshop in style, and include physical and vocal exercises and improvisations. The course will include basic instruction and use of video cameras and sound recording devices. A majority of the learning in this studio course will happen as students make projects and reflect on their work and the work of others. Documentation and information about contemporary and historic time-based art will be presented. Students will be evaluated based on imaginative exploration of ideas and materials, extent and depth of work processes and research, completion of assigned projects, and participation in class discussions.

Course Number
AD1019
Area of Study
Performance & Music, Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Nancy Evelyn Andrews, Matthew Shaw

Futurity: A Production Monster Course

This winter, students will collaboratively research and stage a production of César Alvarez and the Lisps’ Futurity (2015), a work of musical theater about two people dreaming of a technological utopia during one of the darkest periods of American history. The musical looks back to the Civil War to raise contemporary questions about the role of technology in visions for liberation. The “thinking machine” at the center of Futurity asks us to consider the merger of human and machine in today’s technological age. Our staging of the production will benefit from the collaboration of electroacoustic sculptor Mark Dixon, whose novel musical instruments will feature in the role of the “Steam Brain,” the “thinking machine” that Futurity’s protagonists hope will bring an end to human suffering. Evaluation will be based on demonstrated engagement with all course elements and materials, and successful navigation and contributions to the shared production project. Students interested in being a part of the performing ensemble (actors, singers, musicians), and/or those interested in set, lighting and sound design, stage management, dramaturgy, etc. are encouraged to apply. To be considered, students must complete the questionnaire provided via email by the end of week 5, Fall term. This intensive process will result in a run of performances at the end of the Winter term. The course counts for 3 full credits and requires a considerable time commitment. The default grading option is credit/no credit. If a letter grade is desired, it would need to be requested by the student.

Course Number
AD4037
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Guitar Fundamentals

This course is a fundamental study in guitar chord construction, note reading, chord symbol identification, fingerboard facility, theory as related to guitar and scale and mode work. Students will develop a practice routine in order to attain introductory improvisational skills and basic facility in practical guitar performance. Intermediate students will expand their existing knowledge and skill in these areas. Assessment is based on class participation, reading, listening and notation assignments, and the development of a self-directed practice routine with specific goals, weekly practice tapes and a final performance. Students that play another stringed instrument are welcome but they will be responsible for translating the teachings to their instrument.

Students must provide their own instruments (acoustic or electric).

Course Number
AD2037
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Ryan Blotnick

Hamlet

This course is an intensive study of Shakespeare’s work from the point of view of the actor. Through text analysis, scene study, physical/vocal work and acting exercises, students explore the meaning, music and power in Shakespeare’s words while developing their own strategies for performing the play effectively for contemporary audiences. The bulk of the work involves learning, staging and presenting key monologues and scenes from the play for

continued critique and revision. Students gain a clear understanding of the context in which the play was written but primarily focus on contemporary connections and discourse as well as a wide variety of old and new adaptations. Evaluation is based on participation in all class activities, readings and discussion, successful completion of all performance projects including productive rehearsal time alone and in groups, a portfolio of written responses and effective engagement with the shared class blog. Work will happen both on and off campus and includes the possibility of at least one field trip. Due to the nature of the work, please note the extended class block schedule.

Course Number
AD4053
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jodi Baker

Improvisation in Music

This “hands on” theory/performance course for singers, instrumentalists, guitarists, pianists, drummers, etc., deals with improvisation, a spontaneous exchange or interplay of musical ideas and moods. It offers the musician the opportunity to utilize his/her technical ability to its fullest extent while enjoying the creative freedom of spontaneous composition. The class addresses technical and aesthetic aspects of improvisation in all styles of music (jazz, rock, blues, classical, folk, etc.), including the elements of melodic development, melodic cliches, rhythmic and melodic embellishment, harmonic substitutions, and development of the ear. It is multilevel in format, allowing for students of all technical proficiency to participate. In short, this course enables students to use the “tools of improvisation” to be able to make a “personal musical statement” while playing, singing, “jamming,” etc.

Course Number
AD4035
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Ryan Blotnick

Introduction to Songwriting

Have you always wanted to write an original song, but don’t know where to start? Or perhaps you have been writing songs for years and would like a different perspective. Wherever you are in your musical journey, you are welcome in this course! Join singer songwriter Caroline Cotter for an adventure in songwriting that explores the power of songs and provides different approaches to crafting a song that truly speaks to your ideas and emotions. Caroline shares her own process on finding inspiration and crafting songs that have the power to move you and others. There will be opportunities for free writing, listening and dissecting songs from all genres, song sharing, group feedback, co-writing, and lots of experimenting in a supportive and safe environment. For a final project, students will present their final work in their choice of an audio recording, video recording, or live performance. Evaluation will be based on class participation, completion of written assignments, and the final project.

Course Number
AD1070
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Caroline Cotter

Jazz Ensemble

In this intermediate-level course we will form a medium-sized ensemble to rehearse and perform jazz music. Some prior experience with improvisation is required, as well as an ability to read music or to learn quickly by ear. Rehearsals will focus on playing with good time, intonation, feel, blend, while respecting various stylistic and historical elements of jazz. Emphasis will be placed on improvisation, which will be taught from the ground up with a focus on ear-training and harmony. There will be a concert performance toward the end of the term and there is the potential for additional off-campus performances and jam sessions. Students will be evaluated based on attendance, commitment to learning the material, successful completion of assigned work, and the expansion of improvisational ability. Participants of diverse abilities, needs, and backgrounds are encouraged to apply, including those who play non-traditional jazz instruments. This course is scheduled from 11:10-2:25 with a break for lunch. The second studio block will at times be used for small group work and other assignments as needed.

Course Number
AD3085
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Ryan Blotnick

Jazz Manouche

During the 1930s, the French-Romani guitarist Django Reinhardt launched a new musical style. Combining the traditional music of his Romani heritage with French bal-musettes and the Swing music storming Europe from the other side of the Atlantic, Reinhardt pioneered a sound that came to be known as “Gypsy Jazz,” “Jazz Manouche” or “Hot Club Jazz.” This class will focus on the rich musical repertoire flowing from this history as we work to practice, perform, and learn about its sounds and histories. A practice-based course organized around learning and performing the music, it will treat a series of compositions as entry points for lessons in jazz improvisation, understanding harmonic motion, chord voicing, and rhythmic awareness (swing, waltz, bossa, bolero, etc.). In addition to practice-based work, students will also learn about the histories of Romani (Sinti) migration across Europe and the genealogies of musicians as they relate to the development of Jazz Manouche. Students will read texts concerning Django Reinhardt and other key figures and will write a final paper that reflects research into the people, places, and sounds associated with this music. Assessment will be based on class participation, weekly practice logs, and the final paper/project. The course is designed for students with a working knowledge of an acoustic instrument (guitar, strings, bass, percussion, accordion, mandolin, woodwinds, brass, percussion, etc.). The class will be held largely outdoors, so we cannot accommodate piano or electric instruments. Permission of instructor is required to ensure a workable balance of instruments.

Course Number
AD3079
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jonathan Henderson

Making Art: Effort, Resilience, Persistence

In this advanced art practicum and seminar, students will pursue the development of a body of art work or series of art works. Through practice, critique, discussion, readings, and interactions with artists and those involved in supporting and presenting artists, students will gain a better understanding of art as an ongoing pursuit, beyond classes and assignments. What does it take to maintain and fertilize the long-term project or a life’s work? How can a creative process be carried on, maintained and sustained? The primary goal of this course is for each student to develop their art practice, better understand their creative processes, and show evidence of these developments. This course is an excellent lead-up to a senior project in the arts. Students may work in any medium, but should already have the basic skills required for their chosen project(s)/body of work. This course requires significant dedication outside of class to make artworks. Students are expected to possess and/or extend their ability to be self-directed and motivated. Students will be evaluated on their progress towards their goals, and participation in discussions and critiques; students are encouraged to elect for a credit/no credit grade.

Course Number
AD5033
Area of Study
Performance & Music, Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Advanced

Movement Training Basics

This course is an introduction to a wide variety of physical skills useful for anyone interested in investigating their own potential for physical research and self-expression. Techniques are derived from movement training methodologies developed for actors as well as other practices including (but not limited to) classical ballet, martial arts, circus skills, sports training, acrobatics, and improvisation. Students gain a greater sense of physical awareness and imaginative possibility, building strength, mental and physical agility, stamina and flexibility while grappling with questions regarding personal and collective responsibility, personal and collective consent and the power/politics of a specific body in a given space or circumstance. The class works to challenge preconceptions about body image and body language while working creatively and collaboratively to clarify abstract concepts through physical action. Evaluation is based on class participation (including labs/screenings and small group rehearsals), engagement with the course blog (including all introduced topics and concepts), and successful completion and presentation of a short sequence of assigned projects. Students with any or no movement experience are welcome.

Course Number
AD1060
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Jodi Baker

Music for Narrative Media

How does music work to amplify the meaning and motivation of narrative artwork? Music for Narrative Media is a practice-based course focused on creating music for narrative forms such as theater, film, and podcasts. The class will open with critical listening-viewing of various narrative media to analyze how music supports storytelling. Each member of the class will carry out structured weekly assignments in music composition that will involve a variety of tools and approaches (beginning with an instrument, beginning on the page, working with digital tools, working with field recordings, etc.). These prompts will invite an iterative process of creating a series of brief musical sketches that are then selected from and further refined. Throughout the term, we will find opportunities to collaborate with students working on films, podcasts, theater or dance pieces, or other media. This process will mirror the kind of work that composers regularly undertake: developing a collaborative vision with other artists. Student assessment will be based on attendance, the completion and thoroughness of assigned projects, participation in critique/feedback sessions, and a mid-term project profiling a composer/sound artist. Working knowledge of an instrument (acoustic, electric, or electronic) is a prerequisite, but you need not have composed music before. You will need to take musical risks and trust in the dynamics of group collaboration and revision.

Course Number
AD4057
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jonathan Henderson

Music Fundamentals

This hands-on course deals with the aural, visual, and physical elements of music and its production. Topics include foundational music theory/ear training, the elements of music, basic keyboard and ukulele skills, and arranging/composition. This course is specifically geared toward musical novices and musicians with limited formal training. The sole prerequisite is a desire to make music or simply to enrich one’s skills as a critical listener of music. Emphasis is on popular song styles, but analysis of Western art music and non-Western styles are also included for comparison purposes.

Assessment of student work will include appropriate participation in class and musical experiences, weekly reflections and responses, music theory exercises, and mid-term/final projects applying a chosen topic from the course.

Course Number
AD2056
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Adam McLean

Music Fundamentals: Intro to Reading/Hearing/Writing/Playing

This hands-on course deals with the aural, mental, and physical elements of music and its production. It is divided into instructional segments including: Ear Training and Aural Perception, Music Theory, Basic Keyboard Skills, Arranging and Composition, and Basic Guitar Skills. This course is open to all students, regardless of musical experience. The sole prerequisite is a desire to make music or simply to enrich one’s skills as a critical listener of music. Efforts are made to accommodate the special needs of the musical novice, as well as to challenge the experienced performer. Emphasis is on popular song styles, but analysis of Western Art Music forms are included for comparison purposes.

Course Number
AD1067
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Adam McLean

Music Theater Production

In this three-credit course, students will collectively research, rehearse, and produce an established work of music theatre in collaboration with two or more faculty and/or guest artists. This course provides practical experience in methods and processes useful in building a working creative ensemble. The number of students enrolled in the course varies depending on the demands of the project. Students with any or no experience are welcome, but priority is based on seniority and/or specific academic investment in the given project, process, or subject matter. Information about the specific project will be shared in the term preceding, and in most cases, all assignments (cast and crew) will be made before registration through an application and interview process. Those interested in aspects of production other than acting and music (set design, light and sound design, stage management, dramaturgy, etc.) are especially encouraged to apply. This intensive process will result in a run of public performances near the end of the term. The course counts for three full credits and requires a significant time commitment. The class meets most weekdays, for extended hours, and those enrolled must be available for a certain amount of additional collaborative work (extra rehearsals, construction and tech work, plus final performance dates and strike). A production schedule will be available by the first week of the term the course is offered. Evaluation is based on demonstrated commitment to the process and a final reflective paper based on the experience. Because the material and pedagogical focus of the course changes with each successive rendition, students may receive credit for this course more than once. Default grading for this course is Credit/No Credit.

Course Number
AD4061
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Musicianship

Ready to take an existing or budding musical practice to the next level? This course is for students interested in developing their skills as instrumentalists, vocalists, composers, songwriters, or beatmakers. Students will work independently (or in small groups) to create and implement a learning plan that reflects their specific musical goals. Students are welcome to sign up individually or in groups (e.g., a string quartet, a songwriting partnership, or a band would be welcome to sign up together).

Class topics will include practice strategies, repertoire selection, rehearsal techniques, performance skills, notating/communicating musical intentions, applications of theory, and interdisciplinary connections (i.e. dance and visual arts). Practice outside of class is expected and will be documented through a reflective practice log. A final project will be determined in consultation with the professor. At the term’s close, students will share a representation of their learning and complete a self-assessment reflecting on their progress.

Course Number
AD6031
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Variable
Instructor
Adam McLean

Our Band Could Be Your Life: Music, Art, Zines 1975-2015

This course is an investigation of how we consume and are consumed by music. Topics include youth and subcultures of music, power and identity, the politics of location, and fan cultures. We will listen to punk rock, hip hop, riot grrrl, shoegaze, noise, psych, death metal, doom drone, post rock, grindcore and pop (among others); we will analyze visual artists who come to represent musical movements (such as Raymond Pettibon & Winston Smith, Fab 5 Freddy & Cey Adams) and we will read socio-cultural criticism of the times and places from which these artists sprang (Joan Didion, Steve Waksman, Theodor Adorno, Tobi Vale, Kathleen Hanna and Kevin Young). The class will explore analogue artifacts from the 70s, 80s & 90s (posters, zines, fine art, videos) and compare them to digital artifacts found today on the internet. Students are required to attend all weekly film screenings and sound sessions. Evaluations will be based on regular critical responses, a final project and participation in discussion and class activities.

Course Number
AD2035
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Daniel Mahoney

Samba Percussion Ensemble

Samba is one of music’s great spectacles – loud, coordinated, precise, and kinetic. The music is equally at home on the stage and in the street. All are welcome to participate in COA’s samba percussion ensemble. The individual percussion parts range in complexity so the music suits a wide range of skills and levels of experience. The musical repertoire for the ensemble will be developed in coordination with Caique Vidal, a Brazilian percussionist who will visit the class (virtually) on a few occasions to offer perspective and insights drawn from his experience with the music. Alongside rehearsal and performance, students will study the history of samba music in Brazil. We will read Barbara Browning’s Samba: Resistance in Motion and also discuss what the music’s recontextualization to a college campus in Maine might mean for its performers and listeners. Student assessment will be based on rehearsal attendance, class discussion participation, reading response journals, and a final group presentation.

Course Number
AD6030
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Variable
Instructor
Jonathan Henderson

Shellac to Spotify: 100 Years of Recorded Music

Around one hundred and fifty years ago people’s relationship to sound and listening began to fundamentally change. No longer just an ephemeral phenomenon, sound became a thing that could be captured, stored, and played back. The first sound recording technology, the Edison Tin Foil Phonograph, induced a minor social panic; people described being unsettled by the uncanny experience of listening to voices from the past. We now take this ability to listen and re-listen to events from the past for granted as we stream music into our earbuds, enjoy the heightened emotions brought on by a film or television score, or feel our bodies resonate with rumbling bass frequencies at a dance party. Shellac to Spotify: 100 Years of Recorded Music explores how music and technology have coevolved over the past hundred years to shape our relationships to sound, music, and listening. We will approach these questions with both hands-on assignment and from the perspectives of the academic fields of ethnomusicology and sound studies. Students will experiment with music technologies: creating an analog cassette mix tape, soldering together a theremin, composing with analog synthesizers, conducting low-power radio transmissions, experimenting with autotune and digital sequencers, exploring algorithmic music composition, and learning the basics of sound recording and editing in a digital audio workstation (DAW). In addition to weekly hands-on activities, students will read academic texts exploring how the intersection of music and technology reflect and condition social values, norms, and ways of knowing the world. For a final project, each student will create a short podcast that examines a musician, song, or music technology in historical and social context. Student assessment will be based on attendance, the completion and thoroughness of assignments and projects, participation in seminar discussions, and the end-of-term podcast project.

Course Number
AD1078
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Jonathan Henderson

Sound Studies Practicum

How are artists and scholars of sound engaging various crises in the anthropocene? What are the possibilities and limitations of responding to or representing a place through sound recording and playback? How do contemporary composers and sound artists engage place-specific material in their work? This practice-based course examines the interdisciplinary field of sound studies through close reading, listening, and hands-on (ears-on?) work in sound. Students will create place-based recording projects and site-specific sound installations that draw on local fieldwork excursions around Frenchman Bay, as well as on archival research connected to the Maine Sound and Story Archive and others. Students will sharpen skills in field recording, audio editing, multi-channel sound mixing and presentation, artistic collaboration, and building sonic-rich soundscapes as they work to create immersive sound art projects. This class will work to expand the narrative podcast format, seeking more abstract and layered forms that draw on research and storytelling to help audiences sense a place or a concept through the experience of sound. The course will examine key readings in the field of sound studies, and investigate the practice of sound artists working at the intersections of sound and climate change, sound and social (in)justice, the repatriation of sound recordings, sound and ethnographic practice, and more. Students must have prior experience recording and editing sound, and a willingness to collaborate with their peers to synthesize and realize their ideas. This course will involve fieldwork excursions outside of class time. Evaluation will be based on class participation, engagement with class projects and assignments, and the demonstration of learning in relationship to course content.

Course Number
AD4050
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Jonathan Henderson, Galen Koch

Soundscape

Soundscape may be defined as an environment of sound (or sonic environment) with emphasis on the way it is perceived and understood by the individual, or by a society. It thus depends upon the relationship between the individual and any such environment. The term may refer to actual environments, or to abstract constructions such as musical compositions and tape montages, particularly when considered as an artificial environment. In this interdisciplinary course we investigate a broad range of acoustic concepts, ranging from a scientific treatment of the nature and behavior of sound both in air and underwater, the biology of hearing, the use of sound by animals in communication, and the cultural applications of sound and music in human society. Students will explore methods of composition using sounds as materials for assigned projects. Various approaches to understanding and experiencing sound will be examined, including spoken word, radio shows, music, and experimental forms. Labs will focus on understanding the nature of sound, and practical application of sound equipment, technique and theory. Students will learn about microphones, sound recording, amplification, and the physics of sound. The course will culminate in a performance to the community of student presentations that expresses the wide use of sound as part of our culture. Evaluation will be based on class participation and a set of assignments, including a final project. Emphasis will be placed on an artistic interpretation of soundscape, although students will be expected to have a basic understanding of the scientific basis of acoustic phenomena.

Course Number
AD3014
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate

Sourcing the Body: Disability as Human Ecology

In this course we will use creative process as a tool for developing perspectives on disability as a context-embedded expression of humanness. This class is recommended for artists and makers looking to complexify their use of corporeality, as well as students looking to engage critically with representations of and responses to disability both in and outside our educational culture at COA. We will first explore an abbreviated history of disability in the United States. Then, with Human Ecology as our lens, we will engage in a critical examination of social, medical, and disjuncture models of disability. Each class session will involve a discussion of assigned readings and viewings, collaborative activities, and gentle somatic exercises to ground our learning in our bodies. Students will be asked to reflect on their learning through the development of a small creative project each week, and in collaboration with the instructor, students will develop their own standards for assessment through a grading contract system.

Course Number
AD2044
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Dani Robbins

Sourcing the Body: Experiential Anatomy

In this course, we will work towards an embodied understanding of our own anatomy, as well as a deepened sense of listening, presence, and understanding of the body as a complex system. Students will explore anatomical models and be led through simple, gentle movement sequences. These exercises will be drawn from various somatic modalities such as Mind-Body Centering, Feldenkrais Technique, and Alexander Technique. Students will be asked to reflect on these explorations in a journal format, and will curate a small portion of this work to share with the class on a weekly basis. Readings, additional viewings, and drawing assignments will complement our weekly lessons. This course is recommended for performers looking to deepen their relationship to their instrument, as well as students with a strong science background who are interested in additional perspectives on anatomical study. Through consistent discussion of this work and our experiences in it, we will work to place the experiential in dialogue with the empirical.

Course Number
AD1061
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Dani Robbins

Special Topics in Production

This course provides practical experience in the processes required to build a theatrical production. Because each rendition of the class focuses on new source material, new production methods and concepts, students may receive credit for this course multiple times. Students research, rehearse, and produce a performance for the public in collaboration with a faculty director. The material and pedagogical focus of the course changes with each successive rendition. The number of students enrolled in the course varies depending upon the demands of the project. Students with any or no experience in theater are welcome but priority is based on seniority and/or specific academic investment in the given project, process or subject matter. In most cases, all assignments (cast and crew) will be made the previous term, through auditions and interviews. Those interested in non-actor aspects of production (set design, light and sound design, stage management, dramaturgy etc.) are especially encouraged. The course meets four days a week and those enrolled must be available for a certain amount of additional collaborative work outside class time (extra rehearsals, construction and tech work, plus final performance dates and strike). A production schedule will be available by week one. Evaluation is based on demonstrated commitment to the process as well as a final reflective paper based on the experience. Default grading option is Credit/No Credit.

Course Number
AD3025
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jodi Baker

Within Living Memory: Audio Production and Podcasting

This course will explore the process of narrative storytelling with sound. We will study a broad range of audio formats, from podcasts to audio installations to interactive soundwalks. Students learn each step of creating an audio story, from recording techniques and initial collection in the field or in archival collections through the writing to the final production of a podcast or audio piece. Students will learn the technical skills of digitizing audio and conducting interviews, scripting and writing stories based on that audio, editing audio and creating sound-rich audio productions in digital editing software.

This class will focus primarily on digital material already collected in the field or found in local collections. These stories are from downeast communities in Hancock and Washington Counties and will build on ongoing collaborative work. Students will work in small groups and individually on each stage of production based on their interests as well as on ongoing projects. Opportunities exist to explore various forms of audio storytelling in a final project. This course is for students with interests in documentary work, storytelling, oral history, and community-based research broadly construed. Students will be evaluated on individual audio assignments (transcription, scripting, digitizing, and production work) as well as their contribution to group projects

Course Number
HS3100
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Galen Koch

Worksongs: Music, Labor, and the Space Between Work and Play

For as long as people have worked, they have sung. Worksongs coordinate the heave of a sail, set the pace of a hoe, ease the monotony of a repetitive task, and bind a group of workers into something larger than the sum of their individual effort. This course explores musical labor as a global human practice, tracing the songs that have shaped work across Maine, other parts of North America, Ghana, Tanzania, Mongolia, Scandinavia, and beyond. We will ask what happens to a workspace when music enters it. Singing does not erase the labor, but it transforms the environment, opening a third space that sits between work and play and holds the elements of both at once.

Taking a human ecology lens, we will study worksongs as a meeting point of culture, economy, ecology, and the body. Why does a particular kind of work produce a particular kind of song? How does a fishing community, a farming village, or a ship’s crew encode its relationship to land, sea, and labor into rhythm and melody? Students will move between the classroom and the field, learning songs by singing them and testing how they function in the physical work they were built to accompany. We will read and listen widely, drawing on ethnomusicology, labor history, and anthropology, while also putting our hands and voices to the practice itself. The course will include field work outings (rowing, planting gardens, harvesting, chopping firewood, and other musical projects), especially on Wednesdays. We will also spend some Wednesdays at Bagaduce Music in Blue Hill diving into the world’s largest publicly accessible library of printed music, unearthing worksongs that have been archived and bringing them back to life. By the end of the term, students will understand worksongs not as relics but as a living technology for organizing effort, building community, and reshaping the experience of work. Assessment will be based on participation in class and field sessions, preparedness for group singing, written reflections, and a final project.

Course Number
AD1086
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Bennett Konesni

World Percussion

This is a “hands on” class for learning and performing conga, snare drum, drum set, hand percussion techniques, focusing on the role of percussion in European, Latin American, African, and American music. In addition to enjoying themselves and having a better understanding of the world of percussion, students master rhythmic notation, counting and subdivision, time signature, and reading percussion music. Requirements include: test on notation, composition of a percussion ensemble solo that will be performed by the group, and a paper on a percussion topic of student’s choice with approval of the instructor.

Course Number
AD1016
Area of Study
Performance & Music
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Michael Bennett

Business and Non-Profit Basics

Anyone who is involved with for profit or non-profit enterprises needs to understand a wide variety of interdisciplinary skills. This introductory course will introduce students to marketing, finance, leadership, strategy and other essential areas of knowledge needed to run or participate in any venture. This course is meant to build basic skills and expose students to a variety of business disciplines.

Course Number
HS1025
Area of Study
Sustainable Business
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Jay Friedlander

Career Ecology Seminar

In this course, students will develop a deep understanding of how their personal and professional identities intersect, how to apply and communicate their skills and interests through career experiences, and how to navigate a fulfilling and purposeful life. Students will first and foremost learn to look at their career development through the lens of career ecology, which is applying human ecology as a lens to examine one’s career experiences and professional identity within natural, social, and economic systems. The goal of seeing career development through a career ecology lens is to construct strong identity foundations and continue on a path to professional authenticity, finding one’s sense of purpose, and career fulfillment.

This course is designed to meet all students where they are in their COA journey: from first-year exploration through seniors preparing for graduation. This class is useful before you complete your internship requirement, but can also help you prepare for post-graduation success. Students will learn how their career ecosystems and professional identities are deeply influenced by one’s familial, cultural, regional, religious, historical, and spiritual experiences, as well as by personal beliefs, views, strengths, and abilities. We will further investigate ways in which one participates in ecosystems through paid work, volunteering, government service, research, writing, community service, leadership, and how to find mentorship and support.

Students will learn through written reflections, participating in course discussions on readings and with course visitors, completing career assessments like the Clifton Strengths to understand personal strengths and values, completing professional writing assignments like resumes and cover letters, participating in hands-on networking and interviewing practice, and reading and incorporating design thinking strategies from the text Designing Your Life (Burnett & Evans, 2016).

Evaluation and assessment will be based on active participation in course discussions (discussions on readings and with course visitors), completing professional writing assignments (e.g., resumes and cover letters), reflection essays, and oral presentations.

Course Number
MD1035
Area of Study
Sustainable Business
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Jeffry Neuhouser

Designing Your Life

Students hear a series of conflicting messages when it comes to their education and future. Advice, impulses and pressures to “follow your passion”, “study something that will lead to a job”, “create positive change in the world”, can be overwhelming. This is especially true at a school where students design their own major and pathway through the curriculum.

In this course, students will embark upon a journey to design their lives, while simultaneously learning from others who are seeking to balance work, life, family, education, creating change and the myriad of other quotidian tasks.

Two central questions frame this course: How have people seeking to change the world and pursuing their passion sustained themselves personally and professionally? How should human ecologists think about and plan their future?

To enrich the process of designing their own lives, students will also learn about the challenges and rewards people encounter when dedicating their lives to creating change. Resources include articles, guest lectures, case studies, interviews and other sources. Highlighting the essential links that exist between professional and personal, ideas and implementation, students will examine a range of careers and endeavors united by their desire to create change. Through this process, students should reflect on what it means to create change in the world and how to embark on that journey.

Students will be evaluated based on their performance, participation and the quality of the assignments they produce over the course of the term including: class participation and facilitation; reflection papers; and a final project.

Course Number
HS3111
Area of Study
Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jay Friedlander

Hatchery

The Hatchery is applied Human Ecology in action; it offers students a bridge from coursework to actively creating their vision of the future. The Hatchery gives students from across the campus the opportunity to move from ideas to action. Hatchery students work either individually or in teams on a wide array of enterprises. Past projects have included: urban farming; international development; policy and planning; photography and film; alternative transportation; biofuel production; renewable energy; food systems; the arts; furniture production; technology development; social enterprise. Ventures have been for-profit and non-profit, encompassing the range from local businesses to scalable start-ups. Students selected for the Hatchery are required to devote an entire term to launching their venture. Each Hatchery enterprise, whether a team or an individual, must take the course for a minimum of three credits. Along with weekly instructional meetings, students receive office space, supplies, professional services, mentors and potential access to seed capital to develop their ventures. After the initial ten weeks of class, if students decide to continue their enterprises, they have access to the Hatchery space and resources for an additional nine months.

The Hatchery takes place in three phases: –Application: Students apply for a position in the Hatchery over winter term. –Rapid Prototype: The ten weeks of the Hatchery course. Students create a rapid prototype to test their ventures in the marketplace. These prototypes vary widely depending on the type of ventures. –Creating an Enterprise Structure: During the ten weeks of the course, students will have weekly assignments that introduce key elements in an organizational structure and highlight operational considerations that are universal amongst enterprises. –Development: The following 9-months. Students have access to the Hatchery space and resources to continue developing their enterprises. Grading is credit/no credit only.

Course Number
HS5022
Area of Study
Sustainable Business
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Jay Friedlander

Launching a New Venture

This course will cover the process of new venture creation for students interested in creating businesses or non-profits with substantial social and environmental benefit. It is designed for student teams who have an idea and want to go through the formal process of examining and launching the enterprise. Topics covered in this course will include: opportunity recognition, market research, creating a business plan, producing financial projections and venture financing. As part of the course, all students will make a formal business plan presentation.

Course Number
HS4022
Area of Study
Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Jay Friedlander

Personal Finance and Impact Investing

Financial decisions are often a reflection of personal beliefs encompassing lifestyle, ethics, personal worth, security and numerous other factors. Personal Finance and Impact Investing merges an exploration of personal financial choices with a broader exploration and introduction to impact investing. To ground the discussion, students will forecast and analyze their present and future financial needs, investigating various scenarios. Then the class will examine investing fundamentals and explore the emerging field of impact investing.

Impact investors use a multitude of investing strategies and mechanisms to simultaneously seek social, environmental and financial returns. They create avenues for private investment to work alongside non-governmental organizations, large corporations, small businesses and others to help solve global and local problems. Impact investments have funded solutions in diverse arenas including food systems, climate change, poverty, affordable housing, clean technology and public health.

Through readings, discussions and class projects students will explore the benefits and pitfalls of different strategies and the potential of investments to create social and environmental change. During the course students will learn how to create financial projections and evaluate the financial returns of enterprises. For their final project, students will have to recommend an investment platform that generates returns financially, socially and/or environmentally. Students will be evaluated based on class participation, written assignments and verbal presentations.

Course Number
HS4058
Area of Study
Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Kerri Sands

Public Speaking Workshop

Consider all the ways that public speaking could be a part of your academic and professional paths: presenting your research, sitting on a webinar panel, speaking up at ACM, advocating for an urgent cause or policy, preparing your senior project presentation, delivering a formal address at a special occasion, or even deciding to perform spoken word at an open-mic. This course will prepare you to thoughtfully analyze your audience, research and organize relevant information, and deliver the critically important, well-prepared presentation that you’re capable of. Along the way we will be guided by, and critically analyze, three varied and sometimes contradictory premises: that it’s imperative to master the art of formal, standard presentation/speech delivery, that it’s equally important to respect and refine your own unique, authentic voice and speech communication style, and that important change happens when we both listen carefully and speak up loudly. This class will be conducted as a workshop with an emphasis on students producing increasingly advanced speeches for public performance and/or consumption. Students will complete three graded, “formal” presentations while also considering additional creative approaches and formats for public communication. Students will work with a variety of short texts and videos to generate new ideas and helpful public speaking habits. The real benefits of this course come from the positive, supportive, environment in which students can practice new public speaking skills and learn from each other. This class emphasizes a fun, dynamic, “hands-on” approach to constructing speeches. Students who feel that they are less proficient in the area of public communication should not be worried that this would somehow disadvantage them in terms of their overall evaluation. All students, regardless of their levels of comfort, experience, or and English-proficiency are encouraged to consider this course. This workshop is designed to help you improve your public presentation skills regardless of whether you are a complete novice to public speaking, or already have many years of practice. Your final evaluation for the course will be based on your engagement with the process, not on some objective standard of who gave the best speeches.

Course Number
HS1094
Area of Study
Sustainable Business
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Kendra Rand

Sustainable Strategies

Business has tremendous societal ramifications. Inventions and industries from the automobile to the internet impact everything from air quality to economic and political freedom. Entrepreneurs, who are often at the forefront of business and thus societal innovation, are changing the way business is conducted by creating businesses that are beneficial to the bottom line, society and the environment. Through cases, projects and present day examples, the course will challenge students to understand the impact of business on society and the challenges and pitfalls of creating a socially responsible venture. In addition, it will offer new frameworks for creating entrepreneurial ventures that capitalize on social responsibility to gain competitive advantage, increase valuation while benefiting society and the environment. The final deliverable for the course is an in-class presentation in which student teams will either: (1) recommend ways to improve the social and environmental impacts of a company, while increasing competitive advantage and bottom line; or (2) benchmark two industry competitors, a socially responsible company versus a traditional company.

Course Number
HS3035
Area of Study
Sustainable Business
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jay Friedlander

3D Studio: Introduction to Three-Dimensional Art and Design

This course is an introduction to three dimensional design and sculpture. Through a variety of projects students will analyze and apply the classic organizing principles of three dimensional design work. Elements of form, space, line, texture, light, color, scale and time (including sound, sensory perceptions, movement and natural processes) will be explored — with attention paid to how a work functions, involves a viewer, activates a space, or impacts an environment, physically, psychically or socially. Projects in the class will progress from the creation of objects, to investigations of the sensory and objective aspects of space. Students will experiment with subtractive and constructive processes using traditional as well as contemporary materials such as found, recycled and natural objects. A diverse range of materials and techniques will be introduced and demonstrated. Discussion of historic and contemporary artists’ work will augment the course. Students will be evaluated based on completion of projects, participation in class discussions and individual/group critiques.

Course Number
AD2012
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Kristy Summers

Advanced Ceramic Sculpture

This is a ceramics course for intermediate or advanced practitioners and requires foundational skills in hand building and/or wheel-throwing. It is designed to support students’ continued development of unique spatial and material languages grounded in the possibilities and limitations of clay. A series of technical demonstrations and open-ended conceptual prompts will initiate creative problem-solving in advanced modes of clay construction including but not limited to alternative kiln firing, glaze chemistry, and mold-making. Each student will inform and express their studio work through sustained independent research, and the collective skillsets, interests, and ambitions of the class as a whole will shape the arc of the course. Through presentations and readings, we’ll explore a selection of global, historical, and contemporary ideas and practices with direct bearing on our work as it develops. We will make at least one visit to an exhibition or site relevant to our pursuits and welcome at least one visiting artist into our studio; as always, we’ll share the joy and responsibility of running a communal studio.

Evaluation will be based on participation in class activities (hands-on exercises, presentations, readings, discussions, and occasional writing and/or drawing prompts), significant studio time outside of class, timely completion of all projects with corresponding group critique sessions, and consistent involvement with studio maintenance. A sketchbook is encouraged.

Course Number
AD4059
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Anna Ialeggio

Advanced Photography

This course is designed to provide students opportunities to build on their technical and conceptual skills of photography created in accordance with the creative vision of the photographer. There will be a focus on photographic image-making within a fine art context in conjunction with development of heightened awareness and concepts in relation to personal perspective. Each class will include discussion of reading assignments, in-class shooting assignments, looking at contemporary artists and their photographic practices. Art concepts, ideas, and critiques of ongoing student work will occur weekly. In addition, there will be an individual meeting with the instructor at midterm aimed to solidify each student’s work. Students will be evaluated based on the completion of a series of assignments, the development of a self-chosen body of work, participation in class discussions/critiques and class attendance.

Course Number
AD4049
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
June Kim

Advanced Studio Printmaking

This art studio course is a continuation of the introductory course Studio Printmaking. A print mirrors the surface of its matrix and presents a reflection of the physical and/or immaterial realms of objects and ideas. Representing concepts clearly in any medium requires an artist to engage in thoughtful collaboration with materials in order to realize the potential of form as a means of expression. This advanced studio course will explore ways to address this aesthetic challenge through printmaking by experimenting with conventional and non-traditional ways of creating a range of matrices. Students will acquire skills as printmakers with an emphasis on multiple-plate, collagraph, and other advanced techniques. Students will develop a deeper understanding of the history of prints; how they have functioned to communicate, document, and transmit information through images on paper – engaging with more complex discourses of representation. Students will be evaluated on their projects, participation in critiques, level of engagement with materials, ability to work in a collaborative studio, and final project.

Course Number
AD5032
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Catherine Clinger

Animation

This course explores animation as a form of creative expression, experimentation and personal vision. Various techniques, such as drawing, cut-out, painting on film, and under-the-camera collage, will be introduced. Students will create flip-books, video pencil tests and animated films. Students will be given exercises and assignments that guide them through processes for making art. Various artists’ animated films will be screened and discussed. History and concepts related to animation and film will be introduced through screenings, readings and discussions.

Course Number
AD3013
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate

Art Since 1900: Harmony and Conflict

The artworks of Pablo Picasso and Hannah Höch; both the well-known and lesser-known artist made paintings and sculptures that facilitate our understanding of how people experienced the twentieth century. Cubism, Surrealism, Expressionism, Constructivism, Arte Povera, Social Realism, among others — these artist movements were initiated through group declarations of common aesthetic purpose. Variance within artist conventions and procedures accelerated during moments of unrest and social progression thus providing a range of counter-narratives to canonical histories of the period. The last quarter of the twentieth century was one in which new discourses informed creative production and art mono-cultures gave way to intersectional experience. Theories advanced by Edward Said, Frantz Fanon, Linda Nochlin, Griselda Pollock, and Judith Butler offered new networks with which to understand how art operates as both a reflection and critique of culture. This art history survey looks at how different artists engaged with theories of the unconscious, radical political programs, social upheaval, gender politics, and scientific advances; and, how diverse receptions of human experience were expressed through artistic production. Anxiety, joy, curiosity, and activist predilection combine to formulate a rich amalgam of fresh and challenging visions of the world. Students will be evaluated based on class participation, reading notes, a descriptive analysis, and final essay.

Course Number
AD1041
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Catherine Clinger

Ceramics I

This beginning course in ceramics will explore the making of objects with clay by using the potter’s wheel, slab roller, coils and press molds. We will explore surface design using slips, under glazes and glazes and patterns. Through these methods we will incorporate wax resist, tape resist, plastic resist, sgraffito, slip and glaze trailing. Six hand-built and twenty wheel-thrown works are required, with reviews taking place during week five and week ten.

Course Number
AD1039
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Kreg McCune

Contemporary Artist as Researcher and Activist

The student will be introduced to a contemporary stream of visual culture that places nature, ethos, competing ideologies, and our relationship to these within the context of emergent forms of art activism. In response to environmental and social crisis, theory and praxis figure significantly in the work of artists and artist collectives from around the globe whose practice manifests as socially engaged art (SEA) defined by Pablo Helguera; data/information reimagined as by Mona Hatoum and Trevor Paglen; or examinations of reconciliation and mass trauma in the work of Doris Salcedo and Kara Walker. In some cases, artworks engage with nature/culture by their placement in site-specific locations, through new modes of picturing, and/or through the appropriation of hypothetical scientific musings or emerging technologies (e.g., Ed Atkins, fictionalized genetic hybridization and subversion of surveillance tools). Many of the artists we examine make use of new tools designed for industrial purpose, medical, agricultural, or scientific research. Others further participatory dialogues within anti-racist, de-colonizing, and queer-centred discursive practices. This work is inherently transdisciplinary and human ecological in disposition and character. Many of these producer-artists appropriate the role of “researcher” in order to bring attention to ecologies that human beings have disrupted or will disrupt. Doris Salcedo, Tacita Dean, Kara Walker, Mark Dion, Shirin Neshat, Ai Weiwei, Andra Ursuta, Karim Ben Khelifa, Raven Chacon, Frances Alys, Natalie Jeremijenko, Guillermo Galindo, among others, will be considered. Evaluation is based on class participation, evidence of completion of weekly readings, a final paper, and a class presentation.

Course Number
AD2029
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Catherine Clinger

Demons from the Depths

Across a range of epochs, cultures, and territories, human beings have proffered myths, stories, and scientific theories in order to explain catastrophic natural events. From kata=down, strephein=turn, the Greek katastrephein meant “under-turning” in the ancient world. This course explores postulations regarding large- and small-scale calamitous events that seem to originate from below the surface of Earth. Our enquiry engages with legendary tales, historical records, material culture and scientific discourses that document attempts to explain the meaning and/or mechanism of such memorable episodes. What causes a mountain to eject ash and toxic gases? What infernal force creates lava flow? Why does the earth shake? Why do some natural waters cause harm? How do we understand that which we cannot see? Through case-studies informed by the literature of science, the arts and humanities, we will plumb the depths and limits of the human imagination. This class uses both a lecture-based and seminar-style discussion approach as well as time spent visiting local lab and field sites. Students will be evaluated based on their weekly activities and writing assignments, and a final project with both oral and written presentation components.

Course Number
MD4013
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Devices of Wonder: Moving Pictures

Exploring what Athanasius Kircher referred to as “The Great Art of Light and Shadow,” this course will traverse a variety of early optical devices that create the illusion of moving pictures. Focusing on inventions from the 12th to 19th centuries, we will study objects such as camera obscuras, magic lanterns, moving panoramas, Pepper’s Ghosts, and stroboscopic animation devices like zoetropes. While often considered precursors to cinema, the histories of these technologies extend beyond film to the realms of science, philosophy, theater, ritual magic, and illusion. Through screenings and readings, we will discuss how spirituality, scientific experimentation, industrialization, and capitalism shaped the invention, spectacle, and social contexts of these devices. With a perspective rooted in media archaeology, the course will trace lineages between antiquated instruments and modern technologies, highlighting concepts like stereoscopy, illumination, projection, phantasmagoria, and animation. Lectures will also feature contemporary artists and filmmakers who create works inspired by these historical apparatuses. Students will experience the wonder of these technologies through hands-on workshops and assignments in which they will recreate several devices. The course will culminate in two larger projects where students will make artwork, film, or performance based on the objects, histories, and concepts discussed in class.

Students will be evaluated on their successful completion of workshops and projects, critical engagement with reading/screening materials, and thoughtful participation in class discussions.

Course Number
AD4058
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Melissa Ferrari

Dissecting Popular Music

Can you trace the anatomy of a catchy song? How does the form and structure of music compare across culture and style? How does sound recording dramatize a song on the sonic stage of headphones, night club sound systems, and car stereos? This practice-based course focuses on strengthening critical listening and musicianship skills, as students learn to dissect recorded performances of popular music across divergent music genres. We will split our time between the classroom and the rehearsal studio, engaging in critical listening, discussion and hands-on musical performance. This course is open to practiced musicians as well as beginners with an interest in singing, instrumental performance, or sound recording. In our weekly classroom sessions, students will develop critical listening skills, including hearing component parts of a sound mix (identifying instruments, voices and their placement in the stereo field), identifying frequencies, recognizing the use of processing effects, describing song form and arrangement techniques, etc. Students will work to articulate what they value about recorded performances through written reflections and presentations in class. In the rehearsal studio, we will dissect the instrumental and vocal parts of several pieces of music to understand how the components conspire to create an overall effect. The class will also experiment with group composition, working to write a few pieces of music together towards the end of the term. For a final project, students will create a short podcast-essay that dissects a recorded performance of their choosing. Evaluation will be based on class participation, completion of written reflections, the final project, and class presentations.

Course Number
AD1058
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Jonathan Henderson

Documentary Video Studio

A documentary video or film purports to present factual information about the world. A documentary may take a stand, state an opinion, or advocate a solution to a problem. A documentary may function in the realm of art. Documentaries may compile images from archival sources, interview testimonies about social movements or events, record an ongoing event “as it happens”, or synthesize these and other techniques. We will look at various documentaries both historic and contemporary, and a number of strategies and styles, including; video diaries/autobiographical works, cinema verite, propaganda, documentary activism, nature documentaries, and experimental genres. Students will learn the basics of video production, including, using a video camera, video editing, production planning, lighting, microphone use, and interview techniques. Students will make several documentary projects, both collaboratively and individually. Students will be evaluated on their participation in group discussions and critiques, and on the documentary projects they produce.

Course Number
AD3012
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Matthew Shaw

Drawing Intensive / Developing a Studio Practice

In the first part of this course, drawing will be used to experiment, interrogate and expand different aspects of one’s artistic practice. Using a broad range of materials, students are encouraged to work intuitively and take multiple approaches to presenting ideas–especially ideas that may not have been explored previously in their work–and develop them in different ways. Students will create large quantities of drawings based on prompts that will then be discussed with the class. What stands out? What makes a piece surprising or interesting? What revisions can be made to strengthen these moments or motifs? These are kinds of questions that will inform our discussions.

Taken together, these drawings will offer a broad range of possibilities that will then be explored for the rest of the term, during which students will develop a body of work. Students will meet weekly as a group to discuss work made or advanced in the previous week and meet individually with the instructor every other week to discuss materials and other aspects of their art practices. The work made over the course of the term should include material investigation (why are you using the materials you’re using and how does it support your thematic interests?) and embody a range of conceptual concerns. Throughout the term, students will be introduced to several artists’ working methods. Students are expected to work independently and have some degree of familiarity with the materials they choose to work with.

“Drawing” is used broadly here: students working in any medium are encouraged to take this course (for example, a student interested in three-dimensional work might respond to the prompts with forms made from cardboard or other found materials). This course is designed to kickstart a nascent practice or one that might have become dormant or plateaued as well as give students room to experiment and then build on these experiments. Students enrolling in this class should have some form of previous studio experience. Evaluation will be based on students’ work, participation in class discussions, the ability to offer critical and constructive feedback to one’s peers, and the ability to push oneself beyond one’s comfort zone or perceived limitations—especially when it comes to allowing the work to evolve and change in response to feedback and critique.

Course Number
AD4046
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Neeraj Sebastian

Drawing Mineral and Botanical Matter in the Forest of Maine

Viewed as a regular practice, the descriptive power of drawing can intensify the experience of observational fieldwork, provide the draughtsperson with a richer understanding of the cycles within a landscape, and deepen our relationship with the natural world. The primary setting for this studio course is Mount Desert Island. The subject matter of our visual attention includes trees, rock features, and other indigenous plant life of the island. Students will learn a variety of drawing methods in order to document the natural history of a specific place. Coursework includes: maintaining a field sketchbook, graphically recording the development of a singular botanical life-form over the course of the term, and producing visual notations in the sketchbook during a bi-weekly slide lecture on the history of artistic representations of the natural world. Evaluation is based on class participation, evidence of completion of weekly assignments, and final project.

Course Number
AD2017
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Catherine Clinger

Fine Art Photography

This course is designed to provide students opportunities to build on their technical and conceptual skills of photography created in accordance with the creative vision of the photographer. There will be a focus on photographic image-making within a fine art context in conjunction with development of heightened awareness and concepts in relation to personal perspective. Each class will include discussion of reading assignments, in-class shooting assignments, looking at contemporary artists and their photographic practices. Art concepts, ideas, and critiques of ongoing student work will occur weekly. In addition, there will be an individual meeting with the instructor at midterm aimed to solidify each student’s work. Students will be evaluated based on the completion of a series of assignments, the development of a self-chosen body of work, participation in class discussions/critiques and class attendance.

Course Number
AD4065
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
June Kim

Frame by Frame: Hand-Drawn Animation

This production course introduces students to the art of hand-drawn animation: creating the illusion of motion through sequential drawings. Since its evolution in early cinema, animation has been embraced by artists, filmmakers, and scientists as a tool for conjuring magic, visualizing the unseen, crafting compelling character narratives, and evoking poetic abstraction. Exploring these histories, we will begin to uncover the conceptual and emotional potential that time and motion can bring to handmade drawings. Students will complete a series of foundational animation assignments to develop a theoretical and technical understanding of timing, motion, locomotion, composition, and other ingredients that make up an animated world. Our approach will be rooted in experimental and research-based animation, prioritizing concept and creative expression over narrative conventions, yet equipping students with classical animation principles to create the “illusion of life” and foster legibility. Students will be encouraged to develop their personal artistic style, understanding animation as a mode of fine art. The course will introduce a variety of drawing tools including traditional materials on paper and light boxes, cameraless direct animation techniques on 16mm film, and digital drawing tablets for virtual canvases. Technical instruction will cover the essential basics of moving image software such as Dragonframe, Adobe Photoshop, and Adobe Premiere Pro. Screenings of historical and contemporary animated films, along with readings on animation theory, will provide historical and philosophical contexts. We’ll embrace animation as an art form primarily based on movement rather than conventional drawing skills, so while familiarity with basic drawing concepts will be helpful, the only prerequisite is curiosity and enthusiastic commitment to create many, many drawings. Evaluation is based on the successful completion of animation exercises and experiments, critical engagement with reading/screening materials, and thoughtful participation in critiques and class discussions.

Course Number
AD1080
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Melissa Ferrari

Fundamentals of Drawing

This is an introductory drawing course. Students will work primarily from direct observation to translate what they are seeing onto paper using dry and wet media. In their drawings, students will learn how to articulate a broad range of values in charcoal and investigate how tone and line can communicate a sense of space and form. Students will learn sighting and measurement techniques to translate relative proportions across their compositions. A broad range of ideas about composition and organization of forms will be introduced by engaging with the work of artists from different parts of the world throughout history. Students will work with a variety of materials and techniques: from charcoal to ink to using collage to deconstruct and then rebuild spaces.

Evaluation will be based on the completion of exercises and assignments in a way that demonstrates an understanding of the concepts and ideas introduced in the class, engagement with course materials, participation in discussions and critiques, and the ability to respond to feedback in one’s work.

Course Number
AD1077
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Neeraj Sebastian, Annika Earley

Fundamentals of Painting

In this course, students will be introduced to the basic aspects involved in the process of translating what they are observing in space onto two-dimensional surfaces in oil paint. Students will be introduced to the basics of color theory, mixing and matching colors, and also explore how color can change depending on context. Through the assignments we will investigate how form, volume, space and light can be captured in paint. Students will learn how to build their own frames and stretch and prepare canvases for painting and develop a studio practice, which includes cleaning and maintenance of brushes, the palette and other tools. A broad range of ideas and concerns in painting throughout history, from various parts of the world will be introduced in the class. In the last part of the term, different aspects of composition will be discussed: the way colors and shapes can work together to create an integrated image. Assignments will include quick paintings as well as paintings that are made over the course of multiple class sessions. The assignments over the course of the term will build students’ confidence in translating what’s in front of them, which makes the task of taking on the images in their heads, the images they are interested in, less daunting.

Students will learn how to look at and analyze their peers’ work and provide them with constructive feedback during critiques. Previous drawing experience at high school or college level is strongly recommended. Evaluation will be based on how the specific criteria set for each assignment are met, participation and engagement during critiques, and receptivity to feedback.

Course Number
AD1071
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Neeraj Sebastian

Graphic Design Studio 1/ Visual Communication

Visual communication is one of the most pervasive means of communication between humans. Graphic design, in the realm of visual communication, is a process used to effectively convey ideas and information visually through print, electronic media, products in the marketplace, and structural elements in the built environment. Its application may be promotional, editorial, informational, expositional or investigational. It may cater to, or critique, – commercialism, colonialism, capitalism, and advertising – or alternately be used to organize information and visualize complex data, or concepts. Is it possible to construct a visual message that will be received through the din and noise of our overstuffed media environment? Past other competing messages? What are some of the contemporary issues surrounding design and the roles and responsibilities of graphic designers in the workplace and in their communities?

In this introductory level studio course, you will become familiar with visual rhetoric and the basic elements, principles, and processes of graphic design that will help you to construct effective visual messages. You will work on a variety of conceptual visual communication projects in the realms of information design, editorial design, and promotional design. Lectures, demonstrations, assignments, critiques, historical teachings, and visiting professionals will offer a balanced framework for developing skills in creative perception, critical thinking and visual communication. An emphasis is placed on these elements and evaluation will be weighted more heavily in these areas than technical expertise on the computer. However, you will be required to learn the basics of several computer graphic applications (Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator, and Figma) in order to complete coursework. You will receive basic instruction in these programs in class, but will be expected to attend scheduled lab times, and refer to online resources and guide books for specific tools and techniques that may be required to visualize your ideas. Tutorial times outside of class will be provided periodically throughout the term for additional technical instruction.

Course Number
AD1075
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Ross Pike

Growth & Decay: Ecological Sculpture

How might a sculpture decay or grow, becoming an active part of its environment? How might biomimicry offer us tactics for surprising or outsmarting ourselves? What could it mean to make an artwork in an “erosive” or “sedimentary” way? What creative possibilities can follow an unforeseen or catastrophic change? This sculpture course takes its cues from the many processes occurring spontaneously in the natural world: growth, decay, metamorphosis, erosion, accretion, collapse, drift, and more. We will work in tandem with natural processes as both practical and conceptual methodologies. A series of individual and collaborative projects will prompt experiments in eco-sculptural production which engage our own lived experiences of the natural world with criticality and emotion. Expect to encounter familiar materials (wood, textiles, clay) as well as some that may be new (plant matter, paper pulp, recycled and discarded objects, etc). Ideally, this class will collectively make a sculptural contribution to the campus, addressing ecological themes and issues particular to our bioregion and community.

Evaluation is based on participation in class activities (exercises, presentations, readings, discussions, occasional writing and/or drawing prompts), significant studio time outside of class, timely completion of all projects with corresponding group critique sessions, and consistent involvement with studio maintenance. A sketchbook is required.

Course Number
AD1083
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Anna Ialeggio

History of Filmmaking I (1895-1945)

This course explores the history, production and meanings of motion pictures. Using various films as case studies, we will look at the development of film forms, techniques and genres, beginning in the 1890s and progressing through the first fifty years of cinema history. The films studied will include: narrative, avant-garde, documentary, and animation. Students will learn concepts of film analysis and criticism. Students will have opportunities to practice critical skills in class discussions, and in research and writing assignments. Students will be evaluated based on attendance, participation in class discussion, and written papers. Writing focus option.

Course Number
AD1027
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Colin Capers ’95, MPhil ’09, Colin Capers

History of Photography

This introductory course charts the history of photography from early nineteenth-century nascent technologies (daguerreotypes and tintypes) through to the diverse range of photographic media currently practiced by contemporary artists and photographers (film and digital). In this art history course, we will consider how the new visual discourse of photography was informed by both technological and social developments. Photography cannot be defined as a unified medium; therefore, this course investigates both discontinuous as well as coalesced conventions within its own history; in other words, how and why photographs look different from each other. In addition to noting external influences upon the photographic object, we will explore how photography helped to shape a variety of visual disciplines from painting to zines. Accordingly, our class will discuss formal photographic syntax (how they are composed and the forms they appear represent) and allied aesthetic practices as well as the wider social and political issues that influenced the content of its visual culture. We will study how artists use photographic practices in the context of social and activist functions to examine a diversity of subjects: gender and class, ethnic and national identity, among others; and, how categorical distinctions between mass culture and avant-garde art, commercial and fine art photography are not always stable. Course readings include writings by historians, artists, and critics that reflect the unstable status of the photographic object within the intersections of science, technology and culture, aesthetic discourse and everyday documentation. We will look at many photographs. Students will be evaluated on their participation in class discussions, short essay assignments, and a final project or paper.

Course Number
AD2020
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Joshua Winer

History of Video Art

Today, many use the words ‘film’ and ‘video’ interchangeably. In fact, these words refer to different mediums which evolved at different times, in different circumstances, and whose languages and practices originally developed around very different sets of concerns and purposes. In what ways is the distinction still useful in the digital age? This course will critically interrogate the ways humans use moving images to mediate our world, and the repercussions of these uses on individuals, culture, and the contents/subjects of the mediated messages. Many early video artists sought to distinguish the medium from film in that they wanted to create viewers who were active participants rather than passive recipients. In this class we will explore the political and self-expressive impulses in video art, and trace its history from 1965 – the year in which previously established artists Andy Warhol and Nam June Paik first publically exhibited video work – through to the current moment when film is almost extinct and video has become the world’s dominant moving image medium. We will look at video art’s ties to performance art and activism, and examine how many multi-media artists have situated their use of video in the context of their other practices. Artists whose work and writing about their work will be explored include: Vito Acconci, John Baldessari, Dara Birnbaum, Tony Conrad, Hermine Freed, Joan Jonas, Miranda July, Mariko Mori, Bruce Nauman, Pipilotti Rist, Bill Viola, and William Wegman. We will also examine the role and work of artists’ collectives including Ant Farm, Broadside TV, Optic Nerve, and Video Free America. Through secondary sources we will look at the range of historical methodologies and critical theories that have been brought to bear on the works viewed. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and two research papers. Students who come to class with experience working in video will have the opportunity to create their own original work in lieu of one of the two papers.

Course Number
AD1038
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Colin Capers

Illuminated Landscapes: Experimental Animation & Projection

How can we use handmade animation as an artistic practice to perceive, understand and visualize ecological relationships? Learning a variety of experimental hand-drawn and stop motion animation techniques, students will focus on local landscapes and histories, resulting in a series of cinematic experiments that may be woven into a longer film project. Site-specific prompts will lead us to create animations outside, and we will return our animations back to the landscape through projection mapping and expanded cinema approaches.

The first section of the course will focus on palimpsest animation and basic stop motion techniques. We will meet at local coastal locations to animate “en plein air,” using hand-drawn charcoal and sand animation to perceive and record the surrounding environment, attuning our observational skills to moving images. Students will investigate how stop motion can be used to unveil hidden patterns in the environment and expose forgotten histories. Collaborative strata-cut claymation, cel animation, and time-lapse exercises will encourage students to further engage philosophies of time, including manipulating natural lighting and visualizing deep time.

Next we will shift to analog cameraless animation techniques, using cyanotypes and phytography to create 16mm abstractions with local plant chemistry, engaging ideas of documentation, indexicality, preservation, and sustainable filmmaking practices. Finally, students will activate their animations in the landscape with projection arts, trying various natural landscapes as canvases for our projections.

Short lectures and screenings of artists including Carole Kim, Alisi Telengut, Sarah E. Jenkins, Miwa Matreyek, Corrie Parks, Jane Aaron, Lynn Tomlinson, and Rose Lowder will provide conceptual frameworks for our experiments. Students will learn foundational skills in Stop Motion Animation Studio, Dragonframe, and Adobe Premiere to create and edit animations with sound.

Evaluation will be based on successful completion of assignments, thoughtful engagement in critiques and conversations, and active participation in production exercises.

Course Number
AD2054
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Melissa Ferrari

Intermediate Drawing

This is a studio course which builds on foundational drawing skills. Students will work with dry and wet media; there will be an emphasis on composition; and students will be asked to synthesize different kinds of spaces in single pieces. The assignments in the beginning of the term are designed to reiterate foundational drawing skills such as sighting and measuring and articulating a broad range of values in charcoal. Students will then work with ink and consider different ways of representing three-dimensional forms and spaces on paper and work at a large scale. The last part of the term will focus on color: students will work with pastels. We will work with a model and draw the figure in charcoal and in color. The translation of light and shadow and the integration of the figure into the environment will be emphasized. Evaluation will be based on the completion of exercises and assignments in a way that demonstrates an understanding of the concepts and ideas introduced in the class, engagement with course materials, participation in discussions and critiques, and the ability to respond to feedback in one’s work.

Course Number
AD3086
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Neeraj Sebastian

Introduction to Ceramic Sculpture

Clay is a unique sculptural medium that can be highly technical and precise, a glorious gestural mess, and/or all points in between! This is an introductory studio course centered on hand-building in clay: pinch, coil, slab, extrusion, and molds. Through a series of technical and conceptual projects, we will engage the shifting intertidal zone between “form” and “function” as it may manifest through diverse cultural, material, and historical frameworks. Along the way, students will develop their own unique, expressive approaches to the possibilities and limitations of working with clay. (Note: this class does not include instruction on the wheel.) Students will be thoroughly immersed into the processes and techniques of handbuilding in mid-fire clay and in maintaining the studio itself. Students will acquire a practical introductory understanding of the material and chemical transformations present in ceramic processes. Through presentations and readings, we’ll explore a selection of global, historical and contemporary ideas and practices in ceramic craft and sculpture. We’ll put all of this together in search of new ways to communicate and experience ideas through three-dimensional forms in space.

Evaluation is based on participation in class activities: exercises, readings and discussions, significant studio time outside of class, several short writing and/or drawing assignments, timely completion of all creative projects with corresponding group feedback sessions, and consistent studio maintenance.

Leve: Introductory. Prerequisites: None. Class limit: 12. Lab fee: $120. Meets the following degree requirements: ADS.

Course Number
AD1079
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Anna Ialeggio

Introduction to Photography

Photography is a common language spoken across cultural, economic and geographical boundaries – used in news gathering, commerce and fine art. Being able to use the camera as an effective tool for self expression or in the pursuit of a documentary project is a skill which is applicable to a large number of COA students. A broad introduction to photography and digital printing, this course will introduce the principles and applied techniques of contemporary photographic practices. Designed to put the student in charge of their camera, we’ll begin with basic camera controls such as aperture and shutter speed and progress on to more advanced topics such as the proper use of ‘flash’. Also covered will be an introduction to Adobe Photoshop and/or Adobe Lightroom as well as good printing practices in a digital environment. Students will be evaluated on the quality of finished prints included in a final portfolio, their participation in class exercises and critiques and individual growth over the course of the term. Please note that camera equipment will not be provided. Students will need to use their own DSLR camera (with adjustable shutter speeds and f-stops) or borrow this equipment from the library which is typically lent in 4 hour blocks of time.

Course Number
AD1026
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Joshua Winer

Metal Arts

This course will introduce students to metal working as an artistic process and material. Through this course there will be a basic introduction of welding, fabrication, and exploration of metal casting. Students in this course will learn the basics of cutting, bending, welding, and the basic manipulation of metal as a medium. This is a studio/classroom-based course that will introduce materials and methods, provide demonstrations, require research, discuss concepts of planning and construction, address safe material handling and tool usage when applicable, as well as provide the opportunity to experiment and play. Students will create projects based off of their own designs that push them both technically and conceptually. Student evaluations will be based on completion of projects and related research, class participation in demonstrations and class discussions, as well as project based critiques. Student evaluations will be based on completion of projects and related research, participation in demonstrations and class discussions, as well as project-based critiques.

Course Number
AD1085
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Kristy Summers

Mixed Media Sculpture

This course will focus on creating sculptural objects through the use of mixed media. This course is designed to build off of three dimensional design and continue exploring various materials and processes as they relate to sculpture. Through this course students will be introduced to a range of materials and processes addressing their use ranging from aesthetic to conceptual considerations. This may include additive, subtractive, found object, mold making and casting, as well as other traditional and alternative processes as the opportunity presents itself.

This is a studio/classroom based course that will introduce materials and methods, provide demonstrations, require research, discuss concepts planning and construction, address safe material handling and tool usage when applicable, as well as provide the opportunity to experiment and play. Students will create projects based off of their own designs that push them both technically and conceptually. Student evaluations will be based upon on completion of projects and related research, class participation in demonstrations and class discussions, as well as project based critiques.

Course Number
AD3083
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Kristy Summers

Moving Image Studio: Short Films

Moving Image Studio is a space for students to take on the entire process of making a short film. Students are welcome to work collaboratively or independently and will be expected to complete their film throughout the term. Projects might include documentary, animation, experimental or narrative shorts, and any techniques are welcome—for instance, puppet animation, 16mm cameraless filmmaking, or observational documentary.

Each student will start the course by pitching their idea to their peers and creating a production schedule for the term, following the path of pre-production, production of sound/image, post-production, and a final screening. The class will be scheduled to accommodate group critiques of works-in-progress, independent production time, and one-on-one technical and conceptual guidance. Students who are currently working on a film project or wish to continue a previous class assignment, and would like a supportive setting to bring their film to completion, are encouraged to enroll in this class as well.

Workshops, virtual artist talks, and screenings will cover topics such as pre-production strategies, professional practices, software techniques, and film festivals. Depending on their production workflow, students may use moving image software like Adobe Premiere, After Effects and Dragonframe.

Students will be evaluated on their successful completion of their film project, including adherence to production schedules, and thoughtful participation in critiques and class discussions.

Course Number
AD4064
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Melissa Ferrari

Nonfiction Filmmaking

A century ago, John Grierson described documentary filmmaking as the “creative treatment of actuality,” recognizing the processes of interpretation, intervention, construction, and manipulation in the art of filming reality. In this introductory course, students will complete a series of topical exercises in nonfiction filmmaking, creating several short films that explore the spectrum of fiction, fact, and truth. Embracing filmmaking as a human ecological practice, students will gain exposure to a wide range of interdisciplinary approaches beyond the boundaries of conventional documentary, including essay film, archival/found footage, virtual fieldwork, landscape film, cinéma vérité, and poetic and experimental modes. Technical instruction will include foundations in cameras, basic lighting and cinematography skills, and guidance in editing and sound in Adobe Premiere. Screenings and short readings will kindle ethical questions about representation and power dynamics, honesty and accountability, the role of documentaries in creating change, community and collaboration, and duty of care. Further discussion topics may include re-enactment and mimicry, didacticism, propaganda, and fake documentary.

Occasional field trips will allow students to practice fieldwork strategies, research methodologies and production skills. Students will be required to attend a weekend field trip to Camden, Maine for the Camden International Film Festival, an acclaimed documentary festival featuring screenings, artist panels, and film pitches. Transportation, lodging and festival passes will be provided.

Evaluation will be based on successful completion of assignments, thoughtful engagement in critiques and conversations, and active participation in production exercises.

Course Number
AD2053
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Melissa Ferrari

Place Through Pigments

Terry Tempest Williams wrote that “… soul and soil are not separate.” This seems especially true in the realm of pigments: colors gathered from the world around us, through which an inner state of mind may be expressed. As they are derived from plants, rocks, and soils, pigments also form direct material links between the artist and the place where the pigments were made.

This sketchbook-based course will cover the respectful sourcing of natural pigment ingredients (earth, rocks, plants, seaweed, fungi) and other materials; processing techniques (grinding, sieving, washing, and laking), and binding agents (linseed oil, gum arabic, soy milk, and egg white), and application methods (watercolors, oil paints). For the first half, we will travel, forage, process, and build up a palette of place-based pigments. For the second, we’ll settle into an intensive studio period in which to explore the unique effects of making art with materials that are deeply, specifically of this place. We will explore observational drawing, free association, and doodling as equally valiant modes of expression. Along the way, we’ll look at artwork and talk to artists working within the realm of hyper-local materials.

Students should be prepared for multiple short trips by van and boat, as well as one overnight weekend camping trip. The course fee of $100 covers the cost of personal art-making supplies (yours to keep), studio equipment and supplies for the whole class to use, and the cost of travel on- and off-island.

Evaluation is based on participation in class activities (exercises, presentations, readings, discussions, frequent writing and/or drawing prompts), significant studio time outside of class, timely completion of two major projects with corresponding group critique sessions, consistent involvement with collecting and producing pigments, and general studio maintenance.

Course Number
AD2055
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Anna Ialeggio

Shape and Color

In this studio course, students will explore various aspects of composition in two-dimensional media primarily through the language of collage. The exercises in this class include “transcribing” other artists’ work to try to understand why certain images have an impact on us or function the way they do, and then use these insights in the creation of new work; making work iteratively (how does varying a single element change a piece?); and exploring different ways of translating abstract ideas into two-dimensional work. Students will be introduced to different theories of color and through exercises explore how an observed or mixed spot of color can be thought of as having hue (where it sits on the color wheel), value (how light or dark it is) and chroma (how saturated it is); how colors interact with each other; and consider the limitations of such systems. Students will be working with line, color and shape, from imagination as well as from observation–of still life setups (including assemblages that they make themselves) and models. Evaluation will be based on the completion of assignments and exercises in a way that demonstrates an understanding of the ideas introduced in the class, engagement with the course materials, the ability to provide feedback and the ability to respond to feedback in one’s work.

Course Number
AD1074
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Neeraj Sebastian

Special Topics in Ecological Design Research

The ecological design research studio investigates three interrelated convictions: (1) through acts of design we can transform the inhabited (built) environment, improving the environmental quality of the sites and settings where we work (especially so for landscapes altered and degraded due to prior human activity); (2) that we can best do so through a systems-based design approach, with a goal that built (designed) and natural systems intermesh appropriately; and (3) that we can accomplish the first two commitments in a manner that is minimally extractive relative to landscapes beyond a project site (that we can and should dramatically minimize the overall ecological footprint of what we build).

To advance these commitments, the studio will focus on an actual project and site, with an eye to its future. Research in a design studio setting involves understanding the environmental dynamics of the site we will be working on, studying exemplar precedents or built examples relevant to the project at hand, gaining familiarity with theoretical ecological design and natural systems perspectives, and, ultimately, engaging in design synthesis, that is to say, developing a proposed design intervention in which the sum is greater than the parts (economy of means leads to richness of effect).

A basic background and interest in visual media (drawing, basic use of digital media, photography) is critical to a participant’s success in the studio.

How will students in this course be evaluated?: A “research” studio is a highly collaborative one, and evaluations will be based on participation and sustained engagement with the core studio themes, honing of collaborative capabilities, and commitment to an iterative process involving succinct compositions of sketches, physical models, drawings, diagrams, and other visual representations combined with short written narratives. Above all, the studio requires initiative and engagement as we transition from a highly facilitated framework at the beginning of the term (topics, resources, and methods that the instructor choreographs) to more independent and applied research given the “life” that project-based work acquires as the term progresses.

Course Number
AD4051
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Brook Muller

Special Topics in Painting

In this studio class, students will develop their individual sensibilities as painters while growing their technical skills. Throughout the term, students will engage with multiple aspects of a studio practice, including stretching and preparing painting surfaces, maintaining brushes, the proper and safe use of materials, and developing ideas through drawing and maintaining sketchbooks. In the first part of the term, students will work with clothed and nude models, focusing on simplifying forms while being precise in translating color relationships and integrating the figure within a space. The projects in the second part of the term will be student-directed: students will work with the instructor to outline areas of focus for the rest of the term. Students will be introduced to several artists’ work and working methods throughout the term; discussions will include how this relates to their own work: what were the concerns of some of these artists and how did these concerns inform their work? Students will make several paintings over the course of the term; there will be an emphasis on composition and color relationships; and students will explore how paint can convey a sense of form and space. Students will be encouraged to take a broad range of approaches: from single-session paintings to sustained paintings made over the course of weeks, from working with a limited palette to a full range of colors. Students will be asked to take risks, and to allow their work to become more personal and meaningful to who they are as individuals. Evaluation will be based on students’ work, participation in class discussions, the ability to offer critical and constructive feedback to their peers, and the ability to push themselves beyond their comfort zones or perceived limitations—especially when it comes to allowing their work to evolve and change in response to feedback.

Course Number
AD4056
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Neeraj Sebastian

Stop Motion Animation

Stop motion explores the wondrous process of transforming everyday objects, artifacts, and static puppets into living, breathing entities through frame-by-frame animation. In this course, students will learn strategies to conjure the illusion of motion and imbue objects with meaning, emotion, and perhaps a sense of uncanniness. The beginning of this course will introduce students to a variety of handmade animation techniques, including found object, claymation, and archival collage. From there, our focus will shift to armatured puppets, where students will learn basic fabrication techniques and make a short puppet film. Throughout the course, we’ll embrace the tactility, materiality, and handmade imperfections inherent to stop motion, while discussing formal considerations of working in miniature, including practical lighting. Screenings by historical and contemporary stop motion artists will allow us to explore stop motion’s vast potential across nonfiction, avant-garde, scientific, auteur, and fine art filmmaking. Ultimately, students will be able to use stop motion animation to create meaningful moving-image works. Technical instruction will include a basic introduction to Dragonframe animation software and Adobe Premiere for editing, as well as methods for crafting compelling, dynamic animation.

Students will be evaluated on their successful completion of assignments and films, critical engagement with readings and screenings, thoughtful participation in class discussions, and file management.

Course Number
AD2049
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Melissa Ferrari

Studio Printmaking

Printmaking is the process of transferring an image from one surface to another. A print mirrors the surface whence it came and also performs as a reflection of the physical and/or immaterial realms of objects and ideas. Representing concepts clearly in any medium requires an artist to engage in thoughtful collaboration with materials in order to realize the potential of form as a means of expression. This studio course will explore ways to address this aesthetic challenge through printmaking. Students will acquire basic skills as printmakers with an emphasis on relief (woodcut and linocut) and intaglio (line etching, engraving and aquatint) techniques. They will also develop a broad understanding of the history of prints; how they have functioned to communicate, document, and transmit information through images on paper. Students will be evaluated on their projects, participation in critiques, level of engagement with materials, ability to work in a collaborative studio, and final project.

Course Number
AD4019
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Catherine Clinger, Annika Earley

The Contemporary Landscape in Photography

This course examines the techniques and expressive possibilities of photographing “natural” landscapes, the built environment, and the intersection of the two subjects. Using historic makers for inspiration some slide lectures will be included, but each student will be expected to do some research on their own to find inspiration from other artists. Being inclusive of various aesthetics, we’ll explore differing expressions of beauty and students will be expected to engage ways of working outside their own comfort zone. Readings by Rebecca Solnit, Lucy Lippard, Frank Gohlke, Deborah Bright, Robert Adams, Richard Misrach, John Stilgoe, Bill McKibben, and Geoffrey Batchen, among others, will inform our discussions. Weekly shooting assignments, and readings will be expected prior to mid term. After mid term, you will work toward one final project that explores your own personal expressive choices based on your interests and affinities. These final projects will be displayed publicly, if possible, during week ten. Some prior experience with Adobe Lightroom Classic or Photoshop is highly recommended. Students will be evaluated on the completion of weekly and final projects, and participation in discussions and critiques; pass/fail grade encouraged.

Course Number
AD2046
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Joshua Winer

The History of Making Prints

In this seminar, we will cover the history of printmaking. Rather than take a chronological approach to print history, the seminar examines four broad themes surrounding historical and contemporary printmaking: prints and politics, printmaking as a process, the appropriated image, and collaboration/participation. These themes encompass a breadth of artists, works and time periods. The ideas presented and discussed in this seminar provide a context and a ground for the student to more clearly define their own creative practice and relationship to the history of printed art forms. Readings, writing assignments, and at-home projects challenge students to critically position themselves, as well as the practice of print in general, within the broader scope of visual culture. It also assists in developing a habit of research, and understand that it can be an essential part of the creative process. Assessment will be based on evidence that the student has completed assignments and readings; and, active and meaningful participation in seminar discussions.

Course Number
AD1063
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Annika Earley

The Range of Sublimity in the Artist Mind

Edmund Burke’s chief contribution to aesthetics is his exegesis on the contrary states that define the Beautiful and the Sublime: these are the regular and irregular, binaries of pleasure and pain, appeal and terror, knowingness and not-knowing. Burke encourages the viewer of a ‘place’ to distance herself from the natural agencies that incite emotional response to landscapes. In keeping a distance; however, we risk participating in a lifeless, hegemonic practice that colonizes nature and hinders aesthetic engagement. Proximity to nature (rather than detachment from it) makes visible the consequences of eighteenth-century imperial and nineteenth-century nationalist missions masked in many of the works of the Hudson River School. Non-native forces in the Western Hemisphere took ownership of humans, places, resources, and in the process, devastated whole peoples and ecologies. Through travel, study, research and creative activity, students will learn to see and appraise the transformation of peripatetic practice into art; as well as witness how art can both reveal and conceal the nature of place. How have the varied notions of sublimity affected artist practice over the past 250 years? What are artists making now that counters a narrative that privileges detachment over intimacy and counters modernity’s embrace of indifference? This course will consider the concept of sublimity, both as subject and agent, in the work of visual artists during the aforementioned epochs and the present one. Students will be evaluated on class participation, annotated bibliography, and research paper.

Course Number
AD5038
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Advanced
Instructor
Catherine Clinger

The Stitched Mark: Contemporary Embroidery

In this course we will explore embroidery, the stitched mark, as a drawing tool. Focus will be on individual expressive mark making and content building. Basic embroidery stitches will be taught and no experience is necessary. Embroidery can be loose and fast or a slow precise process. We will use cotton embroidery floss and yarn to stitch onto up-cycled or surplus and salvaged fabric creating meaning through image, surface, texture, form, and narrative. Fabric as an embroidery surface is pliable and easily transformed into dimensional forms allowing our work to move into the realms of sculpture and installation. Students will be encouraged to develop their own stitched visual language culminating in a final project. We will look at the work of contemporary artists using embroidery as part of their practice as well makers in an art/craft historical context. Stitch making as creative meaning making spans all cultures and times. Students will be evaluated based on class participation, in class assignments, out of class assignments, and a final project.

Course Number
AD1076
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Heather Lyon

The Theory and Mystery of Color

Color touches on nearly every aspect of life on earth. It is used to elicit the widest range of emotions and feelings by quickly influencing cellular activity or raising or lowering blood pressure or triggering wakefulness and sleep. Color plays a vital role in mating and reproduction for most life forms and a central role in symbolizing the aspirations of nation states, corporations, and even the humble neighborhood grade school. In the realm of the visual arts color has reigned supreme since the earliest cave paintings and in the mundane material world, color is used universally to influence the buying decisions of everything from Ferraris to Fruit Loops. A theory can be defined as a well substantiated explanation of some aspect of the natural world based on a body of facts that have been repeatedly confirmed through observation and experiment, and a mystery is defined as something that baffles our understanding and cannot be explained. This course will move between modern scientific color theory and the mysterious world of color mixing, interaction and design. We will study historic and modern pigments and their uses and applications across a broad range of the visual arts and will devote substantial class time to the design and execution of color design problems. The five goals of this course are: to develop a solid working knowledge of scientific color theory; to develop significant skills in seeing, mixing and organizing color through studio exercises and assignments; to produce a body of work that you are proud of; to develop constructive and helpful critiquing skills; to permanently enliven and enrich the way you move through the visual world in a way that invites you to share the mystery of color with others. Class time will be divided into lecture, critique, studio exercises, and explanation of assignments due for the following class critique. Students will be evaluated on the quality of the required assignments presented for critiques as well as their class attendance and attentive participation in all aspects of the studio meetings. This class is an excellent option for students who are interested in the visual arts, but also will have value for students with a wide range of interests and backgrounds outside of the arts. Prior experience in drawing, painting, or other visual arts is not a necessary prerequisite for the course.

Course Number
AD2038
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Ernie McMullen

Visualizing Truth: Animated Documentary

For over a century, filmmakers have used animation to imagine realities that can’t be captured on live-action film. From the stop motion scientific visualization of stag beetles in Wladyslaw Starewicz’s “Lucanus Cervus” (1910) to Winsor McCay’s dramatic hand-drawn re-enactment of “The Sinking of the Lusitania” (1918), early animated documentary was both embraced for its ability to visualize the unseeable and wielded as a powerful tool for propaganda. In recent decades, animation has grown increasingly popular as a mode of nonfiction filmmaking, celebrated for its ability to poetically moderate complex truths with raw emotionality; process identity, trauma and memory; and explore collective histories.

In this course, students will make a series of short nonfiction animation projects. Techniques might include comics, journalism, rotoscoping, scientific visualization, observational palimpsest, and archival stop motion. Discussion topics will cover the ethics of representation and appropriation, research methodologies, photographic indexicality, embodying empathy through anonymity, and navigating the truth of constructed images in a post-truth media landscape. Readings and screenings of historical and contemporary animated documentaries will introduce students to the field, including films by Penny Lane, Jonas Poher Rasmussen, Mona Chalabi, Ng’endo Mukaii, Alisi Telengut, Kyungwon Song, Sheila Sofian, Danski Tang, and Adam & Zack Khalil. Students do not need animation experience to enroll in the class—supplementary technical workshops will provide students with instruction in the necessary software and tools, including Dragonframe and Adobe Premiere.

Students will be evaluated on their successful and timely completion of assignments, critical engagement with reading/screening materials, and thoughtful participation in class discussions.

Course Number
AD2051
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Melissa Ferrari

Watching Globally: Intro to Contemporary Cinema of the World

What happens to us when we walk into a movie theater? What are our expectations? To what degree are we prepared to be challenged or confronted by something new or different? Of approximately 5000 films produced yearly worldwide, fewer than 5% are given a general U.S. theatrical release. Of these 250, fewer than 30 come from outside the Hollywood system. There are wonderful, unique movies being made every day that most of us will never know exist. This is largely due to entrenched ideas of how to play it commercially “safe,” but also has a great deal to do with a national isolationism which Hollywood films support and perpetuate. What are filmmakers in other countries focusing their attentions on? What stylistic choices are they making? How does one find out about these other films, let alone see them? In this class we will watch movies made within the last twelve years in Austria, Belgium, Burkina Faso, Canada, China, Greece, Hungary, Iran, Russia, Taiwan, Thailand and many other countries–films made by directors the rest of the world acknowledges as masters but who are virtually unknown in the U. S. Critical and theoretical essays from a variety of sources will offer detailed readings on the individual films as well as give a clear picture of how Hollywood functions to silence other voices and the ramifications of these practices on world finance and culture. Among topics covered will be: new media, the digital revolution, the changing face of copyright law, how movies can mask cultural assumptions and reinforce stereotypes or reveal new ways of seeing/perceiving. Evaluation will be based on class participation, weekly response papers, and a final paper/presentation.

Level: Introductory.  Prerequisites: none.  Class limit: 15.  Lab fee: $45.  Meets the following degree requirements: AD.

Course Number
1024
Prerequisites
None
Class Size Limit
15
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design

Wheel-thrown Pottery

The potter’s wheel can be traced back to the ancient Sumerians, as early as 3,250 B.C.E. With that as our starting point, this introductory studio focuses on vessel-making techniques and traditions through intensive training on the wheel. It is designed for students to develop a unique spatial and material language in clay, grounded in the possibilities and limitations of radial symmetry. A series of technical assignments will build skill, prompt creative problem-solving, introduce basic physical and chemical ceramic processes, and explore form and function through various human ecological frameworks. As always, we make our own clay and keep the studio clean together.

Evaluation is based on participation in class activities (exercises, presentations, readings, discussions, occasional writing and/or drawing prompts), significant studio time outside of class, timely completion of all projects with corresponding group critique sessions, and consistent involvement with studio maintenance. A sketchbook is required.

Course Number
AD1084
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Anna Ialeggio

World Percussion

This is a “hands on” class for learning and performing conga, snare drum, drum set, hand percussion techniques, focusing on the role of percussion in European, Latin American, African, and American music.  In addition to enjoying themselves and having a better understanding of the world of percussion, students master rhythmic notation, counting and subdivision, time signature, and reading percussion music. Requirements include: test on notation, composition of a percussion ensemble solo that will be performed by the group, and a paper on a percussion topic of student’s choice with approval of the instructor.

Course Number
1016
Prerequisites
None
Class Size Limit
12
Area of Study
Visual Arts & Design
Course Level
Introductory

Captured in Sediment: The Peopling of Maine

This is a laboratory course which is one of three courses required to be taken together. The three courses make up a “monster course” with the overall title “The Story of Humans in Maine Told Through Sediment”. In this course students will learn and use techniques to develop chronologies for human occupation of watersheds. From sediment cores of Maine lakes, we will develop an age/depth model based on radiocarbon dating of organic matter throughout the core (sticks, bugs, seeds, etc). Together, we will slice sediment cores into individual centimeter-by-centimeter cross sections and analyze these for charcoal as a proxy for fire events as well as identifying and quantifying human biochemical markers (coprostanol, stigmastanol, cholesterol, sitosterol), the ratios of which can indicate the absence or presence of humans throughout time. In a region where acidic soils rapidly degrade physical evidence of cultural sites, our recent use of this technique has helped to fill in gaps in the archaeological record. This course is relevant for students interested in biochemistry, Wabanaki history, ecology and anthropology. In the lab, students will perform extractions, inject samples on a gas chromatography mass spectrometer, and interpret the data to quantify amounts of human biochemical markers. Students will be evaluated on participation in laboratory exercises, and through write-ups of their results.

Course Number
ES2051
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructors
Reuben Hudson, Vitalli Polubinskyi

Cinematic Vision of Marginalized People

Production modes, market concerns, and privilege of access, in addition to the greater concerns of racism, sexism, classism and other social biases have all historically contributed to the predominance of a narrow range of cinematic voices being experienced by most audiences. But from the dawn of cinema there have been those working on the edges to realize visions that speak to many modes of otherness and to different manners of being, of belonging. In this class we will investigate a range of diverse moving image works and engage with texts that help contextualize and elucidate the works and the creative impulses/individuals behind them. The roster of movies viewed this term will be chosen collaboratively from a curated list by the group at the beginning of the term so as to most effectively engage with the particular interests of this configuration of students; choices include (but are not limited to) films and videos made by and about members of the following communities: LGBTQ+, neurodiversity, seniors, economically disadvantaged, homeless, people with disabilities, people of faith, Inuit, Roma, Sami, Maya, Palawan, Amhara, African diaspora, Indigenous peoples of the US and Australia. Focus will be primarily on narrative forms, but some works with experimental aspects may be featured. Potential filmmakers include: Samira Makhmalbaf, David Gulpilil, Cheryl Dunye, Tony Gatlif, Euzhan Palcy, Haile Gerima, Mati Diop, Derek Jarman. Students will be evaluated on their participation in class discussions and on two papers written over the course of the term. In these papers students will be asked to demonstrate a balance between research into a group of works of their choosing and exploration of their own aesthetic and emotional responses to these works.

Course Number
AD1052
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Colin Capers ’95, MPhil ’09, Colin Capers

Collaborative Filmmaking

In this intermediate to advanced studio course, we will explore various ways to make films together in small teams, including with people outside the course. Student films will explore genres from narrative to documentary to experimental. Collaboration is unlike the Hollywood model where making a film brings together highly skilled individuals that interlock like parts of a machine and are disbanded when the task of making the film is complete. These are managed in a top down fashion, meant to be efficient and to build products (films) designed for profit. We will attempt to eschew these hierarchical systems in favor of processes that honor the ideas and voices of the video makers (and subjects when present). Collaboration can create a dynamic process when artists exchange ideas and perspectives. You will be challenged to incorporate other artists’ ways of working and to try new creative methods and approaches. We will attempt to design systems and parameters that offer agency to all collaborators. We will experience various approaches to creative collaboration and sharing leadership. Depending on student interests, these may include works that emphasize the creation of a team as a whole, multimedia approaches, partnering with documentary subjects, and chance operations. In-class exercises and experiments will provide jumping-off points for more in-depth works as the term progresses. Students should bring some experience in filmmaking to the course.

Course Number
AD4054
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Conversations with the Ghost of Marx

This course introduces students to the study of political economy from a Marxian perspective. Unlike economics which focuses on various parts of the economy, whether at the micro- or macro- level, political economy focuses on the intertwining of power and money, or how politics affects the economic system and how the economy in turn shapes politics. As most of the world now lives with variants of the capitalist economic system, we will devote our time to understand the structure of capitalism, its functioning logics, as well as its contradictions and malfunctions. We will do so by engaging with Karl Marx’s original writings, which to this day still constitute one of the most fundamental and insightful critiques of the capitalist economic system. Marx’s Capital, Volume One will be both our guiding posts and a useful entry point for thinking about a wide range of issues, including labor and value, commodification and consumption fetishization, capital accumulation and growth, the role of the state in political economic processes, and the ongoing violence of accumulation.

As Eric Wolf, the late anthropologist, has noted, “the social sciences constitute one long dialogue with the ghost of Marx” (Europe and the People without History, 1982). Rather than being Marx’s disciples, we strive to be his interlocutor. As such, in addition to selections from Marx’s key works, we also read current Marxian political economy scholarship that draws on, critiques, and pushes its boundaries. Upon completion of this course, you will have developed practices of thinking critically and imaginatively about capitalism’s fundamental drives, uneven development, insatiable appetite for technological innovation, and tendency towards violent expansion. You will also be attuned to the need to contextualize contemporary debates regarding capitalism in its transnational, raced, and gendered dimensions.

The course is valuable for any students who want to better articulate the conditions of living under capitalism, or to cultivate a political imagination about the future of capitalist economic systems. Previous knowledge in economics is not necessary, but students must have an appetite for reading and parsing out complex, abstract texts. Prior exposure to Marxist theories or critical theories can be helpful. Students will be evaluated through bi-weekly reading reviews (approximately 3-5 pages of critical reflection based on assigned readings) and a final research proposal to investigate a socioeconomic issue of your choice.

Course Number
HS3130
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructors
Hien Nguyen, Duc Hien Nguyen

Ecology and Natural History of the American West

The American West has played a key role in the development of modern ecology and in our overall understanding of the Natural History of North America. Researchers such as Joseph Grinnell, Starker Leopold, Ned Johnson, Phillip Munz and Jim Patton contributed enormously to our understanding of the interactions, distribution and abundance of the enormous range of plants and animals occupying the western states, while the incredible variety of topography found between the Pacific slope and Great Basin Desert, containing both the highest and lowest points in the Lower 48, has provided an ideal setting for both observation and experimentation. This intensive field-based course will provide students with the opportunity to examine first-hand some key habitats within Nevada, California, and New Mexico, and to conduct a series of short projects on the fauna and flora in select sites. Areas to be examined will include terminal saline lakes, open deserts , montane meadows, pine forest, riparian hardwoods, wetlands, and agricultural landscapes. Readings will include primary sources and more popular accounts of both locations and the peoples who have lived in these lands over the past several thousand years. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a series of individual research projects and presentations, a detailed field journal, a mid-term and a final exam. This course will be integrated with and requires co-enrollment in Reading the West and Wilderness in the West.

Course Number
ES4038
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
John G.T. Anderson

Endgame Decarbonization

Recent reports say we need to cut global carbon emissions in half by 2030 and eliminate carbon emissions by 2050 or sooner. How can we electrify climate solutions to meet these urgent targets? What steps are needed to eliminate fossil fuel consumption, and how quickly can we implement them? To maintain the habitability of the planet, we have no choice but to win the carbon endgame. This course will discuss the technical requirements of the clean energy transition, including beneficial electrification, energy efficiency and renewable energy, but the emphasis will be on societal shifts needed to accelerate economy-wide decarbonization. Students will examine how fossil fuel corporations have lied about their impacts on the climate for decades, and how that has influenced policies and funding programs. This course will focus on readings, reflection and discussion. Topics covered will include the social, environmental, and economic impacts of fossil fuels versus renewable energy. Students will examine the role of diverse economic sectors including real estate, finance, and education in this transition. Students will explore the facets of transitioning an entire town or neighborhood away from fossil fuels, and the benefits or challenges associated with planning and implementing projects at a larger scale than an individual home. How can we completely transition off fossil fuels within a generation? Students who successfully complete this course will be able to identify the steps to transition a building off fossil fuels, and have a conversational understanding of how various economic sectors are critical to support the global clean energy transition. This course will provide students with the tools and experience to reduce community energy use and greenhouse gas emissions in a holistic manner. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions, completion of 3-4 written assignments including reflection papers, and 1-2 class presentations.

Course Number
MD2015
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
David Gibson

Engaging Mindfully with AI: A Human Ecological Approach

As individuals and communities, we face rapidly escalating temptations and pressures to embrace the use of increasingly diverse, hybrid, powerful systems of artificial intelligence in every aspect of our lives. These systems seem to both promise to make virtually everything dramatically better in almost unimaginable ways while, at the same time, also threatening to completely disrupt, replace, or destroy almost everything that is familiar and cherished. What are collaborative ways in which we can learn to make wise use of these possibilities and cope with these challenges? What skills and resources can we acquire to understand, use, and control these systems in our personal lives and our communities? What methods and alliances can we develop to limit, reduce, or completely eliminate the interventions and impacts of AI in our personal lives, communities, and ecosystems?

This is a collaborative learning course in which we will study emerging best practices for dealing with these issues. Readings will include applied materials on working with AI, mindfulness, collaborative skills, and meta-cognition as well as theoretical and philosophical analyses of emerging AI technologies and the opportunities and threats they may pose in ongoing social changes. With visiting speakers, trainings, and seminar discussions we will, as a class, explore and critically examine emerging consensuses on best uses in mindful learning, writing, and collaboration.

Materials may include, for instance: 1.) films, blog posts, podcasts, articles, and books on philosophical frameworks and best practices for using AI and related technologies in social entrepreneurship (Ethan Mollick’s Co-Intelligence: Living and Working with AI), research and writing (Kate Meyer’s Eduprotocols), community building and activism (Sasha Constanza-Chock’s Design Justice: Community-Led Practices to Build the Worlds We Need), mindfulness practices in technological contexts for personal growth (Deepak Chopra’s Digital Dharma), collaborative work in technological contexts (Howard Rheingold’s Netsmart: How to Thrive Online); and 3.) philosophical, historical and social science investigations of the opportunities and threats AI technologies are presenting (Max Tegmark’s Life 3.0, and writings of Thich Nhat Hanh, David Loy, Elise Boulding).

Homework and labs will normally combine research, experiential, and reflective writing components that, from week to week, balance personal and interpersonal exercises done with and without AI tools. These will be designed to help students apply and critically analyze class readings and at the same time, through the course of the term, successively develop the key materials and textual components for their final group projects in an integrated way.

In a series of short homework assignments, students will research and analyze key elements for wise practices using—and not using—artificial intelligence to advance personal goals as well as shared visions of well-being for communities and societies. To help synthesize this learning, each student will also collaborate in a small group to draft a handbook/manifesto that proposes ways to integrate best personal and collaborative practices in some context of special interest such as a school, research institute, small business, activist organization, or spiritual community.

Evaluation will be based on the extent to which class participation and written work demonstrate progress on the goals of developing abilities: 1.) to learn how to learn about how human/AI systems work, 2.) To learn how to cope personally with them in ways students find meaningful, productive, and personally enhancing, and 3.) to learn how to articulate and advocate for methods of responding to them which offer communities resilient ways to navigate the disruptions AI technologies are introducing.

Course Number
HS6019
Course Level
Variable
Instructor
Gray Cox

Film Theory

How do motion pictures express ideas? Why do we respond to them in the ways we do? Film theorists have approached these questions from contexts as diverse as formal composition (sound, mise-en-scene, color, cinematography and editing), signs and symbols (semiotics), cultural and/or gender concerns, and psychoanalysis. In this class, we will practice using these and other theories to understand and analyze moving pictures. Each week we will screen one or two feature length movies as well as a number of short films. Screenings will be complemented by source texts from critics, theorists, artists/filmmakers and cinephiles. Students may choose to take this course as writing intensive; those who do will be required to write and revise three or four critical response essays based in analytical frameworks covered in the course. All students will be required to complete a final research paper and presentation. Students should expect to spend 7-9 hours a week in class meetings, labs and screenings (in addition to writing, research). Students will be evaluated on papers, final project and participation in discussions. Writing Focus option.

Course Number
AD2050
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Colin Capers

Finding Faith: toward meaning, purpose, justice & belonging

What is “faith ?” What assumptions do “faithful” people make about themselves, others, the world, and the sacred ? How do people interpret sacred texts ? How might faith help people find identity and belonging, and (conversely), how might faith lead to exclusion ? How does faith guide life decisions, and how do such decisions – particularly ones that involve alleviating suffering, pursuing justice, or promoting sustainability – reflect faith ? How does faith engage the inevitability of death ? Faith shapes many aspects of human life. While critiques of faith often focus on its potential for harm (particularly violence and oppression), this course aims to swim in the opposite direction, seeking to understand the dynamics of faith that can lead to lives of meaning, purpose, belonging, or advocacy. We’ll explore philosophical, psychological, ecological, communal, and even some political dimensions of faith. And we’ll engage a variety of real-life people for whom faith is a meaningful and relevant – and central – aspect of their lives. Students of all faith traditions and perspectives are welcome – including students who do not identify with any particular tradition. Field trips to various faith-based institutions will be offered to allow for immersion experiences. Course texts may include works such as Alastair McIntosh’s Soil and Soul, Jim Wallis’ The False White Gospel, Karen Armstrong’s The Case for God, Zora Neal Hurston’s Moses, Man of the Mountain, or Kathy Baldock’s Forging a Sacred Weapon / Walking the Bridgeless Canyon, along with shorter articles relevant to the course. Sacred texts will be primarily Hebrew and Christian scriptures, with texts from other traditions according to student interest.

In addition to robust class discussions marked by curiosity and respect, and regularly-assigned readings of both primary and secondary sources, students can anticipate short / reflective writing assignments along with a final paper. Assessment will be based on evidence that the student has completed assignments and readings, and active and meaningful participation in seminar discussions.

Course Number
HS1121
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Robert Benson

Forty Studies that Changed Psychology

This course surveys forty of the most influential research studies in psychology. Within this course, students will explore foundational experiments spanning the spectrum of psychological science. As a result of this class, students should be able to identify and explain key findings that have shaped the discipline. Students will be afforded the ability to analyze research methods, examine the ethical dimensions, and connect classic findings to modern psychological theory, practice, and ongoing research.

This course will be based on Hock’s pivotal text: Forty Studies That Changed Psychology: Explorations into the History of Psychological Research (Global Edition). This text has recently been updated to include more current and global research findings and is widely used as the standard in the field. Topics covered include: Brain, Biology, and Behavior; Sensation, Perception, and Consciousness; Learning and Conditioning; Cognition, Intelligence, and Memory; Developmental Psychology; Foundations of Social Psychology; Personality; and Psychopathology and Treatment. Through reading, discussion, and applied analysis, students will develop an appreciation for how landmark research has shaped the understanding of human thought, emotion, and behavior. Students will demonstrate their learning through written and oral reflections, class presentations, and developing a proposal for a hypothetical research project, including having every student develop a project to meet COA’s EERB standards.

Course Number
HS1133
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Kenneth Hill

Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry

This course is one of three courses required to be taken together. The three courses make up a “monster course” with the overall title “The Story of Humans in Maine Told Through Sediment”.In this course, students will learn the fundamentals of gas chromatography mass spectrometry (GC-MS). We will study the separation of mixtures by Gas Chromatography, the ionization of compounds, and the interpretation/identification of compounds by fragmentation patterns. Students will learn how to integrate analyte peaks in comparison to internal standards in order to quantify them. Students will be evaluated on participation in laboratory exercises, through problem sets (identification of unknown spectra), and by demonstrating proficiency on the GC-MS instrument.

Course Number
ES2052
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Anastasiia Pustovoit

Green Chemistry: Design for Benign

Green Chemistry by definition strives to prevent pollution from the very beginning of a chemical process; however, this course will strive to teach much more. We will emphasize that “chemists should have a moral or Hippocratic oath to the practice of their trade; one that states “first, do no harm1.” As a result, students will examine ways to critically evaluate the design of chemicals for safe manufacture and use by industry and individual households. We will look to the past to learn from previous mistakes (ex. DDT, Thalidomide, Bisphenol-A) and try to understand and mitigate the unintended consequences of the chemicals we synthesize. The course will be an intensive collaborative laboratory experience where students not only learn, but practice the 12 principles of Green Chemistry and Engineering. In the laboratory, students will work on all aspects of a synthesis project with the goal of preparing a publication at the conclusion of the term. Students will also work to develop safe, clean, and environmentally friendly laboratory experiments for integration into an advanced high school or undergraduate general chemistry curriculum. Students will be required to read and utilize a significant amount of scientific literature in the course. Evaluations are based on participation in classes and labs, homework assignments, two projects, and a single exam.

Course Number
ES4065
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Reuben Hudson

Hard(ly) Working: The Promises, Problems, & Politics of Work

You are not your job—or are you? Do you live to work or work to live? Consider a job you hope to hold after graduation: if it disappeared tomorrow, would anyone notice? More fundamentally, why do we work—and why are we expected to work at all? These are the motivating questions of this seminar. Drawing on Marxist and feminist political economy, we will examine how work has come to function not merely as an economic necessity but as an ethical imperative in modern capitalist societies. We take seriously Kathi Weeks’s provocation that work has become the primary axis through which political subjects, social respectability, life’s meaning, and moral goodness are constituted (The Problem with Work, 2011). The problem with work, in this sense, is not only that it is often exploitative or alienating, but that it is compulsory—structurally and ideologically.

We will also reckon with a peculiar feature of contemporary finance capitalism: the proliferation of “bullshit jobs” in administration, finance, corporate services, and other industries (Graeber, Bullshit Jobs, 2018)—jobs which arguably don’t produce anything and whose elimination makes no material difference to the world. We will examine them alongside the rise of the gig and content creation economy, the increasing precarity of waged work, and the changes ushered in by technology such as AI and robotic automation (Standing, The Precariat, 2021). If bullshit jobs expose the hollow promise of meaningful work, these latter phenomena belie the fiction that work brings material stability. We conclude the term by examining antiwork politics and their imaginative project of a post-work society. We ask whether labor movements organized around fair wages, better working conditions, and recognition of unpaid labor represent a path toward emancipation from the employment relation, or whether they reproduce the very compulsion they contest.

The course is valuable for students who want to engage critically with the demand and desire that binds us to work, who struggle to map out a future career that balances meanings, values, and material wellbeing, or who wish to cultivate a creative imagination about a post-work future. Students who are in the process of applying for internships, job hunting, or exploring post-graduation opportunities might find this seminar especially valuable. While the seminar does not address career preparation directly, it helps build the capacity to navigate the material and ethical demands of work with clarity and integrity.

Students will be evaluated through a combination of seminar participation, reading responses, and a final project. Seminar discussion might be supplemented by opportunities to conduct ethnographic interviews with community members about their relationship to work and career.

Course Number
HS2137
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Duc Hien Nguyen

History of Filmmaking II (1946-Present)

D. W. Griffith, pioneer of early cinema, prophesied in 1924 that by 2024 cinema would have been instrumental in “eliminating from the face of the civilized world all armed conflict”. Where have things gone wrong? Cinema is a powerful medium that in many ways is still struggling to find its place among the other arts; there are many promising byways that have been overlooked or under-explored. This course explores the histories, production and meanings of motion pictures. Using various films as case studies, we will look at the development of film forms, techniques and genres from 1946 to the present – the second half of cinema history. Films studied will include examples of narrative, documentary, animation, and the avant-garde. Students will learn concepts of film analysis and criticism, and will have opportunities to practice critical skills in class discussions and in research and writing assignments. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation in class discussion, written papers, and research presentations. Film gives us the opportunity to, in the words of David Lynch, “get lost in another world…to dream in the dark”. Who decides which dreams we will see? Through an understanding of where cinema has been we can more effectively shape its, and our, future. Writing Focus option.

Course Number
AD3018
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructors
Colin Capers ’95, MPhil ’09, Colin Capers

Human Ecology Core Course

Human Ecology is the interdisciplinary study of the relationships between humans and their natural and cultural environments. The purpose of this course is to build a community of learners that explores the question of human ecology from the perspectives of the arts, humanities and sciences, both in and outside the classroom. By the end of the course students should be familiar with how differently these three broad areas ask questions, pose solutions, and become inextricably intertwined when theoretical ideas are put into practice. In the end, we want students to be better prepared to create their own human ecology degree through a more in-depth exploration of the courses offered at College of the Atlantic. We will approach this central goal through a series of directed readings and activities.

Course Number
HE1010
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Various Instructors

Introduction to Glass Blowing and Sculpture

This hands-on course will introduce the student to glass as an artistic material. The weekly schedule includes a lecture on campus and a four-hour lab off campus at a professional art glass studio. Work in the studio will focus on learning the basic skills necessary to complete simple blown glass forms. Students will learn basic glass blowing techniques including gathering glass from the furnace, using hand tools, and creating different shapes on the blowpipe. An ongoing emphasis on shop safety will be maintained during demonstrations of the proper use of equipment and tools. In addition to glass blowing, students will be instructed to complete projects using slumping and enameling kilns, diamond lapidary saws, a sand blasting cabinet, and water fed grinders. The weekly lecture will focus on the historical evolution of glass working methods, from the first hollow core vessels to contemporary art glass by Dale Chihuly or Beth Lipman. Students will be evaluated based on attendance, regular reviews of the student’s sketchbook, the ability to make five basic vessel shapes, and a final sculptural project.

Course Number
AD1042
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Linda Perrin

Introduction to Political Economy

This course introduces students to the study of political economy from a Marxist perspective. Unlike economics which focuses on various parts of the economy, whether at the micro- or macro- level, political economy focuses on the intertwining of power and money, or how politics affects the economic system and how the economy in turn shapes politics. As most of the world now lives with variants of the capitalist economic system, we will devote our time to study the structure of capitalism, its logics, as well as its contradictions and malfunctions. We will do so by engaging with Karl Marx’s original writings, which to this day still constitute one of the most fundamental and insightful critiques of the capitalist economic system. Marx’s Capital, Volume One will be both our guiding posts and a useful entry point for thinking about a wide range of issues, including labor and value, commodity fetishism and consumerism, capital accumulation and exploitation, and the ongoing violence of accumulation through dispossession, colonization, and other means.

As Eric Wolf, the late anthropologist, has noted, “the social sciences constitute one long dialogue with the ghost of Marx” (Europe and the People without History, 1982). Rather than being Marx’s disciples, we strive to be his interlocutor. As such, in addition to selections from Marx’s key works, we also read current Marxian political economy scholarship that draws on, critiques, and pushes its boundaries

This course is valuable for any students who are interested in politics, economics, international development, future study, food systems, climate justice, social changes, and any area of studies that grapple with capitalism in its transnational, racialized, and gendered dimensions. Upon completion, students will have developed practices of thinking critically and imaginatively about capitalism’s fundamental drives, uneven development, appetite for technological innovation, and tendency towards violent expansion.

No previous knowledge is required, but students should be prepared to read complex, abstract texts. Students will be evaluated through bi-weekly reading reviews (approximately 3-5 pages of critical reflection based on assigned readings) and a final project.

Course Number
HS1129
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Duc Hien Nguyen

Journeys in French Film and Culture

This course will use the theme of the journey to select French language films for study that span the history of filmmaking. We will use these films and accompanying readings to study the ideas of crossing cultures and geographies (real or imagined). Particular focus will be given to films which look at events and themes which are historically and culturally important for the regions in which we will be studying. This portion of the class is designed to help students understand the new contexts in which they find themselves. In addition to film, other artforms and cultural experiences will be studied through museum visits and field trips.

Students will also explore the form and nature of the illustrated travel journal, or carnet de voyage, and create a personal record of their travel abroad. We will survey the illustrated travel journal as an art, and as a record of cultural interaction through historic and contemporary examples shown in class, and through first-hand observation in museums and other cultural institutions in France. Readings will include criticism pertaining to representations of culture. This portion of the class is designed to enable students to reflect on changes in themselves as they adapt to new locations and circumstances.

Additionally, each student will choose a term-long research topic; they will process and share their research through several short papers and a final in-class presentation. Research can be related to a particular filmmaker or artist, an historical event or series of events of cultural importance, or a cultural concept such as collaboration, laïcité, or terroir. Vichy’s extensive Médiathèque Valery Larbaud, Clermont-Ferrand’s La Jetée (research library/archive of cinema materials, particularly related to the short film), and Paris’ Cinémathèque française are examples of some of the places in which this research will occur.

Class participants will be given technical guidance as needed on their projects and will share their work during in-progress and final critiques. Students will be required to create a copy of their work in final form for submission and evaluation. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and activities, and in the thoroughness, level of thought, creativity, and artistry in their multiple projects.

Course Number
HS2067
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Colin Capers

Landscape Cinema

This course focuses on the relationship between filmmakers and nature. From the opening question “What is landscape?” We will address through video projects, readings, and screenings the theories and practices of artist’s moving image practice such as eco-cinema, sonic ethnography, ecological filmmaking, and slow cinema that emerged in the second half of the twentieth century. Students will make regular visits into their local landscape over the term and will create short videos in response to topics addressed in class; leading up to a final video inspired by that location. At the end of the term, students will have a closer connection to the physical environment they live in and will leave the course with an understanding of the role nature and landscape has played in film history and contemporary film practice. Evaluation will be based on completion of field notes (written, visual, and/or sonic), short video projects, a final project, and participation in class discussions that demonstrate critical encounters with readings, screenings, and the landscape around them. A brief tutorial in Adobe Premiere Pro will be offered at the beginning of the term.

Course Number
AD4030
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Matthew Shaw

Maine Energy and Climate Advocacy

This practicum will focus on understanding how the Maine Legislature works by participating in the public advocacy process. With the federal government tied up in partisan gridlock, some of the most meaningful climate and energy legislation in recent decades has occurred at the state level. We will examine how bills move through the Legislature from the draft stage to the final version that is voted on by the House and Senate. Students will learn about the ways that the public and professional lobbyists can engage at nearly every stage of the process. Course participants will be introduced to a variety of environmental non-profits, including Sierra Club Maine, Maine Youth for Climate Justice, and the Environmental Priorities Coalition, and learn how they work both independently and collaboratively to advocate for legislation. While this course is Maine-specific, many of the advocacy skills used in public processes may be applicable in other contexts, including municipal, county, and national decision-making. Some of these skills include conducting policy research and analysis, understanding the legislative process, and developing clear written communication. We will read past legislation relating to energy policy, fossil fuel divestment, and tribal sovereignty and discuss why they were successful or not, and whether there were unintended consequences for bills that passed. Students will be required to identify 3 draft bills they find meaningful, draft testimony to present at the public hearing, and work collaboratively with classmates and/or nonprofit organizations to advocate for those issues as they proceed through the legislative process. The course will include at least two weekday field trips to Augusta to attend public hearings and meet with legislators in person.

Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions, completion of written assignments, engagement with the material and demonstration of working knowledge of the legislative process.

Course Number
HS2127
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
David Gibson

Mind Matters: Contemplative Education for Liberatory

For tens of thousands of years, contemplative practices among many Aboriginal, First Nations, and indigenous peoples have connected humans with life in all its forms, including ancestors, country or land, and community. Enlightenment and embodied understanding of the nature of mind result from Buddhist teachings and practices as they have traveled from South Asia to East and Southeast Asia to the rest of the world, turning us away from attachment to material comforts and privileges and toward experiential inquiry into human experiences of suffering and flourishing. Contemplative practices, including mindfulness meditation, qigong, taiji, and yoga, have been the subject of recent decades of research into their impacts on wellbeing and compassion. Studies in cognitive and affective neuroscience, cognitive and developmental psychology, integrative medicine, comparative religion, education, and sustainability science examine the impacts of contemplative practices on mental and physical health, socio-emotional learning, and a less consumption-driven future. The application of these practices has similarly flourished in mindfulness-based interventions and programs in therapeutic settings and schooling from early childhood to adult education and professional programs including counseling, law, medicine, social work, and teacher education. Pedagogical approaches apply to classroom contexts as well as informal settings such as environmental education and include diverse approaches such as collaborative poetry and contemplative photography. This course introduces students to practices that span hundreds of generations and diverse faith traditions and the ethics, epistemology, and psychology underlying them; recent studies that aim to understand their efficacy, underlying mechanisms, and methods of inquiry, and educational models and practices for offering these approaches. Students will learn through engagement with and micro-phenomenological inquiry of contemplative practices—including two weekend retreats, reading of recent empirical research, and educational application in the context and at the level based on student interest. Summative assessments include a synthesis of a practice-based micro-phenomenological journal, a blog synthesizing relevant empirical research for a student-chosen audience, and the design and/or facilitation of a contemplative educational experience focused on a practice of interest and for a student-chosen audience.

Course Number
ED2015
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Bonnie Tai

Now What?: Finding Purpose in Chaotic Times

Disoriented. Disconnected. Discouraged (to say the least). In 2024-2025 we have witnessed fundamental shifts in the cultural fabric and social landscape, both nationally and internationally, along with significant threats to the lives and livelihoods of many of the world’s most vulnerable people. Questions of what to do about all this – and how to cultivate wisdom and endurance for the long haul – aren’t just strategic, but also – many suggest – inescapably spiritual as well.

This course invites us to explore humanity’s sources of strength & hope, resilience & common purpose in times of uncertainty, oppression, and violence – to seek solid ground that can inspire and sustain lives oriented toward justice and transformation. Our central question will be: what nourishes lives of meaning, purpose, belonging, or advocacy ? We’ll explore philosophical, psychological, ecological, communal, and even some political dimensions, and we’ll join in dialogue with a variety of people for whom spirituality is a meaningfully relevant aspect of their work and their lives. If you’re wondering what to do now, or next, or curious about how people striving for justice keep their momentum, this is a course for you.

Course texts will likely include Alastair McIntosh’s Spiritual Activism, Parker Palmer’s Let Your Life Speak, Sherri Mitchell’s Sacred Instructions, and Joanna Macy’s Active Hope, along with shorter articles, podcasts, and / or videos relevant to the course. My perspective is that the work ahead will be difficult and generational – and I’m eager to explore with you what might make it possible for justice-oriented people to “keep on keepin’ on.”

In addition to robust class discussions marked by curiosity and respect, and regularly-assigned readings of both primary and secondary sources, students can anticipate bi-weekly reflective writing assignments (1-2 pages) along with a final project / paper. As this is an introductory course, no prerequisites are required. Field trips to various faith-based institutions may be offered. Students of all faith traditions and perspectives are welcome – including students who do not identify with any particular tradition.

Course Number
HS1128
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Rob Benson

Object and Performance

Objects have long been significant elements in ritual, dance, theatre and performance art; they might be props, body extensions, idols and avatars. Taught in a workshop format, this course will explore a variety of techniques from traditional theatre arts, as well as sculptural ideas that can be integrated into performance. Goals will be to gain a deeper understanding of the power of objects in a performative context; to experiment with a variety of building techniques; to practice, create and refine personal and found objects as art; to explore an object’s potential to spark narrative, illustrate relationship dynamics and fuel theatrical action. We’ll also study the use of objects in connection with certain forms of performance training and creative collaboration strategies. The course will provide an historic context of objects in performance and will utilize improvisational exercises, personal writing, movement and bodywork. Class topics may include: relationship, scale, sound, duration, repetition, archetype and viewer participation/performance. Evaluation will be based on attendance, participation in all group projects, in-class assignments and discussions, demonstrated understanding and mastery of basic skills through the creation of projects, timely completion of all assignments and readings and effective participation in class critiques.

Course Number
AD4020
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced

Paddlesport Instructor and Leadership Course

In this course students will expand their paddling abilities in sea kayaks, canoes, and whitewater kayaks, and use these craft as platforms for outdoor leadership and for helping others become safe, effective paddlers. During classroom sessions, students will be introduced to teaching approaches such as behaviorism and constructivism, and how they can be used to support learning in adventure sport. We will also look at styles of leadership and group management strategies, as well as models of risk management used to manage safety in outdoor sport. On the water, we will apply these ideas while learning to paddle, and while running leadership and instructional sessions for peers. About half of our class time will be spent on the water, in canoes and kayaks; additionally, this course will include a weekend trip later in the term. Certification as an American Canoe Association (ACA) Kayak Instructor, or Community Paddlesports Leader is possible through this course.

Assessment will be based on: students’ preparation for classroom and on-water sessions; students’ demonstration of various teaching modes to create learning sessions, both in the classroom, and on the water; students’ application of leadership models to effectively manage small groups of paddlers in various on-water environments. Final assessment based on classroom and on-water instructional sessions by each student, on a topic of their choosing.

Course Number
MD2019
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Nathaniel Hanson

Political Economy of Artificial Intelligence

We live in a time when ever more pervasive forms of Artificial Intelligence (AI) are transforming our world. From quotidian applications such as generating audio-visual contents and responding to human’s queries to more intangible applications such as restructuring the labor market, speeding up extractive economic growth, and empowering surveillance and oppression on a mass scale, the potentials unleashed by AI are ready to upend our world. How are the shifts toward digital forms of production and exchange challenging the “laws” of supply and demand and other t political economic processes? How will the digitalization of nature intensify and transform the ways in which the commodification of nature has altered ecological systems? What will happen when AI saturates our political and economic life while it simultaneously depletes the planet? How will AI shape our understanding of ourselves and our societies? How do we, individually and collectively, grapple with ethical and existential issues that AI proliferation has raised and will continue to raise? Is it all too late, or is it merely a beginning? In this course students will approach these questions through the lens of political economy, which focuses on how the quest for power and profit has shaped the development and deployment of AI, and how AI applications, in turns, are disrupting and transforming our society and our planet. The course will draw on traditional methods of Political Economic analysis and tools from Futures Studies such as scenario building and the Delphi Method. Topics addressed may include, for instance: challenges in aligning AI systems with human values; open source vs. proprietary models of digital property; the implications of AI and other forms of digital powers for democracy, nation states, and global governance; transformations in labor markets and class structures; and debates over transhumanism and competing visions of technological futures. Our selection of key texts may include Gray Cox’s Smarter Planet or Wise Earth, Kate Crawford’s Atlas of AI, and Nick Dyer-Witherford et al. ‘s Inhuman Power. The course is valuable for any students who want to investigate the development trajectory of AI and its predecessors, to engage critically with the impacts and contradictions of AI implementation, and to cultivate a creative imagination about the future of life and work when AI becomes ubiquitous. Upon completion of this course, you will have developed the abilities to: 1.) understand and explain key features of the emerging forms of AI and related technologies and their impacts on human ecological systems; 2.) use theoretical analyses and empirical evidence to critically engage with conflicting discourses from various political economic traditions regarding AI-related technologies; 3.) envision competing scenarios of the future with AI and critically analyze the conceptual and practical insights which they may offer.

Students will be evaluated through a combination of reading responses, in-class participation, short papers, and a final symposium in which students will present and debate their visions for the future political economy of AI and/or how AI will transform political economic systems around the world.

Course Number
HS1127
Course Level
Introductory
Instructors
Gray Cox, Duc Hien Nguyen

Public Libraries and the People

This course will explore the history of public libraries, primarily in the United States, as democratic and educational institutions. Students will examine the philosophical approaches that have shaped public library services, and changes that have occurred in response to social and political movements. Different segments of the public will be explored in terms of their need for and use of the public library, including parents, youth, teachers, and elders. Students will read and discuss various claims about the current purpose of public libraries in the digital age, research library services in communities across the US and internationally, and survey their community about desired information and services at their local public library. They will then develop mission statements and service plans for public library services to meet the needs of local communities that they will present in the final class meeting. Coursework will include readings, videos, guest lectures, off-site visits, and student-led discussions.

Course Number
HS1107
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Darla Linville

Reading the West

The spectacular range of habitats between the Pacific Ocean and the Great Basin and Sonoran Deserts has generated some of the most significant “place based” writing within American literature. In this intensive field-based course students will be required to read a range of materials dealing with key places. people, and events in the western landscape during the summer prior to the formal start of the course. The class will then convene in California and begin a trek eastwards into the Great Basin Desert, south to the Carson/Iceberg Wilderness, Yosemite, the Hetch Hetchy Valley and Mono Lake, and then finally southeastward across the Sonoran desert to Albuquerque, New Mexico, where students and faculty will participate in a conference celebrating the first 50 years of the Wilderness Act. Readings will include work by Muir, Didion, Steinbeck, and Fremont. Evaluation will consist of class participation, a series of essays and journal essays, and a final term paper that will be completed following the end of the field portion of the course. This course will be integrated with and requires co-enrollment in Ecology and Natural History of the American West, and Wilderness in the West.

Course Number
HS4042
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
John G.T. Anderson

Resilience in Ladakh: Agriculture, Culture, and Resistance

In this course we seek to understand the current situation of Ladakh and Ladakhi people, beginning with the ecological farming systems that have sustained their communities in the desert Himalayas for thousands of years. —-

Ladakh is a dry glacial-fed land of vast mountains, steep valleys, passes, and high-altitude plains. Ladakhis are mostly a mix of Tibetan Buddhists and Muslims who speak a common Ladakhi language. A part of India since 1947, Ladakh is a part of the ancient Central Asian silk route and borders Tibet and Pakistan.

Beginning with the case study of the small village of Tar in western Ladakh, students will have the opportunity to explore the intricate practices of agriculture and culture that have allowed Ladakhi people to live in a genuinely sustainable relationship with their place for thousands of years.

Now as new technologies rapidly become available, all of the generations are deciding what practices and lifeways to keep, what to change, and what to abandon. At the same time, with increased access, wealthy interests and extractive industries are starting to exploit Ladakh for profit. Presently Ladakhis are making a political stand, seeking protections for their lands, waters, communities, and culture.

Using first-hand stories, images, texts, video, and current media, this class will seek a human ecological understanding of traditional Ladakhi lifeways and the current choices Ladakhis face, as well as the efforts of this indigenous community for sovereignty and self-determination.

This class is intended for, but not limited to, students interested in studying and working in Ladakh in the future. Students with a firm intention to travel will have the option to focus more intensively on language study. Those with an interest in ecological agricultural systems, questions of sustainable development, and indigenous resistance movements may also benefit from this class.

Students will be evaluated on written assignments, participation in seminar discussions, weekly quizzes for students on a language-intensive track, and a final presentation of an independent research project.

Course Number
MD1036
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Caitlin Thurrell

The Analytical Chemistry of Paleoecology

This is a seminar course which is one of three courses required to be taken together. The three courses make up a “monster course” with the overall title “The Story of Humans in Maine Told Through Sediment”. Students will learn about the application of emerging analytical techniques in the field of paleoecology. We will learn the theory behind techniques such as aDNA, lipid biomarker analysis, and the characterization of preserved leaf waxes. We will discuss recent literature in these areas. Students will be evaluated on literature discussions, and written responses to papers.

Course Number
ES2053
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Reuben Hudson

The Cold War: The Early Years

This course provides a broad historical overview of the early years of the “Cold War” period that shaped global politics generally and American foreign policy specifically. Beginning in the 1940’s and leading up to Richard Nixon’s election in 1968 we will examine the diplomatic relationship between the United States and the Soviet Union and how this relationship has impacted state actors, economic policies, cultural production, and conceptions of identity. While there will be a heavy focus on traditional state-level diplomatic history, students will also explore a broad array of methodological approaches. Class sessions will include a mix of traditional lecture formats, class discussion, and outside presentations. An evening lab is scheduled in order to screen a variety of cultural artifacts from the various periods we will cover. The primary goal is to give students an intensive 10-week crash course into key events, concepts, figures, etc.. that defined the early decades of Cold War diplomacy. At the same time there is also time allocated for students to explore their own independent research interests. Given the far-reaching force of Cold War politics into everyday life, individuals with widely varying academic interests will find the course informative and productive. Evaluation will be based on a mix of class participation, individual research assignments, and exams. All students, regardless of their backgrounds, previous coursework, or interests are welcome.

Course Number
HS3032
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jamie McKown

The Cold War: The Later Years

This course provides a broad historical overview of the early years of the “Cold War” period that shaped global politics generally and American foreign policy specifically. Beginning with the election of Richard Nixon’s in 1968 and following up to today, we will focus on the diplomatic relationship between the United States and the Soviet Union/Russia and how this relationship has impacted state actors, economic policies, cultural production, and conceptions of identity. While there will be a heavy focus on traditional state-level diplomatic history, students will also explore a broad array of methodological approaches. Class sessions will include a mix of traditional lecture formats, class discussion, and outside presentations. An evening lab is scheduled in order to screen a variety of cultural artifacts from the various periods we will cover. The primary goal is to give students an intensive 10-week crash course into key events, concepts, figures, etc.. that defined the later decades of Cold War diplomacy. At the same time there is also time allocated for students to explore their own independent research interests. Given the far-reaching force of Cold War politics into everyday life, individuals with widely varying academic interests will find the course informative and productive. Evaluation will be based on a mix of class participation, individual research assignments, and exams.While this class is designed to compliment the topics covered in The Cold War: Early Years, students are not required to have had this earlier class. Both courses are designed as “stand alone.” All students, regardless of their backgrounds, previous coursework, or interests are welcome.

Course Number
HS3038
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Jamie McKown

The Human Ecology of Artificial Intelligence: Problems and Projects

This course examines the challenges, threats and opportunities emerging with technologies associated with Artificial Intelligence. It will consider the nature of intelligence in its many forms in humans and nature and examine how these and other forms of intelligence may be coded into emerging AI technologies or developed through various forms of machine learning, evolutionary programming, et cetera. Sample topics include roles of AI in education, health, agriculture, transportation, policing, military, scientific research, the arts, spiritual traditions, religions, government, language translation, and bridging relations between different cultures.

Goals are to develop: understandings of the basic programming principles, research and development strategies and underlying philosophical assumptions guiding development in such technologies; abilities to use interdisciplinary, problem centered approaches to understand complicated vs. “wicked” problems associated with rapid technological change and key approaches to dealing with them; collaborative skills for problem-centered studies and programming projects in AI in areas of student interest; and meta-cognitive abilities to learn these kinds of material in groups as well as on your own.

Students pursue term projects individually or collaboratively which may include; futures studies use of methods of historical and/or social science research to investigate some emerging, AI-related social or environmental concern; a computer programming project that solves a practical problem, is conducive to artistic expression, performs scientific analysis of quantitative data, or demonstrates an established or experimental feature of an Machine Learning or otherwise AI system; or a philosophical and/or theoretical critical analysis of underlying concepts, values or assumptions that are at stake in the emerging AI technologies.

Readings will include classic texts in AI theory, philosophy, and futures studies as well as selections from standard texts on AI programming like that of Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig. We will also use podcasts, films, and other media to pursue key topics and trends. There will be a series of short programming activities to study basic principles and try modelling aspects of more complicated and/or complex systems. These will be done, at least initially, in block coding accessible to students without previous programming experience. We will examine the ways in which they can be coded in Python and students familiar with that or other languages will be able to pursue homework and final project work in whatever language they may prefer.

Class sessions and lab will vary in format from extended discussion of texts and problems to supplementary lecture, visiting speakers, collaborative coding activities and extended project work. The class as a group will develop at least one major hackathon style project as a way of exploring key issues and developing key skills.

Evaluation will be based on the extent to which students demonstrate in homework, class participation and term projects that they have advanced in each of the four main goals for the course.

Course Number
HS4098
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Gray Cox

Thinking Critically about Current Events

This course offers students the opportunity to think critically about current events through seminar discussion. Over the term students will select current events of interest to them which will be the focus of seminar discussion in conjunction with selected readings. Course materials will draw on work in the arts, humanities and interpretative social sciences (e.g. anthropology, literature, philosophy, feminist and postcolonial studies, and work in visual, music and performance arts). Individual and small group assignments will ask students to articulate questions, formulate arguments, and to respond to a variety of points of view. Possible topics of focus include: censorship; political violence; practices and politics of deportation; imprisonment; relations between art and politics; debates about freedom of expression; violence by and against the state; food insecurity; institutional responses to climate change; animal cruelty; labor organizing; racialized, economic, and gendered structures of subject formation; genocidal violence and relations between individual and group. Students will be invited to draw on social and news media, artistic and cultural products and practices, and personal experiences. In addition to material students bring to the course, readings will likely include work by Louis Althusser; Benedict Anderson; Walter Benjamin; Charisse Burden-Stelly, Jacques Derrida; Michel Foucault, Sigmund Freud, Rashid Khalidi, Ranjana Khanna, Karl Marx, and Gayatri Spivak. Student-selected topics will inform course assignments, which will include weekly reading responses, a letter to the editor, a short mid-term essay, and a final project.

Assessment will be based on work done in weekly reading responses; a letter to the editor; a short mid-term essay; and a final project. Students will be evaluated based on these assignments and class participation.

Course Number
HS3137
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Netta van Vliet

Watching Globally: Intro to Contemporary Cinema of the World

What happens to us when we walk into a movie theater? What are our expectations? To what degree are we prepared to be challenged or confronted by something new or different? Of approximately 5000 films produced yearly worldwide, fewer than 5% are given a general U.S. theatrical release. Of these 250, fewer than 30 come from outside the Hollywood system. There are wonderful, unique movies being made every day that most of us will never know exist. This is largely due to entrenched ideas of how to play it commercially “safe,” but also has a great deal to do with a national isolationism which Hollywood films support and perpetuate. What are filmmakers in other countries focusing their attentions on? What stylistic choices are they making? How does one find out about these other films, let alone see them? In this class we will watch movies made within the last twelve years in Austria, Belgium, Burkina Faso, Canada, China, Greece, Hungary, Iran, Russia, Taiwan, Thailand and many other countries–films made by directors the rest of the world acknowledges as masters but who are virtually unknown in the U. S. Critical and theoretical essays from a variety of sources will offer detailed readings on the individual films as well as give a clear picture of how Hollywood functions to silence other voices and the ramifications of these practices on world finance and culture. Among topics covered will be: new media, the digital revolution, the changing face of copyright law, how movies can mask cultural assumptions and reinforce stereotypes or reveal new ways of seeing/perceiving. Evaluation will be based on class participation, weekly response papers, and a final paper/presentation.

Course Number
AD1024
Course Level
Introductory
Instructor
Colin Capers

Wilderness in the West: Promise and Problems

Wilderness has been the clarion call for generations of environmentalists. In a letter in support of the Wilderness Act, writer Wallace Stegner characterized the importance of wilderness as an essential “part of the geography of hope.” That single phrase and the current controversy surrounding the concept of wilderness provide the central focus of our explorations of wilderness in western lands. This course examines the question of wilderness from multiple perspectives in the hopes of providing an understanding of both the concept and real spaces that constitute wilderness. Through conversations with wilderness managers, field work, and experience in federally designated wilderness areas in National Parks, National Forests, Wildlife Refuges and on BLM lands, the course will also examine what “wilderness management” means on the ground in the varied landscapes of the western United States. In this context, we look at historical and contemporary acco unts of the value of wilderness, ecological and cultural arguments for wilderness, and the legal and policy difficulties of “protecting” wilderness. Considerable time is spent evaluating current criticisms of the wilderness idea and practice. The class will culminate at a week-long national conference celebrating the 50th anniversary of the Wilderness Act. The 50th Anniversary National Wilderness Conference provides an incomparable opportunity for students to hear from and interact with federal management agencies, academics, recreation experts, and environmental advocacy organizations. Presenting their final course work at this conference will also give students an opportunity to share their ideas and to receive valuable feedback from this sophisticated and well-informed audience of wilderness experts. Classwork emphasizes hands-on service-learning projects as well as reading, writing, and theoretical discussions. Students will be evaluated on journal entrie s, contributions to the class discussions, response rapers, engagement in field activities, questions in the field, and contributions to group work. This course will be integrated with and requires co-enrollment in Reading the West and Ecology and Natural History of the West.

Course Number
HS4043
Course Level
Intermediate/advanced
Instructor
Ken Cline

Your Turn: Critical/Creative Inquiries in Board Game Media

In this course, we will discover what tabletop gaming has offered humanity from the Ur-game (the Royal Game of Ur, played in Mesopotamia 4500 years ago) to the “new golden age of board games” happening now. Engaging critical scholarship in the emerging field of game studies, we will discuss how theme and mechanics create narrative and meaning, as well as how historical games challenge “inevitable” outcomes. We will examine the hobby’s culture with an eye toward increasing belonging and explore the medium’s potential to imagine a more just and equitable world (such as the decolonizing ecology represented by Spirit Island and the Queer joy of Molly House). Class will be a mix of lab and discussion. You will play several “heavy” (high complexity) games and provide a “session report” on each (usually a 1-2 page response paper that discusses the game in depth and includes applied analysis of the theory readings). For your final project, you will propose, design, and play test your own game, writing an introduction and a rule book. Students will be evaluated on thorough and enthusiastic preparation for and participation in class and lab, written or video assignments, and the final project. This course is especially suited to students interested in history, art, mathematics, and media studies.

Course Number
HS3135
Course Level
Intermediate
Instructor
Josie Sigler Sibara